INTERNATIONAL HARVESTER

454 - 474 - 475 - 574- 674

2400 AND 2500
TRACTORS

WORKSHOP MANUAL

VISIBLE RESULTS
 GROUP INDEX

GENERAL

~)ERVICE MANUAL COOLING SYSTEM.

ELECTRICAL
AND INSTRUMENTS

FUEL SYSTEM

ENGINE

ENGINE CLUTCH

TRANSMISSION
INTERNATIONAL
REAR AKLES.BRAKES
AND DIFFERENTIAL
454/474/475 FRONT AXLE
& STEERING
574/674 HYDRAULIC
AND
SYSTEM
2400/2500 POWER TAKE-OFF
TRACTORS AND BELT PULLEY
SM- 37C
ISO· MOUNT CAB

INTERNATIONAL HARVESTER COMPANY

OF GREAT BRITAIN LIMITED The above tabs ltne up With the
corresponding tabs 1n the manual
.. 0 BOX 25 259 CITY ROAD LONDON EC1 P 1AD
 GROUP 1 .,
ij
.0
E
z"
GENERAL ""'
"
"-
CONTENTS

GENERAL 1

SERVICE TOOLS 1

SERVICE PARTS 1

SERIAL NUMBERS 1

ENGINE 1

ADJUSTMENTS 1

ILLUSTRATION REFERENCES 1

INSPECTION AND REPAIR 1

LUBRICATION 3

METRIC CONVERSION 4

BOLT IDENTIFICATION CHART 4

STANDARD TORQUE DATA 5

SPECIFICATIONS 5
GROUP 1
GENERAL
PAGE 1

1. INTRODUCTION information refer to the relevant ENGINE SERVICE

MANUAL.
1a. GENERAL

The in-structions contained in this Service 11. ADJUSTMENTS

Manual are for the information and guidance of
those responsible for the overhaul and repair of Where adjustments are necessary the GROUP
International 454. 474. 574. 674. 2400 & 2500 will contain the relevant information. Reference
Tractors. except for the Hydrostatic Transmission to these paragraphs before commencing to dis·
components which are covered in SM-43. mantle units may prevent unnecessary work
Throughout this manual the terms LEFT, being carried out.
RIGHT, FRONT and REAR, are to be taken as those
applicable to a person seated in the driver's
1g. ILLUSTRATION REFERENCES
seat and facing the radiator.
Four types of illustration reference will be
1b. SERVICE TOOLS found in this manual and these are explained by
International machines are so designed that the following examples:·
few special tools are required. However, when
(a) (1-4) This refers to the item marked by
the use of inexpensive special service equipment
indicator number 1 in Fig.4 of the GROUP in
wi 11 facilitate work, such equipment is mentioned which the reference appears.
jn the specifications for the relevant group.
Where this equipment can easily be made in the (b) (1 & 2-4) This refers to the items marked
workshop, dimensional drawings have been by indicators number 1 & 2 in Fig.4 of the
provided. GROUP in which the reference appears.

1c. SERVICE PARTS (c) (1·4 & 2-6) This refers to the item marked
by indicator number 1 in Fig.4 and indicator
I.H. machines deserve genuine I.H. service number 2 in Fig.6 of the GROUP in which the
parts. The best material obtainable and experience reference appears.
gained through many years of manufacturing,
enable the International Harvester Company to
(d) (1·4 GROUP 4) This is used when
produce qua I ity that wi 11 not be found in imitation reference is made to ani llustration in another
or just as gocx:J' service parts. No one can afford GROUr. A group number may be used in
to guarantee a repair job that has not been conjunction with (a), (b) or (c) to show the
serviced with genuine I.H. parts. For the correct indicator number, illustration number and
service parts to be used, always refer to the GROUP in which the illustration appears.
Parts Catalogue. These catalogues are accurate
and are brought up to date continually by issuing
revision~.

1d. SERIAL NUMBERS 1h. INSPECTION AND REPAIR

The engine serial number is stamped on a The following notes should be used as a
pad on the right side of the crankcase, the general guide to inspection and repair. Where a
skidded unit serial number is stamped on a plate special procedure is necessary for a component
attached to the left side of the clutch housing or assembly, full details will be found in the
and the tractor seria I number is stamped on a relevant paragraph of the GROUP.
plate attached to the top right side of the front
bolster or on early machines a plate attached to (a) BEARINGS
the left side of the transmission housing. Inspect for evidence of overheating,
cracks, scores, pitting and general wear.
1e. ENGINE
Change if necessary. Soak in oil, wrap and
Instructions for the removal and installation cover with greaseproof paper until required
are covered in this manual, for detailed servicing for assembly.
 GROUP 1
GENERAL
PAGE 2

When installing needle bearings, have The crankcase oil filler tube and all
the manufacturers markings outward and use studs and bolts which are assembled enter-
a dolly made to the dimensions in the diagram. ; ng oi I chambers are to be coated with pipe
thread sealing compound unless otherwise
stated.

(f) '0' RINGS

When installing '0' rings over the

threads of standard pipe fittings a tool made
to the dimensions in the diagram MUST be
used.

14--- 0 ---o-.j

A- 1.5 mm (1/16 in) less than outer diameter

B - 0.07 mm (0.003 in) less than inner bore

(b) PINS AND BUSHES

Inspect for damage, scoring and pitting,

check with mating parts for wear. Change if
necessary. PIPESIZE THREADSIZE At.oos at.oos ct.o1o ot.ooo
&T.P.I.
(c) CUEVIS AND CLEVIS PINS
l/4 ,523 ,443 ,280 1,000

Check with mating part for wear.

....
5/16 1/2-20 .585 ,506 .280 1.000

(d) GEARS AND SPLINES 3/8 .568 .300 1.500

l/2 3/4·16 .835 . 756 .330

Check for cracks, pitting, burrs, broken
5/8 .960 .881 ,380 1.500
or missing teeth. Check for excessive wear
with mating parts. Dress off burrs from gears 3/4 1.147 1,068 .465 2.500

and splines with a fine carborundum stone, 7/8 1-3/16-12 1.273 1.193 .40~ 2.500
care must be taken to remove only the burr. 1. 397 1.318 .405 2.~00
1 1-5/16-12
DO NOT interfere with the tooth or
1-1/4 1. 711 1.631 .405 2.500
spline profile. CHANGE all parts which
show signs of damage or excessive wear.

(e) SEALERS

ALWAYS use new gaskets and oil seals Where special fittings are encountered
during assembly. Be careful not to damage the dimensions should be varied to suit.
the seal or gasket during installation. '0' rings should be lubricated with the
Pack lip type seals with grease and use type of oil specified for the particular
sleeves or tape wherever a sea I has to be system.
passed over splines or threads. Felt dust If a backing ring is fitted this must be
seals should be soaked in oi I before assem- installed on the low pressure side of the
bly. ·o· ring.
GROUP 1
GENERAL
PAGE 3

Use sleeve or tape when installing (j) FUEL, OIL AND COOLANT PIPES AND
·a·rings over spl ines or serrations. Ensure HOSES
that the ·o·
ring is not left in a twisted
condition. A mould mark is usually visible Check unions for leaks, stripped threads
and will indicate if the ring is twisted. or other faults. Check pipes for cracks or
chafing, hoses fdr chafing, twisting, perishing
or other damage.

Tighten plugs and swivel nuts sealed by Tighten pipe and hose unions to the
an '0' ring to the following torque. following torque.

JIC 37° SEAT JIC 3~ FLARED FITTINGS

THREAD MIN. MAX. PIPE THREAD MIN. MAX.
SIZE kgm lbft kgm lbft SIZE SIZE kgm lbft kgm lbft

7/16 - 20 O.S3 6 1.3S 10 114 7/16 - 20 1.38 10 2.76 20

1/2. - 20 1.38 10 2.07 15 5/16 1/2 - 20 2.07 15 3.46 25
9/16- 1S 2.07 15 2.76 20 3/S 9/16 • 1S 3.46 25 4.S4 35
3/4 - 16 3.46 25 4.14 30 1/2 3/4 - 16 5.53 40 7.60 55
7/S - 14 4.S4 35 5.53 40 5/S 7/S - 14 7.60 55 10.38 75
1-1/16- 12 S.30 60 9.67 70 3/4 1-1/16- 12 10.38 75 13.14 95
1-3/16-12 9.67 70 11.06 so 7/S 1-3/16- 12 13.14 95 15.S9 115
1-5/16- 12 11.06 so 12.44 90 1 1-5/16- 12 15.S9 115 20.04 145
1-5/S - 12 13.14 95 15.S9 115 1-1/4 1-5/S - 12 150
20.74 24.SS 1SO
1-7/S - 12 16.59 120 19.35 140 1-1/2 1-7/S - 12 27.66 200 34.56 250
2·112 - 12 34.56 250 41.47 300 2 2·112 - 12 41.47 300 4S.3S 350

TJQ-132 T70-133

( k) LUBRICATION FITTINGS
(g) WELDS
Check for damaged or missing fittings.
Check all welded assemblies for cracks, Check that grease and oi I galleries are
tw1stmg and misalignment. Information clear.
concerning the use of special welding rods or
welding procedure is detailed, where rele-
vant, in the appropriate section of the group.
1i. LUBRICATION

When assembling any part, always coat all

(h) CASTINGS wearing surfaces with the lubricant specified in
1he Operator's Manual, except for such items as
Check castings for cracks and dis- taper pins etc .. the surfaces of which should be
tortion. clean and dry. Use sufficient quantities of
lubricant to prevent any danger of seizing, or
excessive wear when the assembly is first
(i) FUEL TANKS operated.
FAILURE TO PROVICE 'STARTING LUBRI-
Check for leaks and corrosion. CATION' MAY RESULT IN SERIOUS DAMAGE.
 GROUP 1
GENERAL
PAGE 4

1 j. METRIC CONVERSI0\1

The following table gives co:wersion factors for use in •::onverting the British Specifications to their
metric equivalents.

To convert Multiply
from To by

inches mm 25.40

lb kg 0.4536

ounces g 28.35

lb ft kg m 0.1383

lb in gm 11.5213
2 2
ib/in kg/cm 0.07031

UK gal litres 4.545

UK pints litres 0.5682

miles km 1.6

T70-126A

'1. BCLT ICENTIFICATION CHART

TENSILE
IH
STRENGTH
TYPE BSS MANUFACTURERS MARKINGS
T/in2

5 s 50 - 55 BEES NEW ALL S PN S NEWTON SPARTS TWLS

50 s 55 HI TENSILE s s
··s ..

T 55 - 6 5 BEES NEW ALLOY SPN T NEWTON SPARTS TWLT

55 T 65 T T T
or NEWALL
HITENSILE
T

8 V 6 5 - 75 BEES NEW ALLOY SPN V NEWTON SPARTS TWLV

65 V 75 "V" V V

T70-128
GROUP 1
GENERAL
PAGE 5

3. STANCARD TOROUE DATA FOR NUTS ANG BOLTS

Where no special torQue data is specified, the following torque figures should be applied. Threads
should be lubricated with engine oil or chassis grease. Apply the minimum figure to bolts that have pre-
viously been used.

BOLT TYPE 5 TYPE 8

SIZE W.IN. MAX. MIN. MAX.
(in) kg m lbft kgm lbft kg m lbft kg m lbft

1/4 L24 9 1.26 10 1.66 12 1.93 14

5/16 2.62 19 2.90 21 3.73 27 4.14 30
3/8 4.56 33 5.11 37 6.22 45 6.91 50
7/16 7.32 53 8.30 60 10.37 75 11.75 85
1/2 11.06 80 12.44 90 15.90 115 17.97 130
9/16 15.90 115 17.97 130 22.81 165 25.58 185
5/8 22.12 160 24.89 180 30.42 220 34.56 250
3/4 40.09 290 44.24 320 55.30 400 62.21 450
7/8 58.07 420 64.98 470 89.87 650 100.93 730
1 87.10 630 98.16 710 134.11 970 150.70 1090
1-1/8 117.52 850 131.34 950 190.79 1380 214.30 1550
1-1/4 165.91 1200 186.64 1350 268.21 1940 301.40 2180

T70-127A

4. SPECIFICATIONS

1. The following specifications are listed in GROUP order. During the overhaul of worn components
personal initiative must be exercised to determine whether or not a component is suitable for re-use..
lt is obviously uneconomical to return worn parts to service with an expectation of life which may
involve labot.ir costs at an early date.
 GROUP 1
GENERAL
PAGE 6

2. COOLING SYSTEM
Radiator
Type ... Fin and flat tube
Cap pressure kg/cm2 {lb/in2) 0.63 to 0.77(9 to 111
Fan
Type Suction
Number of blades
Synchromesh 4
Hydrostatic 6
Diameter
454 & 2400 mm (in) 457 (17)
Other mode Is mm (in) 482 (18)
Thermos tat
Starts opening at "C (OF) 80 to 84 (176 to 183)
Fully open at "C (OF) 95(203)
Capacity
454, 2400 & 475 litres (UK pints) 11 (20)
Other models I i tres (UK pints) 14 (24.5)

3. ELECTRICAL
Standard Battery
Voltage 12
Capacity at 20 hour rate amp h 90
Heavy Duty Battery
Voltage 12
Capacity at 20 hour rate amp h 128
Starting Motor
Syncrromesh
Make Lucas
Type M 50 PE
Make Bosch
Type JD 12V 4PS
Hydrostatic (Not 674)
Make Delco-Remy
Type 35 MT/175
Generator (Not 474 or 674)
Make Bosch
Model 14V 16A
Maximum output amp 16
Pulley nut torque kgm (lbft) 6.5 to 7.5(48 to 54)
Regulator (Generator installations)
Make Bosch
Cut-in volt 12.4to13.1
Reverse current amp 2.5 to 9.5
No load regulating volt 13.7 to 14.7
On load regulating (2/3 max. current) volt 12.6 to 13.6
Alternator
Make Lucas
Model 15 ACR
Pulley nut torque kgm (lbft) 2.8 to 4.8 (20 to 35)

Rev1sed 3/75
GROUP 1
GENERAL
PAGE 7

3. ELECTRICAL • continued
Safety start Switch
Plunger depressed mm (in) 1.27 (0.050)
Hand Brake Switch
Plunger depressed mm (in) 3.94 to 4.83 (0.155 to 0.190)
Brake Switch
Plunger depressed mm (inl 5 (0.200)

4. FUEL SYSTEM
Injection Pump
CAV
454 & 2400
Synchromesh type DPA 3233F450
Static timing degrees BTDC 20
u,."'rostatic type DPA 3233F460
Static timing degrees BTDC 22

475
Type OPA 3241 F 500
Static timing degrees BTDC 24
574 & 2500
Synchromesh type DPA 3249F480
Static timing degrees BTDC 22
Hydrostatic type DPA 3249F490
Static timing degrees BTDC 24
674
Type DPJl.. 3249F490
Static timing degrees BTDC 24
Bosch BR
454 &2400
Synchromesh type EP/VA3/100H11QO BR62
Static timing degrees BTDC 14
Hydrostatic type EP/VA3/100H1200 BR61
Static timing degrees BTDC 14
574 & 2500
Synchromesh type EP/VA4/100H1100 BR12·6
Static timing degrees BTDC 14
Hydrostatic type EP/VA4/100H1200 BR12
Static timing degrees BTDC 14
Bosch CR
474
Synchromesh type EP/VA4/100H1150 CR12·10
Static timing degrees BTDC 14
Hydrostatic type EP/VA4/100H1200 CR12·11
Static timing degrees BTDC 16

Injectors
CAV
Nozzle holder type (475) BKBL 67S 5151
Nozzle type (475) BDLL 1505 6555
Nozzle holder with nozzle (other models) BKBL 90S 5333

Revised 3/75
 GROUP 1
GENERAL
PAGE 8

4. FUEL SYSTEM - continued

Bosch BR
Nozzle holder type KBL 905104/4
Nozzle type DLLA 1505417
Bosch CR
Nozzle holder type KBL 90S104/4
Nozzle type DLL 150S2641
Fuel Filters
Type Disposeable cartridge

Capacity
Fuel tank litres (UK gal) 77 (17)

5. ENS INE 454/2400 474 475 574/2500 674

Model D-179 D-206 D-212 D-239 D-239
Number of cylinders 3 4 4 4 4
Bore mm 98.4 98.4 98.4 98.4 98.4
(in) (3 7/8) (3 7/8) (3 7/8) (3 7/8) (3 7/8)
Stroke mm 128.6 111. 1 114.3 128.6 128.6
(in) (5-1/16) (4-3/8) ( 4-1/2) (5-1/16) (5-1/16)
Displacement
cm3 2933 3386 3475 3917 3917
(in3) ( 179) (206) (212) (239) (239)
Valve clearance
Intake mm 0.25' 0.25' 0.30 0.25* 0.25'
(in) (0.010)* (0.01 0)* (0.012) (0.010)* (0.010)'
Exhaust mm 0.30* 0.30* 0.30 0.25' 0.25*
(in) (0.012)* (0.012)* (0.012) (0.010)* (0.010)'
Firing order 1 - 3- 2 1-3-4-2 1-3-4-2 1-3-4-2 1-3-4-2
Engine speeds
Synchromesh
Low idle rev/min 750 ~ 50 750 ~50 700 ~50 700 ~50 700 ~ 50
Rated rev/min 2200 2300 2200 2200 2400
High idle
+ 20
(approx) rev/min 2480 2590 2400 2480 2710
-0
Hydrostatic
Low idle rev/min 750 .,_50 750 ~ 50 700 ~ 25
Rated rev/min 2400 2400 2400
High idle
(approx) rev/min 2710 2710 2710
Crankcase capacity
I itres 6.5 8.5 8 8.5 8.5
(UK pints) ( 11.5) ( 15) ( 14) ( 15) (15)

• With the engine HOT

Revised 3/75
 GROUP 1
GENERAL
PAGE 9

6. ENGINE CLUTCH
Type Spring loaded
Size mm (in) 280 (11)
Number of pads on driven member
674 and Forward/Reverse builds 4
Other mode Is 3
Peda I setting at peda I pad
Free trave I ••• mm (in) 44 (1.75)
Tota I movement mm (in) 152 (6)
Clearances
Release bearing mm (in) 6.1 (0.24)
Rei ease I ever height
Orange pressure plate springs mm (in) 76.2 ! 0.38 (3.00 ! 0.015)
Black pressure plate springs .•. mm (in) 70.6 ! 0.38 (2.78 ! 0.015)

7. TRANSMISSION
Transmission driving shaft (Clutch shaft)
O.D. for pilot bearing mm (in) 19.969 to 19.985 (0.7862 to 0.7868)
Rear bearing bore mm (in) 44.425 to 44.450 (1.7490 to 1.7500)
Bearing I.D. mm (in) 34.913 to 34.925 (1.3745 to 1.3750)
Speed section main shaft
0.0. for front bearing mm (in) 34.887 to 34.899 (1.3735 to 1.3740)
Rear bearing bore mm (in) 47.625 to 47.650 (1.8750 to 1.8760)
Bearing 1.0. mm (in) 38.088 to 38.100 (1.4995 to 1.5000)
Speed section countershaft
Housing front bearing bore mm (in) 57.138 to 57.162 (2.2495 to 2.2505)
0.0. for front bearing mm (in) 47.613 to 47.625 (1.8745 to 1.8750)
Cam rollers
Roller bore ···. mm (in) 12.751 to 12.801 (0.502 to 0.504)
Pin diameter mm (in) 12.703 to 12.707 (0.5001 to 0.5003)
Pin protrusion mm (in) 10.922 (0.430)
Range section main shaft (Pinion shaft)
End float
'674 mm (in) .•. 0.076 to ·0.050 (0.003 to ·0.002)
Other models mm (in) ••• 0.025 to 0.229 (0.001 to 0.009)
• The 0.050 mm (0.002 in) preload is equivalent to a continuous pull of 2.04 kg (4.5 lb) on the 0.0. of
the bearing cage.
Range section countershaft
Housing rear bearing bore mm (in) 57.138 to 57.162 (2.2495 to 2.2505)
Shaft bearing 0.0. mm (in) 47.613 to 47.625 (1.8745 to 1.8750)
Reverse Idler
Gear bore ... mm (in) 31.738 to 31.762 (1.2495 to 1.2505)
Bearing I.D. mm (in) 25.388 to 25.400 (0.9395 to 1.0000)
Revised 3/75
 GROUP 1
GENffiAL
PAGE 10

7. TRANSMISSION· continued

TA and FIR

Direct drive gear rear bore ..• mm (in) 44.425 to 44.450 (1. 7490 to 1. 7500)
Bearing I.D ...• mm (in) 34.913 to 34.925 ( 1.3745 to 1.3750)
Direct drive gear front bore mm (in) 31.725 to 31.750 (1.2490 to 1.2500)
Bearings I.D. mm (in) 25.413 to 25.438 (1.0005 to 1.0015)

TA Dire et Drive TA Side

Drive plates 3 2
Separator plates 2 1
FIR Forward Drive Reverse Si de

Driven plates
Current models 4 4
Early models 3 3
Separator plates
Current models 3 3
Early models 2 2
TA and FIR Operating pressure kglcm2 (lblin2) ... 16.8 to 19 (240 to 270)

8. REAR AXLE, BRAKES AND Dl FFERENTIAL

Planet idler gears end float
454 and 2400 tractors mm (in) 0.299 to -0.021 (0.0108 to -0.0008)
Other models mm (in) 0.314 to -0.026 (0.0114 to -0.001)
Brake pedal return springs
Free length mm (in) 99.89 (3.933)
Test length mm (in) 109.22 (4.300)
Test load kg (lb) 19 (42)
Parking brake return spring
Free length mm (in) 58.4 (2.3)
Test length mm (in) 24.4 (0.96)
Test load kg (lb) 34 (75)
Parking brake handle pawl spring
Free length mm (in) 22.3 (0.878)
Test length mm (in) 10.1 (0.4)
Test load kg (lb) 4.5 (10)
Drum brake cam springs
Must deflect 75° without taking set at 0.52 kgm (45 lbin) torque.
Differential lock return spring
Free length mm (In) 202.6 (7.979)
Test length mm (in) 244.6 (9.630)
Test load kg (lb) 67 (148)
Bevel gear backlash mm (in) 0.125 to 0.304 (0.006 to 0.0121
Special torque values
Planet carrier bolt kgm (lbft) 30.4 to 34.5 (220 to 250)

Rev1 sed 3/75

 GROUP 1
GENERAL
PAGE 11

9. FRONT AXLE AND STEERING

Toe-in mm (in) 5 to 8 (3/16 to 5/16)
Steering Sleeve Bushes
Straight axle
Sleeve bore mm (in) 46.03 to 46.07 (1.812 to 1.814)
Bush 1.0. mm (in) 42.50 to 42.59 (1.673 to 1.677)
Swept-back axle
Sleeve bore mm (in) 39.43 to 39.47 ( 1.552 to 1 .554)
Bush 1.0. mm (in) 36.19 to 36.28 (1.4245 to 1.4285)
Steering knuckles
Straight axle
Seal diameter mm (in) 44.43 to 44.50 (1.749 to 1.752)
Inner bearing diameter mm (in) 34.92 to 34.93 (1.3745 to 1.3755)
Outer bearing diameter mm (in) 21.41 to 21.43 (0.8427 to 0.8437)
Swept-back axle
Sea I diameter mm (in) 44.43 to 44.50 (1.749 to 1.752)
Inner bearing diameter .•. mm (in) 34.964 to 34.975 (1.3765 to 1.3770)
Outer bearing diameter ... mfll (in) 21.961 to 21.976 (0.8646 to 0.8651)
Pivot pin bushing
Axle bore ..• mm (in) 53.95 to 54.00 (2.124 to 2.126)
Bush 1.0. . .. mm (in) 50.96 to 51.05 (2.006. to 2.010)
Steering Pivot Bushing
Axle bore ••• mm (in) 28.563 to 28.613 (1.1245 to 1.1265)
Bush 1.0 .••. mm (in) 25.43 to 25.50 (1.001 to 1.004)
Steering cyl inde; bushing
Support arm bore mm (in) 41.23 to 41.27 (1.623 to 1.625)
Bush 1.0. . .. mm (in) 38.113 to 38.214 (1.5005 to 1.5045)
Special torque values
Tie-rod ends
Straight axle kgm (lbft) 7 .o to n.a ;50 to
1001
Swept-back axle kgm ( lbft) 2.8 to 9.6 (20 to 70)
Axle extension bolts kgm (lbft) 34 to 37.5 (246 to 272)
Danfoss Steering Valve
End plate bolts kgm ( lbft) 3.0 to 3.5 (21.6 to 25)
Ross Steering Valve
End cover bolts kgm ( lbft) 2.5 to 3.0 (18 to 22)
Check ball plug ••• kgm ( lbft) 1.4 to 1.9 (10 to 14)

10. HYORAULIC SYSTEM

Plessey Pump
Model A51-08250
Output at 2050 rev/min 1/min (UK gal/min) 43.1 to 47.7 (9.5 to 10.5)
Cessna Pump
Model 200 900 LAA
Output at 2050 rev/min 1/min (UK gal/min) 43.1 to 47.7 (9.5 to 10.5)
System operating pressure kg/cm2 (lb/in2) 176 to 182 (2500 to 2600)

Three-point Linkage with 454 kg (1000 lb) load on lower links

Lift rate in fast response sec. 2 to 3
Lift rate in slow response ... sec. 9 to 10
Revised 3/75
 GROUP 1
GENERAL
PAGE 12

. continued
10. HYDRAULIC SYSTEM

Lowering rate normal sec. 1 to 2

Slow lowering rate (using draft control
lever) sec. 8 minimum
I.P.T.O. Control Valve
Return spring
Free length mm (in) 70.51 (2.776)
Test length mm (in) 13.97 (0.550)
Test load kg (lb) 8.87 (19.56)
Heavy spring
Free length mm (in) 34.90 (1.374)
Test length mm (in) 27.94 (1.100)
Test load kg (lb) 4.63 ( 10.20)
Light spring
Free length mm (in) 46.99 (1.850)
Test length mm (in) 46.02 (1.812)
Test load kg (lb) 0.10 (0.228)

I.P.T.O. Regulator Valve Spring

Free length mm (in) 44.75 (1.762)
Test length mm (in) 37.59 (1.480)
Test load kg (lb) 9.16 (20.2)
Oil Cooler By-Pass Valve Spring
Free length mm (in) 31.60 (1.244)
Test length mm (in) 18.08 (0.712)
Test load kg (lb) 11.79(26)
Steering Return Check Valve Spring
Free length mm (in) 30.48 ( 1.200)
Test length mm (in) 20.32 (0.800)
Test load kg (lb) 0.09 (0.20)
Priority Flow Divider Spring
Free length mm {In) 82.63 (3.253)
Test length mm (1n) 51.23 (2.017)
Test load kg (lb) 13.47 (29.70)
Pilot Relief Valve Spring
Free length mm (in) 15.90 (0.626)
Test length mm (in) 7.62 (0.300)
Test load kg (lb) 4.08 (9)
Unloading Valve Spring
Free length mm (in) 39.90 ( 1.571)
Test length mm (in) 32.00 (1.260)
Test load kg (lb) 6.80 (15)
Flow Control Valve Spring
Free length rnm {1n) 43.26 (1.703)
Test length mm (in) 30.48 ( 1.200)
Test load kg (lb) 4.99111)
Check Valve Spring
Free length mm (in) 11.68 (0.460)
Test length mm (in) 10.16 (0.400)
Test load kg (lb) 0.09 (0.20)
GROUP 1
GEN8lAl
PAGE 13

10. 'HYDRAULIC SYSTEM - continued

Variable Flow Control Valve Spring

Must deflect 72° without taking set at 0.093 kgm (8.06 lbin) torque.
Linkage Sensing Spring
Free length mm (;n) 210.26 (8.278)
Test length mm (in) 259.08 (1 0.20)
Test load kg (lb) 54.43 (120)
Action Valve Spring
Free length mm (in) 47.63 (1.875)
Test length mm (in) 22.23 (0.875)
Test load kg (lb) 6.80 (15)
Drop Valve Spring
Free length mm(in) 38.74 ( 1.525)
Test length mm (in) 16.26 (0.640)
Test load kg (lb) 4.54 (10)
Drop Valve Ball Spring
Free length mm (in) 23.37 (0.92)
Test length mm(in) 19.05 (0.750)
Test load kg (lb) 1.74 (3.84)
Draft Spool Return Spring
Free length mm (in) 80.62 (3 .174)
Test length mm (in) 48.26 11.900)
Test load kg (lb) 13.60 (30)
Rockshaft Bushings
Right side housing bore mm (in) 61.562 to 61.587 (2.4355 to 2.4365)
Bush I.D. mm (in) 58.801 to 58.928 (2.315 to 2.320)
Left side housing bore mm (in) 66.650 to 66.675 (2.624 to 2.625)
Bush I.D. mm (in) 63.526 to 63.665 (2.5010 to 2.5065)
Eccentric Shaft Bushing
Housing bore mm (in) 19.063 to 19.108 (0.7505 to 0.7523)
Bush I.D. mm (in) 12.675 to 12.725 (0.499 to 0.501)
Control Levers Shaft Bushing
Housing bore mm (in) 28.588 to 28.638 (1.1255 to 1.1275)
Bush I.D. mm (in) 22.200 to 22.225 (0.8740 to 0.8750)
Sensing Shaft Bushing
Housing bore mm (in) 15.825 to 15.875 (0.623 to 0.625)
Bush I.D. mm (in) 12.726 to 12.801 (0.501 to 0.504)

Specia I Tor que V a lues

Pump Retaining bolts kgm ( lbft) 2.6 to 2.9 (19 to 21)
Plessey pump end cap bolts kgm ( lbft) 4.9 to 5.5 (35 to 40)
Cessna pump end plate bolts kgm (lbft) 5.5 to 6.9 (40 to 50)
Suction fi Iter bolt kgm ( lbft) 1.7 to 2.2 (12 to 16)
Unloading valve seat kgm ( lbft) 4.9 to 5.5 (35 to 40)
Upper link bracket screws kgm ( lbft) 29to31 (210to230)
lift arm to rockshaft bolts kgm ( lbft) 13.6 to 15.2 (98 to 11 0)
Variable flow control valve plug kgm ( lbft) 3.5 (25)
Auxiliary valve mounting bolts kgm ( lbft) 1.7 to 2 (12 to 15)

Revised 3/75
 GROUP 1
GENERAL
PAGE 14

11 . POWER TAKE-OFF AND BELT PULLEY

I.P.T.O. Clutch
Number of friction discs 5
Number of driving plates 8
Operating Pressures
Initial engagement kg/cm2 ( lb/in2) •.• 2.9 to 3.2 (41 to 46)
Fina I engagement kg/cm2 ( lb/in2) ·-· 15.5 to 17.5 (220 to 250)
Spool Valve Movement
Engaged to disengaged mm (in) 29 to 30 (1.15 to 1.20)
Clutch Springs
Free length mm (in) 34.29 ( 1.350)
Test length mm (in) 26.467 ( 1.042)
Test load kg (lb) 15.88 (35)
Drive Shaft Bearing Housing Bushing
Housing bore mm (in) 33.30 to 33.35 (1.311 to 1.313)
Bushing I.D. mm (in) 30.05 to 30.14 (1.183 to 1.187)

I.P.T.O. Lever Support Bushing

Support bore mm (in) 16.02 to 16.04 (0.6305 to 0.6315)
Bearing I.D. mm (in) 12.91 to 12.92 (0.508 to 0.509)
I.P.T.O. Lever Spring
Must deflect 23.4° without taking set at 0.539 kgm (46.8 !bin) torque.
Belt Pulley
Backlash .•• mm (in) 0.13 to 0.18 (0.005 to 0.007)
Minimum gap between seal retainer and
housing ... mm (in) 0.05 (0.002)

SERVICE TOOLS
SPECIAL TOOLS OBTAINABLE FROM: I.H. Parts Dept.
PO Box 6,
Neale Road,
Ooncaster,
South Yorkshire.
DN2 4NP.
or
V. L. Churchi 11,
PO Box 3,
London Road,
Daventry,
Northants.

Bosch injection pump gear puller (Part of Engine Service Kit 3132 743 R95)
Pressure spindle 2700 159 Rl
I. H.
Puller pi ate 2711 375 R1
I.H.
Bolts (3) 2711 376 R1
I. H.
Engine stand •.. ~00 B
V.L.C.
Mounting bracket I.H. 8254 V.L.C.
Tractor dismantling stand 270 ••• V.L.C.
Revised 3/75
GROUP 1
GENERAL
PAGE15

SERVICE TOOLS (continued)

Ref. No. Required

Part No. Description Suppliers
No. Per Kit

1 1 MS 63 Steering Plate Spring Tool V.L.C.

2 1 I.H. 7848 Pinion Height Setting Tool V.L.C.
3 1 MS 62 ·o· ring & Kinring Fitting Tool V.L.C.
4 4 I.H. 8949 Brake Piston Retainers V.L.C.
5 See drawing Steering Wheel Puller
6 1 I.H. 7847A Brake Piston Remover/Installer V.L.C.
7 I.H. 7842A Clutch Toggle Height Setting Gauge V.L.C.
8 I.H. 7954 Pressure and Leak Test Adaptor V.L.C.
9 I.H. 7840 P.T.O. Idler Shaft Remover V.L.C.
10 I.H. 7846A Unl oader Va I ve Wrench V.L.C.
11 1 I.H. 7844 Clutch Shaft Seal Installation Tool V.L.C.
12 1 I.H. 7843 Torque Amplifier Sprag Clutch Installer V.L.C.
13 1 I.H. 7845 Torque Amplifier Front Clutch Mandril V.L.C.
14 1 7600 H SI ide Hammer V.L.C.

Legend for Transmission Tool Kit

.. 1"
~ U.N.F x 2 4 BOLT

BOTH ENDS

,.
2 u N. F.
514-102

Item 5 Steering Wheel Puffer

Revised 3/75
 GROUP 1
GENERAL
PAGE 16

SERVICE TOOLS (continued)

0 .__,
Hi
CD
ii
CD

®
ICD
0 0
fB
@)
® ® TA514·546 ®

Fig, 1 Transmission Tool Kit

Revised 3/75
GROUP 1
GENERAL
PAGE 17

SERVICE TOOLS (continued)

~0
®V
®®® ® ® ®' ®®®
~lllllf
® ®® ' DJ
® @ ®
~···· [~

TA514,547

Fig. 2 Hydraulic Test Kit

Revised 3/75
 GROUP 1
GENERAL
PAGE 18

SERVICE TOOLS (continued)

Ref. No. Required
Part No. Description Suppliers
No. Per Kit

1 3072 386 R91 Hose 3/8 x 3/8 B.S.P. I. H.

or
3063 987 R91
2 1 895119H Hose I. H.
3 1 705 584 R1 Dowty Coup! ing I. H.
4 3067 992 R91 Breakaway Coup! ing I. H.
5 752 474 R3 Exactor Coup Ii ng I. H.
6 1 I.H. 7672 0 to 4000 lb/in2 Pressure Gauge V.L.C.
7 2 I.H. 7954 Pressure and Leak Test Adaptor Kit V.L.C.
8 9410 281 Elbow I. H.
9 2 3060 799 R2 Adaptor 7/8 U.N.F. I. H.
10 I.H. 7673 0 to 400 lb/in2 Pressure Gauge V.L.C.
11 481 352 R1 Adaptor 7/8 x 3/4 U.N.F. LH.
12 1 9402 787 Adaptor 3/4 x 3/4 U.N.F. I. H.
13 1 610 776 R1 Adaptor 3/8 B.S.P. x 9/16 U.N.F. I. H.
14 X 570 828 R1 ·o· rings I. H.
15 X 3045 118 R1 Dowty seals I. H.
16 X 364 885 R1 '0' rings I. H.
17 9403 332 9/16 J.I.C. Plug I. H.
18 324 076 R1 Gauge Adaptor I. H.
19 I.H. 8051 Gauge Adaptor V.L.C.
20 401 738 R1 Tube P.T.O. Supply I. H.
21 I.H. 7846A Three Point Linkage Un-Loader Valve Wrench I. H.
22 Drawing (Group 1) Tes ti ng Spacer
23 Drawing (Group 1) Setting Spacer
24 400 095 R91 Cushion Relief Valve I.H.
25 384 444 R92 Power Steering Safety Valve I. H.
26 399 858 R91 Pi lot Rei ief Valve I.H.
27 I.H. 7954 Part of Kit No. 7 V.L.C.
28 1 530 131 R2 Power Steering Hose I. H.
29 707 425 R92 Oil Pump I. H.
30 9402 710 7/8 J.I.C. x 1/2 N.P.T. I. H.
31 9403 372 3/4 J.I.C. Cap I. H.
32 9402 706 1/4 N.P.T. x 7/16 J.I.C. I. H.
33 9403 373 7/8 J.I.C. Cap I.H.
34 9403 529 7/8 J.I.C. Nut I. H.
35 561 989 R1 1/2 N.P.T. x 3/4 J.I.C. Adaptor I.H.
36 9403 333 3/4 J.I.C. Plug I.H.
37 9410 334 7/8 J.I.C. Swivel Tee I. H.
38 9403 334 7/8 J.I.C. Plug I.H.
39 9403 402 7/8 J.I.C. x 9/16 J.I.C. Reducer I.H.
Legend for Hydraulic Test Kit

Revised 3/75
GROUP 1
GENERAL
PAGE 19

SERVICE TOOLS (continued)

514-111

A - 4 mm (5!32 in) radius A- 38 mm 11-1/2 in) D- 8 mm (5/16 in)

8 -50 mm (2.0 in) B -15 mm (5/8 in) E - 19 mm (3/4 in)
C-9mm(3/8in) C -6 mm (1/4 m) F - 12 mm (1/2 in) radius

make from 3 x 12 mm (118 x 1/2 in) make from 8 mm (5/16 in) square mild steel
mild steel strip 150 mm (6 in) long. bar 165 mm (6-1/2 in) long.

Item 22 Testing Spacer Item 23 Setting Spacer

O.T.C. 0 to 50 gal/min FLOWMETER AND HOSES

Obtainable from: B. T. Sales & Service Limited,
76, Greystones Road,
SHEFFIELD.
S11 780

Revised 3/75 Fig. 3 Ffov.meter

 GROUP 1
GENERAL
PAGE 20
12. CAB

Mounting location
{distance from centre I ine of tractor) ... mm (in) 518 (20.4)

Special Torque Values

Mounting retaining bolts kgm (lbft) ... ... 6 (45)
Mounting centre bolt ... kgm (lbft) ... 15 (110)
Rear mounting support retaining bolts kgm (lbft) .. . 10 (70)
Front mounting support retaining bolts kgm (lbft) .. . 33 to 38 (240 to 280)
Rear window latch handle kgm (lbft) ... ... 4.5 to 5.4 ( 10 to 12)
Lower window retaining bolts gm (lbin) 345 to 460 ( 30 to 40)
Rubber damper ... gm (lbin) 115 to 172 (10 to 15)

SPECIAL TOOLS OBTAINABLE FROM: ••• Pressavon Limited,

Masons Road,
Stratford-upon-A van.

Weatherstrip and fillerstrip installation tool kit .. • B5406 ref 1 •

1ssued 1/76
 Page Numbers
GROUP 2
z
"'~ '2
COOLING -' ,__
-'
z
0
;::
>-
-'
,__
<t
-'
<t z
"'"'w
u -'
SYSTEM >
0
<t w <t
,__
"'"'0
0.
"'
CONTENTS
"'
w
a:
"'~ "'
<t
"'z
-

HOOCSHEET 1 - - - 1

GRILLE SUPPORT 1 - - - 1

RADIATOR 2 3 4 4 4
GROUP 2
COOLING SYSTEM
PAGE 1

1. DESCRIPTION 3. GRILLE SUPPORT

The engine cooling system is of the closed 3a. REMOVAL

type with a pressure relief valve built into the
(a) Remove the hoodsheet.
radiator cap.
The radiator is of the fin and flat tube
construction with the core and tanks in one
integral unit. (h) Turn the latches (1-1) inward, ease the
A transmission oil cooler is mounted forward grille out of the grille support and disconnect
of the radiator and hinged to provide access to the headlights at the connectors (1-2) to
the radiator core. frP.e thP. ori lie.

Fig.2

Fig.1

2. HOODSHEET (c) Remove the nuts (1-3) and the screws

(1-4) on each side to remove the front side
2a. REMOVAL panels.
Remove the exhaust muffler, radiator cap
(d) Remove the bolts (2-3) to free the gri lie
and the securing screws then lift the hoodsheet
support from the tractor.
c Iear of the tractor.

3b.INSTALLATION

(a) Secure the grille support to the tractor

with the bolts (2-3) finger tight.
2b. INSTALLATION
(b) Attach the front side pane:s with the
Reverse the removal procedure. screws (1-4) and nuts (1-3) finger tight.
 GROUP 2
COOLING SYSTEM
PAGE 2

(d) Tighten the bolts (2-3), screws (1-4)

and nuts (1-3).

(e) Connect the headlights and install the

gri lie,

(f) Install the exhaust muffler and radiator

cap.

4. RADIATOR

4a. REMOVAL
(a) Remove the grille support.

(b) Drain the coolant from the radiator and

crankcase.

(c) Remove the nut (2-4) from the pipe sup-

port bracket to allow the pipes to flex.

(d) Disconnect the radiator bottom hose

Fig.3 (1-5) and top hose (2-5).

(c) Lower the hoodsheet into place and

ensure that there is approximately 2.5 mm
(0.1 in) clearance at the instrument panel
and at the grille support with the securing
screws in place.

Fi~.1 Fig.5
GROUP 2
COOLING SYSTEM
PAGE 3

Fig.G Fig.7

(e) Disconnect the steering cylinder pipes

~:_~~;::""·-~~-~-,
(1-6) and oil cooler hoses (2-G). Some oil
wi !I issue from these connections. \
(f) Remove the mounting bolts (l-6) then
move the radiator forward and to the right,
lifting the pipes as necessary to clear the
radiator.

4b. DISMANTLING

(a) Remove the bolts (1-7) to remove the

fan surround.

lb) Remove the bolts (2-7) to remove the

side panel brackets.

(c) Remove the cotters (1-8). pins (2-8) and

loosen the wing nut (3-8) to remove the oil
cooler. Fig.8
 GROUP 2
COOLING SYSTEM
PAGE 4

4c. INSPECTION 4e. INSTALLATION

(a) Flush the radiator and clean any dirt (a) Feed the radiator into place from the
from between the fins with a water hose. Use right side and position the mounting pads
steam cleaning if the radiator core is greasy. under the feet.

(b) Install the radiator cap, blank off either (b) Connect the top hose (2-5) and bottom
the inlet or outlet then connect an air line hose (1-5).
and pressure gauge to the other.
(c) Install and tighten the mounting bolts
(c) Submerge the unit in a tank of water or (3-6).
fill the radiator with water. Apply an air
pressure between 1.05 to 1.26 kg/cm2 ( 15 to (d) Ensure that the pipe support bracket is
located on its stud then connect the oi 1
18 lb/in 2 ) and check for air bubbles if
cooler hoses (2-6) and steering cylinder
submerged, or water leaks.
pipes (1-6).
NOTE: Air or water wi 11 issue from the overflow
(e) Install and tighten the nut (2-4).
pipe when the pressure reaches the blow-off
pressure of the filler cap. (f) Install the grille support as detailed rn
Id) Blank off either the inlet or outlet of the para.3b.
oil cooler then connect an air line and (g) Fill the radiator to approximately 32 mm
pressure gauge to the other. (1-1/4 in) above the core and top up the
~e) Submerge the oi I cooler in a tank of
transmission to the level on the dipstick.
water, apply an air pressure of approximately
(h) Run the engine to warm up then through
12.6 kg/cm2 1180 lb/in2) and check for air
a number of full cycles operate the hydraulic
bubbles.
lift, independent power take-off, torque
amplifier or forward reverse if fitted, and
the steering from full lock one way to full
lock the other way to purae the air from the
4d. ASSEMBLY system.

Install the fan housing and oil cooler to the ( i) Top up the coolant and transmission to
radiator. correct levels.
 SERVICE BULLETIN REFERENCE
Number Date Changes
 Page Numbers
GROUP 3
(.9 z U)

ELECTRICAL & :J
z 0
-
>--
>--
z
w
__;
<( z<(
>--
>-
__; :s :;;
>--
INSTRUMENTS >
0 :;;
"'
:;;
w
VJ
__;
<(
>--
VJ
:J
....,
2 VJ

CONTENTS
w
0:
"'
0
VJ
<( z
-
0
<(

BATTERY 1 1
GENERATOR 1 1

REGULATOR 2 2

ALTERNATOR 2 - 2

STARTING MOTOR 3 - 3
SAFETY START SWITCH 3 - 3 3
HAND BRAKE SWITCH 3 4 4

BRAKE SWITCH 4 - - 4 4

HEADLIGHTS 4 s
SIDE LIGHTS (BASIC LIGHTING) 5 5

STOP AND TAIL LIGHTS

(BASIC LIGHTING) 5 5 5 6

SIDE AND INDICATOR LIGHTS

(DE-LUXE) 6 6 6 6
STOP, TAIL AND INDICATOR LIGHTS
(DC:-LUXE) 6 6 6 6

PLOUGH LIGHT 7 7 7 7

DIRECT ION INDICATOR LIGHTS 7 8 8 8

INSTRUMENTS 8 - - 8

WARNING AND PANEL LIGHTS 8 - 8

GROUP 3
ELECTRICAL & INSmUMENTS
PAGE 1

1. DESCRIPTION (c) Lift the battery clear of the tractor

using the lifting loops provided.
The tractor is equipped with a 12 volt
negative earth electrical system.

CAUTION: BEFORE BREAKING ANY CONNECTIONS

DISCONNECT THE BATTERY EARTH CABLE. 2b. INSTALLATION

Reverse the rem ova I procedure.

2. BATTERY
NOTE: DO NOT OVERTIGHTEN THE BATTERY
2a. REMOVAL RETAINER WINC NUTS.
(a) Unscrew the knurled headed bolts (1-1 I
and lift off the access panel(2-1).

3. GENERATOR

3a. REMOVAL

(a) Loosen the generator brace bolt (1-3).

(b I Remove the bolts (2 & 3-3) to free the

safety guard.

(c) Remove the bolt (4-3) and ease the

generator away from the engine, disengaginG
the pulley from the fan belt then disconnect
the cables (5-3).

14- ·~

Fig.1

(b) Disconnect the supply and earth cables

(1 & 2-2). loosen the wing nuts (3-2) and
move the retainer clear of the battery.

3b. INSTALLATION

(a) Connect the cables (5-3).

(b) Engage the pulley in the fan belt and

Fig.2 install the bolt (4-3).
 GROUP 3
ELECTRICAL & INSTRUMENTS
PAGE 2

(c) Install the safety guard securing with 5. ALTERNATOR

the bolts (2 & 3-3) finger tight.
5a. REMOVAL
(d) Adjust the belt tension so that a pull of
(a) Disconnect the plug (4-5).
11 kg (25 lb) midway between the generator
and crankshaft pulleys will deflect the belt (b) Remove the bolt (3-5).
20 mm (13/16 in) then tighten the bolts (1,
2, 3 & 4-3). (c) Remove the nut 11-5) then support the
alternator and withdraw the bolt (2-5) to
free the safety guard. Disengage the pulley
from the fan belt and lift the alternator clear.

4. REGULATOR (GENERATOR INSTALLATIONS)

4a. REMOVAL

{a) Remove the hood sheet and the left rear

side panel.

(b) Remove the nuts (1 & 2-4) and bolts to

free the regulator from the support.

(c) Disconnect the cables noting the termi-

nal to which each cable belongs.

f-ig.5

51>. INSTALLATION

(a) Engage the pulley in the fan belt then

thread the bolt through the safety guard and
mounting bracket.

(b) Install the washers and nut (1-5) finger

tight.

(c) Thread the bolt 13·5) through the safety

guard and 1nto the alternator bracket.
Fig.4

(d) Adjust the tension of the fan belt so

that a pull of 11 kg (25 lb) midway between
the alternator and crankshaft pulleys w1ll
deflect the beit 20 mm (13/16 in) then tighten
41>. INSTALLATION the bolt 13-5) and nut (1-5).

Reversf.! the removal nrocedure. (e) Connect the plug 14-5).

GROUP 3
ELECTRICAL & INSTRUMENTS
PAGE 3

Fig.6

6. STARTING MOTOR

6a. REMOVAL

(al Disconnect the cable from the spade Fig./

terminal and remove the nut (1-6) to release

bracket so that with the clutch pedal fully
the remaining cables.
depressed the switch plunger is depressed
(bl Remove the three bolts (2·61 to remove 1.27 mm 10.050 inl.
the starting motor.
(b) When the adjustment is correct tighten
6b. INSTALLATION the bolts (2·71.

Reverse the removal procedure. 8. HAND BRAKE WARNING LIGHT SWITCH

7. SAFETY START SWITCH Sa. REMOVAL

7a. REMOVAL (al Pull up the hand lever.

(a I Remove the hood sheet and left rear side (bl From underneath the tractor disconnect
panel. the cables ( 1·81 and remove the rubber cover
(2·81.
(bl Disconnect the cables (1·71 and unscrew
the switch from the bracket.

7b. INSTALLATION

(al Screw the switch into the bracket. If

the terminals are facing toward the clutch
housing preventing the connectors being
installed, a spacing washer is available
which will have the effect of turning the
switch through 180°.

(b) If necessary adjust the switch as

detailed in para.7c.

(Cl Connect the cables then install the left

rear side panel and hood sheet.

7c. ADJUSTMENT

(al Loosen the bolts (2·71 and move the Fig.8

 GROUP 3
ELECTRICAL & INSTRUMENTS
PAGE 4

(c) Loosen the nuts (3-8) then remove the (c) Disconnect the cables and screw the
front nut to free the switch from the bracket. switch from the bracket.

Sb. INSTALLATION 9b. INSTALLATION

(a) Install the switch to the bracket with (a) Screw the switch into the bracket.
nuts either side of the bracket finger tight.
(b) Connect the cables and install the
(b) Adjust the switch as detailed in para.Sc. bracket to the tractor.
(c) If necessary adJust the switch as
(c) When the adj~stment is correct tighten detailed in para.9c.
the nuts against each other.
(d) Install the right rear side panel and
hood sheet.
Se. ADJUSTMENT
9c. ADJUSTMENT
(a) Fully release the hand brake.
(a) Loosen the bolts (1·9) and slrde the
(b) Turn the nuts (3·8) to allow the switch
bracket as required so that with the brake
to move so that the switch plunger is depres-
pedals fully released the switch plunger is
sed 3.94 to 4.83 mm (0.155 to 0.190 in).
depressed 5 mm (0.200 in).
(C\ When the adjustment is correct tighten
(b) When the adjustment IS correct tighten
the nuts against each other.
the holts (1-9).
9. BRAKE SWITCH
10. HEADLIGHTS
9a. F£MOVAL
10a. REMOVAL
{a) Remove the hood sheet and right rear
(a) Remove the grille and disconnect the
side panel.
head I i ght pi ugs.
(h) Remove the bolts (1·91 and withdraw the
(b) Remove the screws (2-10) taking care
bracket and switch.

-~

Fig.9 Fiq.10
GROUP 3
ELECTRICAL & INSTRUMENTS
PAGE 5

11b. INSTALLATION

(a) Install the light assembly into the fender

and secure with the three self tapping
screws.

(b) Press the lens into place ensuring that

the securing rim is holding the lens all way
round.

(c) Connect the cables at the connectors

then feed the harness into the conduits.

12. STOP AND TAIL LIGHTS (BASIC LIGHTING)

12a. REMOVAL

Fig.11 (a) Feed back into the fender conduits

sufficient of the harness to allow access to
the cable connectors.
not to lose the springs 12-11) then withdraw
(b) Remove the screws (1-12) and nuts and
the rubber housing (3-11) complete with
withdraw the light and reflector assembly.
sealed beam unit.
12b. DISMANTLING
(c) From the rear push the unit out of the
housing. (a) Ease the lens out of the rubber shroud
to gain access to the lamp.
10b. INSTALLATION
(b) Remove the screw 12-12) to free tile
(a) From the front, line up the boss on the
reflector.
new unit with the appropriate slot in the
housing then by hand, press in the unit. 12c. ASSEMBLY

{b) Ensure that the boss is correctly seated (a) lnsta 11 the reflector.
and that the securing rim is holding the unit
a 11 way round. (b) Press the lens into place ensuring that
the securing rim is holding the lens all way
(c) Install the housing and sealed beam unit round.
assembly to the grille positioning the springs
between the grille and housing and secure
with the screws finger tight.

(d) Connect the plugs and install the grille.

(e) Tighten the screws (2-10) as necessary

to secure and adjust the headlights.

11. SIDE LIGHTS (BASIC LIGHTING)

11a. REMOVAL

(a) Feed back into the fender conduits

sufficient of the harness to allow access to
the cable connectors.

1b) Ease the lens out of the rubber shroud.

(c) Remove th"e three screws and withdraw

the l1ght assembly. Fig.12
 GROUP 3
ELECTRICAL & INSTRUMENTS
PAGE 6

12d. INSTALLATION and allow access to the lamps.

(a) Install the light and reflector assembly 13c. ASSEMBLY

to the fender and secure with the screws
Position the lens with the amber section to
11-12) and nuts.
the outside and secure with the screws (1-14).
(b) Connect the cables at the connectors
then feed the harness into the conduits. 13d. INSTALLATION

(a) Install the assembly to the fender and

13. SIDE AND INDICATOR LIGHTS
secure with the nuts ( 1-13).
(DE-LUXE LIGHTING)
(b) Connect the cables at the connectors and
13e. REMOVAL
feed the cables back into the fender conduit.
(a) Feed the cable out of the fender conduit
14. STOP, TAIL AND INDICATOR LIGHTS
to allow access to the cable connectors.
(DE-LUXE LIGHTING)
(b) Remove the nuts (1·13) and withdraw the
14a. REMOVAL
light assembly.
(a) Free the fender harness from the c 1i p
(2-15) and feed the cables through the lender
conduit to allow access to the cable
connectors.

(b) Remove the nuts (1-15) anj withdraw the

I ight assembly.

14b. DISMANTLING

Refer to para.13b.

14c. ASSEMBLY

Refer to para.13c.

14d. INSTALLATION

(a) Install the assembly to the fender and

Fig.13
secure with the nuts (1-15).

Fig. 14

13b. DISMANTLING

Remove the screws ( 1-14) to free the lens Fig.l5

GROUP 3
ELECTRICAL & INSTRUMENTS
PAGE 7

(b) Connect the cables at the connectors 15c. ASSEMBLY

then feed the cables back into the fender
(a) Push the switch and cover into position
conduit.
in the housing.
(c) Locate the harness in the fender clips.
(b) Connect the cables 13-17).
15. PLOUGH LIGHT
(c) Connect the cables to the sealed beam
15a. REMOVAL unit at the screws (1-17).

(a) Feed back into the fender conduits (d) Line up the boss (4-17) on the unit with
sufficient of the harness to allow access to the slot (5-17) then, by hand, press in the
the cable connectors. unit.

(b) Remove the nut and bolt from the bracket (e) Ensure that the boss is correctly seated
to remove the I ight from the fender. and that the securing rim is holding the unit
all way round.
15b. DISMANTLING

(al Ease the sealed benm unit out of the

housing I 1-16) to provide access to the
cables.

Fig. 17

Fig.16 15d. INSTALLATION

(a) Secure the light to the fender.

(b) Connect the cables at the connectors

then feed the harness into the conduits.
16. DIRECTION INDICATOR LIGHTS (BASIC
(b) Slacken the screws (1-17) and disconnect LIGHTING)
the cables. 16a. REMOVAL

(c) Disconnect the cables (3-17) and push (a) Feed back into the fender conduits-
the switch (2-17) and cover (2-16) into the sufficient of the harness to allow access to
housing. the cable connectors,
 GROUP 3
ELECTRICAL & INSTRUMENTS
PAGE 8

Fig.19
(1-19) and lift off the face panel (2-19).

(b) Disconnect the cables or pressure pipe

as appropriate then remove the nuts ( 1-20)
and clamps (2-20) to free the instrument.
TM14-24J
17b. INSTALLATION
Ftg.18
(a) Install the instrument and secure with
(b) Remove the nut and washer from the the clamps and nuts.
pillar then remove the light (1-18) and spacer
(2-18). (b) Connect the cables or pressure p1pe as
appropriate.
16b. DISMANTLING
(c) On the upper panel install the face panel.
Remove either lens using a screwdriver in
the slots (3-18) for access to other components. 18. WARNING AND PANEL LIGHTS

16c. ASSEMBLY The lights on the upper panel have simple

clip-in lamp holders 13-20) wrth erther bayonet
Press the lenses into place by hand ensuring or screw type lamps.
that they are correctly seated all way round. The indicator warning lights on the lower
panel have a screwed lens {3-19) to provide
16d. INSTALLATION access to the lamps.
(a) Install the light and spacer then secure
with the nut and washer.

(b) Connect the cables at the connectors

then feed the hruness into the conduits.

17. INSTRUMENTS

The rear of components on the upper panel

can be reached through the battery access panel.
The hoodsheet i'lnd rear side pnnels will need
removing for access to the rear of components
on the lower paneL
Instruments are not repairable. Replace faulty
components with new.

17a. REMOVAL

(a) On the upper panel, re111ove the screws F1n.2o

 GROUP 4 Page Numbers

z
0
;:::
--' :)
FUEL SYSTEM "0> --'
2
w
"
1-
U)

~
CONTENTS
"'

FUEL TANK 1 1
LIFT PUMP IC.A.V. FUEL SYSTEM) 1 2
FUEL FILTERS 2 2
INJECTION PUMP 3 4
INJECTORS . 5 6
THERMOSTART 6 6
GROUP 4
FUEL SYSTEM
PAGE 1

1. DESCRIPTION

The fuel system consists of supply tank with

shut-off taps, fuel filters. injection pump,
injectors, thermostart system and associated
pipes. The C.A.V. system also has a mechanical
pump.

NOTE: When any part of the fuel system is d is-

connected seal off all openings to prevent entry
of dirt. After reconnecting it will be necessary
to vent the system as detailed in the Operator's
Manual.
2. FUEL TANK

2a. REMOVAL

(a) Remove the cover (1-1) and disconnect

the tue I gauge transmitter. Fig.2

2b. INSTALLATION

(a) Install the tank and secure with the

bolts (2-1 & 3-21 and nuts.

(b) Connect the pipes and open the balance

valves (2-2) and shut-off valve (1-2).

(c) Connect the fuel gauge transmitter and

install the cover (1-1).

3. LIFT PUMP IC.A.V. FUEL SYSTEM\

3a. REMOVAL
(a) Close the fuel shut-off valve 11-21 then
disconnect the feed p1pe 11-31 and delivery
pipe 12-3) at the lift pump.

Fig.1

(b) Close the shut-off valve (1-2) and

balance valves (2-2) then disconnect the
pipes.

(c) Securely sling the tank. If a cab is

fitted it wi 11 be necessary to remove the rear
window and roof in order to sling the tank.

id) Remove the bolts (2-1 & 3-2) and nuts

then carefully lift the tank clear of the
tractor. Fig.3
 GROUP 4
FUEL SYSTEM
PAGE 2

(b) Remove the pump securing nuts (3-3)

and washers then remove the lift pump and
·o· ring.

3b. INSTALLATION

(a) Install the lift pump with new '0' ring

ensuring the pump arm is correctly located
on the outside of the cam. Secure with
washers and nuts (3-3).

(b) Connect the pipes I 1 & 2-31 and secure

with banjo bolts and sealing washers.

4. FUEL FILTERS
Fig.5
On 454 and 2400 Tractors the filters are
individually mounted, the primary filter being
mounted on the right side of the engine and the 4a. REMOVAL
secondary fi Iter being mounted on the left side. (a) Close the fuel shut-off valve (1-21 then
All other tractors have a dual filter installation, disconnect the fuel pipes at the fi Iter con-
Fig.4 shows the primary filter and Fig.7
nections (1 & 2·4). (1 & 2-5). (1. 2. 3 & 4-6)
shows the secondary filter on a system w 1th a
or (1 & 2-7) according to installation.
Bosch BR pump.
Fig.5 shows the dual filters on a system with (b) Remove the bolts (3-4). (3-5). (5-6) or
a Bosch CR pump. (3-7) and ltft oft the filters.
Fig.6 shows the C.A.V. secondary filter.
4h. INSTALLATION

(a) Install the filters and secure wrth the

bolts (3-4). (3-5). (5-6) or (3-7).

(b) Connect the pipes (1 & 2-4), (1 & 2-5).

11. 2. 3 & 4-6) or 11 & 2-7).

Fig.4 Fig.G
GROUP 4
FUEL SYSTEM
PAGE 3

Fig.9
F•g.7

5. INJECTION PUMP
(e) Remove the cover plate (2-9) then turn
Fig.7 shows the Bosch BR pump. the engine in direction of rotation until the
Fig.8 shows the Bosch CR pump. pump gear tooth marked number 3 on three
cylinder engines or number 4 on four cylinder
5a. REMOVAL engines is in I ine with a tooth space on the
1. BOSCJ-j PUMP idler gear and the timing pointer on the front
cover is in line with the appropriate static
(a) Close the fuel shut-off valve (1-2). timing mark (1-9) on the pulley flange. Refer
to specifications for the static timing,
(b) Cisconnect the fuel control (4-7) or
The engine is now set to aid installation
(6-8) and speed control (5-71 or (4-8).
and must not be turned again until a pump is
(c) Disconnect the delivery pipes (6·71 or insta lied.
(5-8).
(f) Remove the nut (1-10) and spring washer
(d) Cisconnect the spill return pipe (7-7) or and the bolts (2-10) then attach the special
(3-8) and feed pipe (8-7) or (1·8). puller as shown in Fig.11.

Fig.8
 GROUP 4
FUEL SYSTEM
PAGE 4

Fig. 11

Fig.13
{g) Remove the mounting nuts {10-7) or
{9-8) and hold the pump as the puller spindle
{1-11) is tumed to push the pump spindle
out of the hub, then remove the pump from {e) Remove the cover plate {2-9) then remove
the engine taking care not to lose the key. the three bolts (1-13) and washers securing
the pump gear {2-13) to the pump drive hub.
{h) Remove the puller and hub from the pump
gear. {f) Remove the three nuts {6-12) and lock-
washers then lift the pump and gasket clear
2. C.A.V.PUMP of the engine.
{a) Close the fuel shut-off tap {1-2). 5b. INSTALLATION
{b) Disconnect the fuel control cable {1-12) 1. BOSCH PUMP
and speed control rod {2-12).
{a) The outlets are marked alphabetically.
{c) Cisconnect the delivery pipes {4-12).
Turn the pump in direction of rotation until
{d) Disconnect the fuel leakback pipe {5-12) the key is in line with outlet A. In this
and feed pipe 13-12). position the key will be at approximately
the 9 o'clock position for the three port
pump or approximately the 1Qo'clock position
for the four port pump.

{b) Check that the engine has not been

turned and that the timing pointer is in line
with the appropriate timing mark on the
pulley flange then install the pump onto the
mounting studs threading the pump shaft
through the drive gear.

{c) Install the mounting nuts {10-7) or {9-8).

{d) Mesh the pump drive gear tooth marked

number 3 or 4 as appropriate with a tooth
space on the idler gear then install the hub
with the bolts finger tight.

{e) Install the spring washer and nut {1·Hl)

Fig.12 and tighten to 7 kgm {50 lbft).
GROUP 4
FUEL SYSTEM
PAGE 5

(I) Remove the inspection plate (9-7) or 2. C.A.V. PUMP

(8-8) and turn the pump hub as necessary to
(a) Install the gasket and pump onto the
line up the mark on the rotating plate with
mounting studs ensuring that the dowel on
the pointer then tighten the hub retaining the drive gear locates in the slot on the
bolts.
pump hub.
(g) Check the timing by turning back the (b) Turn the pump body until the mark (7-12)
engine then forward again in direction of
on the pump mounting flange is in line with
rotation until the timing pointer is in line
the mark (8-12) on the rear of the engine
with the appropriate static timing mark on front plate then secure the pump with the
the pulley flange. The mark on the rotating lockwasher and nuts (6-12). Tighten the nuts
plate should be in I ine with its pointer. to 2.2to 2.5 kgm (16 to 18 lbft).
(h) Install the inspection plate (9-7) or (8-8). (c) Secure the pump drive gear to the drive
(i) Install the cover plate (2-8). hub with the lockwashers and bolts (1-13)
tightened to 2.2 to 2.5 kg (16 to 18 lbft).
(J)Connect the feed pipe (8-7) or (1-8),
spill pipe (7-7) or (3-8) and delivery pipes (d) Connect the feed pipe (3-12). fuel
(6-7) or (5-8). leakback pipe (5-12) and delivery pipes
14-12).
(k) With the speed control hand lever and
the pump lever against their low idle stops (e) With the speed control hand lever and
adjust the speed control rod (5-7) or (4-8) as the pump lever against their low idle stops
necessary to connect up. adjust the speed control rod (2·12) as neces-
sary to connect up.
(I) Set the fuel control hand lever to the
STOP position. Thread the cable through the (f) Set the fuel control hand lever to the
eye on the pump lever (4-7) or (6-8). move the STOP position, thread the cable ( 1-12) through
pump lever to fully depress the stop plunger the eye on the pump lever. move the pump
then tighten the cable locking bolt. lever against the stop screw and tighten the
cable locking bolt. Move the fuel control
(m) Move the fuel control hand lever to the lever to the RUN position and check that
RUN position and cho'!Ck that the pump lever the pump lever touches the stop.
touches the stop before the hand lever
reaches the end of the slot in the panel. (g) Open the fuel shut-oft valve (1·2) and
Move the hand lever unti I the pump lever is vent the system referring to the Operator's
just touching the plunger and check that the Manual.
hand lever is opposite the START position (h) Run the engine and if necessary adjust
on the panel.
the low idle speed on the adjusting screw to
(n) Open the fuel shut-oil valve (1-2) and specifications.
vent the fuel system referring to the Opera-
1i) Move the fuel control lever to the STOP
tor's Manua I. position and check that the engine stops
(o) Run the engine and if necessary adjust clean.
the low idle setting on the adjusting screw
(11-7) or (7-8) to specifications.

6. INJECTORS

6a. REMOVAL
(p) Move the fuel control to the STOP
(a) Remove the hoodsheet.
position to check that the engine stops
clean. (b) Clean the area around the injectors.
 GROUP 4
FUEL SYSTEM
PAGE 6

(e) Disconnect the reservoir overflow pipe

(5-15) and element feed pipe (3-15) at the
reservoir.

(f) Unscrew the bolt (8-15) to remove the

reservoir.

7b. INSTALLATION

(a) Position the thermostart reservoir

(7-15) on the bracket and locate with the
bolt (8-15) finger tight.

(b) Connect the reservoir overflow pipe

Fig.14 (5-15) and element feed pipe 13-15) at the
reservoir.

(c) Secure the reservoir supply pipe (4-15),

if fitted, with the adaptor then connect the
spill return pipe {6-13). Tighten the reservoir
(c) Disconnect the delivery pipes at the retaining bolt (8-15).
injectors 11-14).
(d) Position a new sealing ring on the
(d) Disconnect the spill pipes (2-14).
element 12-15) and install the element in the
(e) Remove the retaining nuts (3-14) then manifold.
lift out the injector assembly.
(e) Connect the spade terminal connector
6b. INSTALLATION (1-15) and screw on the element feed pipe
(3-15).
Installation is a reversal of the removal
procedure. Tighten the retaining nuts to a torque (f) Open the fuel shut-off valve ( 1-2) then
of 1 to 1.2 kgm 17.2 to 8.7 lbft). fi 11 the reservoir with clean diesel fuel.

7. THERMOST ART

7a. REMOVAL

(a) Close the fuel shut-off valve ( 1-2).

(b) Withdraw the spade terminal connection

11-15) and disconnect the element feed pipe
13-15) at the element 12-15).

(c) Unscrew the element (2-15) and remove

the sealing ring.

(d) Disconnect the spill return pipe (6-15)

at the reservoir (7-15) then unscrew the
adaptor to remove the reservoir supply pipe
14-15) If fitted. Fig.15
 SERVICE BULLETIN REFERENCE

Number Date SubjeCt Changes

--~

i i
 Paue Nurnbers
GROUP 5
<"
0
>=
<(

ENGINE -'
<(
>
-'
-'
<(
,__
0

"'
~
w 2
~ -
CONTENTS

A lr.CLEANEr. 1 1

EI\ICINE 1 3

Rev1sed 3/75
lil GROUP 6
ENGINE

1. DESCRI PT! ON (e) Disconnect the aircleaner sender unit

The engines fitted to V4 Series tractors are ( 1-2), the coolant temperature sender unit (2-2)
either 3 or 4 cylinder, direct injection, four stroke and the horn (5-2). Thread out these leads to the
diesels. The information in this group covers left side of the tractor.
removal and installation only. For the informa-
tion necessary to dismantle and overhaul the
engine. refer to the relevant ENGINE SERVICE
MANUAL.

2. ENGINE
2a. REMOVAL
(a) Remove the hoodsheet and both front side
panels. Disconnect the battery earth lead.

(b) Disconnect the steering cylinder pipes (1-1)

and the oil cooler pipes (2-1). Cap off all open-
Ings. Disconnect the brake system supply pipe
(6-1 ).
(c) Disconnect the governor hand control rod
(5-1) and the accelerator pedal cable at the
bellcrank lever.
Fig. 2
(c) Close the fuel tank shut off valve and dis-
connect the fuel feed pipe (4-1) and the lead at
the oil pressure sender unit (3-1). Unclip and (f) Disconnect the tachometer drive cable ( 4-3)
thread out the lead. then remove the bolt (5-3) to free the cable.

(g) Disconnect the alternator (1-31 and thermo-

start (2-3). Remove the bolt (3-3) to free the earth
connection and loom clip. Open the clip (6-3)
then thread out the harness.
(h) Disconnect the engine stop control ( 10-3).
Ensure that the ferrule (9-3) on the outer cable is
not lost.
(i) Disconnect the starting motor cables (8-3).
(j) Disconnect the fuel return line (7-3).

Fig. 1 Fig. 3

1
 GROUP 6
ENGINE HI
(k) Drain the cooling system then disconnect (b) Securely sling the front axle and bolster
the hoses (3 & 4-2). Remove theaircleaner inlet assembly and position this to the front of the
duct (6-2). On tractors fitted with cab heaters, engine. Install the bolts (4-4).
disconnect the heater hoses at the engine coolanl
(c) Thread the bolts (2-4) through the baffle
pump.
plate (3-4) and install the spacers then install
(I) Drive wedges (1-4) between the axle beam this assembly to the bolster. Tighten all the
and the bolster then position the stationary bolts. Remove the sling. and lower the dismant-
member of the dismantling stand number 270 under ling stand. Remove the wedges (1-4).
the front of the transmission case. Raise the
(d) Connect the fuel return line (7-3).
stand to relieve the load on the front wheels.
Apply the parking brake. (e) Connect the leads (8-3) at the starting motor.
(m) Securely sling the front axle assembly. (f) Move the engine stop control lever in the
Remove the bolts (2-4) and remove the baffle cab to the 'RUN' position, ie. fully upward.
plate (3-4) and its spacers. Remove the bolts Position the ferrule (9-3) to the outer cable then
(4-4) then move the axle and bolster assembly thread the outer cable into the rear bracket.
forward clear of the tractor. Connect and secure the inner cable to the pump
(n) Securely sling the engine. Lifting eyes are stop lever (10-3).
provided at the front and rear of the cylinder
head for this purpose. (g) Thread the main harness into position. Install
and secure the front clip and the earth connec-
(o) Remove the bolts (5-4) and the nuts and tion with the bolt (3·3). Position the harness to
bolts (6-4) around the clutch housing and main- the rear clip (6-3) then close the clip. Connect
taining as near as possible a square attitude, the alternator plug (1-3) and the therrnostart
pull the engine straight forward clear of the (2-3) then thread the headlight and horn leads
transmission. behind the alternator and into the clip ( 11-3 ).
Thread the remaining leads between the coolant
pump and cylinder head toward the right side of
the engine.

(h) Thread through and connect the tachometer

drive cable. Secure the cable at the clip (5-3).

(i) Connect the hoses (3 & 4-2) and install the

air inlet duct (6-2). On tractors fitted with
heaters, connect the heater hoses at the coolant
pump then fill the cooling system as detailed in
the Operator's Manual.

(j) Connect the aircleaner sender (1-2) and

coolant temperature sender (2-2). Connect the
horn leads.

(k) Connect the engine oi I pressure sender unit

Fig. 4 (3-1) and clip the lead at the rear of the timing
case. Connect the fuel feed line (4-1).

2b. INSTALLATION (I) Connect the brake system feed pipe (6-1).
the steering cylinder pipes (1-1) and the trans-
(a) Position tl1e engine in front of and square to
mission oil cooler pipes (2-1 ).
the clutch housing. Move the engine rearward
and enter the splined shafts into the clutch (m) Adjust the governor control linkage as
centre. lt may be necessary to turn the engine detailed in para. 2c.
to align the splines while pushing. When the
(n) Install the side panels, hoodsheet and
engine is fully home install and tighten the
radiator grille.
bolts (5-4) and the nuts and bolts (6-4). Remove
tho c:linnc.: (o) Check the engine and transmission oil

2
 GROUP 6
ENGINE

levels and correct if necessary. Start the engine

and check for leaks. Operate the hydraulic.
steering, and braking systems several times to
remove air from the systems then stop the engine
and check oil levels. Check the coolant system
level.

2c. ADJUSTMENTS
(a) With the hand control lever rod (3-5) dis-
connected. check the distance between the top
of the bellcrank lever (2-5) and the rear face of
the cylinder head. This should be 3 mm (1/8 in).
(b) If adjustment is necessary, disconnect the
pump lever control rod at the c levis ( 12-3) and
adjust the clevis position unti I the required
distance is achieved. Connect and secure the
clevis.

(c) Set the hand control lever to the low idle

position. If necessary, slacken the locknut and
adjust the nut (4-5) so that the rod (3-5) can be
connected to the bellcrank (2-5). Secure the rod.

(d) Connect the accelerator control cable (1-5). Fig. 5

3
 SERVICE BULLETIN REFERENCE
Number Date SubJect Changes

.
 Page '\lumbers
GROUP 6
z
ENGINE _,
"',_-_, z
0
->-0
>- ;:: _,
>- «_,
« z _,
CLUTCH >-, «
...
u
w
"-
"'
:;,
w
<n
«>-
<n
~
"? <n
<n
"'"' 0 -
z « z
-
CC'JTE~HS

E"!CINE CLL'TCH 1 3 3 4 5

CLL'TC~ RELEASE BEARI'IJG 6 - - - 6

Revised 3/75
GROUP 6
ENGINE CLUTCH
PAGE 1

1. DESCRIPTION
The single dry plate clutch consists of a
driven plate assembly, cover assembly and a
ball type release bearing.
A spl ined hub rivetted to the cover provides
the drive for the independent power take-off.
The cover assembly consists of a pressed
steel cover and cast iron pressure plate loaded
by thrust springs. Release levers are pivotted on
the cover and release the pressure plate through
return clips between the outer ends of the release
levers and adjusting bolts.
The illustrations in this GROUP show only the
three cylinder engine and clutch.

2. ENGINE CLUTCH
2a. REMOVAL

(a) Position the dismantling stand under

the engine and clutch housing as shown in
Fig.1.

Fig. 2

(d) Close the fuel supply valve at the tank

and disconnect the fuel feed pipe ( 1-2) and
oil pressure pipe at the connection (2-2), the
connector is on the opposite side on the
D-212 engine. On the three cylinder engine
remove the breather pipe (3-2).

(e) Remove the brake switch and bracket

(4-2) and disconnect the engine speed control
at the bellcrank (5-2).

(f) Loosen the clamp (9-2) then disconnect

the steering and oil cooler pipes (6 & 7-2)
and the brake feed (8-2).

NOTE: The brake feed hose (8-2) contains a

screen and orifice assembly. Take care not to
discard this hose.

(g) Disconnect the cables at the horn (11-2)

and temperature transmitter then feed the
Fig.1
cables to the side of the engine.

(h) Disconnect the starting motor cables

(b) Crive wedges between the front axle (1-3) and fuel control (2-3).
and bolster and block the front wheels to
prevent movement.
(i) Remove the regulator, if fitted, from the
battery support and disconnect the top corm-
(c) Remove the hoodsheet, rear side panels· actor (3-3) then move the harness (4-3) clear
and baltery. of the battery support.

Revised 3/75

---- - - - - - - - -
 GROUP 6
ENGINE CLUTCH
PAGE 2

Fig.4_

Fig. 3

(j) Disconnect the spill pipe at the connec-

tion (5-3) or at No.4 injector on the D-212
engine. On tractors equipped with the therm-
ostart system disconnect the spade terminal
at the element (1-15 GROUP 4) and, if a
reservoir is fitted. remove the reservoir
retaining bolts.

(k) Remove the mounting bolts (12-2 & 7-3) Fig.5

and unscrew the two top bolts (3-5 GROUP 5).
On the D-212 engine remove the bolts secur-
ing the engine spacer to the clutch housing.
Due to a spacer internal retaining bolt the
spacer MUST be removed with the engine.

I I) Ease the rear section of the tractor rear-

ward taking care not to damage the trans-
mission shafts.

(m) Slacken the bolts (1-4) a little at a time

in rotation until the pressure is released then
remove the clutch cover assembly (2-4) and
driven member ( 1-5).

(n) If inspection proves it necessary pull

out the pilot bearing (1-6).
F1g.6

Revised 3/75
GROUP 6
ENGINE CLUTCH
PAGE 3

1. lockniJt 6. Pivot pin

2. Screw 7. Release lever
3. Washer 8. Spring
Fig. 8
4. Cover 9. Cup
5. ~e7isu:·e plate
\ Fig.7
(b) Inspect the thrust springs to ensure that
none are broken.
2b. DISMANTLING
(c) Check the hubs of the driven member and
(a) Mark the pressure plate (5-7), cover (4-7) cover for excessive wear and 'toose rivets.
and levers (7-7) to aid assembly.
(d) Check the pressure plate and flywheel
(b) Remove the return clips (3-4) by lifting faces with a straight edge. Limited machining
them clear of the release lever then with a of the flywheel is permitted but the pressure
downward movement remove the clips from plate must be changed.
the lever adjusting bolt.
(e) If the flywheel does require machining,
(c) Slacken the locknuts (1·7) then unscrew the amount of metal removed must be kept to
the three adjusting bolts (2·7) a little at a a m1mmum. After machining, the flywheel
time until the cover can be lifted clear of the runout must be checked on the crankshaft
pressure plate. and before installing the clutch.

(d) Lift the outer end of the release lever

then si ide the ddjusting screw ( 1·8) and
washer (2·8) outward clear of the lever.

(e) Remove the springs (3-8) and cups (4·8)

from the cover (5-8).

(f) If inspection proves it necessary remove

the pivot pins (6·7) and lift out the release
levers ( 7· 7).

2c. INSPECTION AND REPAIR

(a) Inspect the release levers for wear a~

th·~ contact points and at the pivot pin
holes. Fig. 9

Revised 3/75
 GROUP 6
ENGINE CLUTCH
PAGE 4

514-68

Pressure plate with:

Orange Springs A- 76.2 ,:t 0.38 mm (3.00 :!;0.015 in)
Black Springs A- 70.6! 0.38 rrm (2.78 ;!:0.015 in)
B- 27mm(1.063in)
C- 36.63 mm ( 1.443 in)

Fig. 10 Clutch Release Lever Setting

2d. ASSEMBLY flywheel with a setting spacer, refer to

op.(e). positioned directly under each release
(a) Install the release levers (7·7) in the lever as substitute for the driven member.
cover (4-7) aligning the marks made during
dismantling, and secure with the pivot pins NOTE: lt is difficult to ensure absolute parell-
(6-7). elism in the driven member and although the
error is small it is magnified at the lever tip
(b) Install the cups (4·8) in the cover and due to the lever ratio, therefore accurately
position the springs (3·8) in the cups and machined spacers must be used for adjustment
under the levers. purposes.

(c) Ensure the locknut is screwed fully onto (g) Actuate the release levers a dozen or so
the bolt (1·8) then slide the bolt and washer times to settle the clutch components.
(2-8) under the outer edge of the release
lever. {h) Ensure the pilot bearing is pressed fully
into the flywheel then install the setting tool,
(d) Position the cover assembly on the pres- refer to Fig. 9)hrough the clutch cover ensur-
sure plate (5·7). aligning the marks made ing it locates in the pilot bearing. The arm
during dismantling, and secure with the (1·9) is reversible. On early pressure plates
three bolts (2-7) tightening each bolt a little fitted with ORANGE coloured springs (8-7)
at a time. the flat surface (A-9) must face toward the
clutch. On pressure plates with BLACK
(e) To facilitate the adjustment of the release springs (8·7) the stepped face (8·9) must
levers a clutch fixture is avai I able or altern- face toward the clutch.
ative! y use the flywheel and three spacers of
9.70 mm (0.382 in) thickness. (i) Keep the setting tool pressed in and
rotate it so that the arm, refer to op. (h), is
(f) Secure the clutch to the fixture plate or over a release lever. Adjust the bolt (2·7)

Revised 3/75
 GROUP 6
ENGINE CLUTCH
PAGE 5

spot. If there is a s~milar marking on the

clutch assembly, the two arrows must be
aligned as closely as possible. Lift the
clutch assembly into position on the flywheel
and locate the end of the tool in the pi lot
bearing.

(d) Install the securing bolts (1-4) and

tighten evenly and progressively to avoid
distorting the cover flange. Withdraw the
pilot and setting tool (1-11).

(e) Ease the rear section of the tractor

forward and turn the engine as necessary to
engage the transmission shafts.
Fig. 11
(f) Engage the two top bolts (3-5 GROUP 5),
install the remaining mounting bolts ( 12-2 &
under the appropriate lever until the lever is
7-3) securing the engine assembly to the
just touching the setting tool arm·, refer to
clutch housing and tighten all the engine
Fig. 11. Repeat on each release lever until
retaining bolts.
all levers are at the same height. Fig. 10
shows the necessary dimensions taken from
(g) Thread the engine temperature and horn
the face of the fl ywhee I.
cables through to the engine then mount the
regulator, if fitted, to the battery support and
NOTE: If the flywheel has been machined a feeler
connect the upper cable connector (3-3).
gauge equivalent to the amount removed from
the flywheel must be positioned between the
(h) Connect the spill pipe (5-3), tachometer
pressure plate. lever and the setting tool arm.
drive (6-3) and starting motor cables ( 1-3).
On tractors equipped with thermostart connect
(j) Tighten the locknuts (1-7) then position
the spade terminal at the element (1-15
the return clips (3-4) under the lever adjust-
GROUP 4) and, if a reservoir is fitted, secure
ing bolts and onto the release levers.
the reservoir with the retaining bolt (8-15
GROUP 4).
(k) Lift the setting tool clear of the clutch
assembly then remove the pressure plate from
the fixture and remove the setting spacers. (i) Set the fuel control handle to the STOP
position, thread the cable through the eye on
the injection pump lever then move the lever
to the stop position (on Bosch pumps to
2e. INSTALLATION depress the stop plunger) and tighten the
cable locking bolt.
(a) Press a new pilot bearing into the fly-
wheel if this was removed. (j) Connect the horn ( 11-2), engine temper-
ature transmitter ( 10-2). steering and oi I
(b) Slide the pilot and setting tool (1-11) cooler pipes (6 & 7-2) and brake feed (8-2)
through the clutch cover then slide the driven ensuring that the screen inside the hose is
member onto the tool with the longer end of toward the oil cooler pipe. Connect the
the hub toward the flywheel. clamp (9-2).

(c) If the flywheel has a light side this will (k) Connect the engine speed control lever
be indicated by an arrow stamped in a white to the bellcrank (5-2) on the lower hole for

Revised 3/75
 GROUP 6
ENGINE CLUTCH
PAGE 6

Fig. 12

the three cylinder engine and the upper hole Fig. 13

for the four cylinder engine then install the
brake switch referring to GROUP 3.

(I) Ensure that when the foot accelerator is 3b. INSTALLATION

fully depressed there is 0.76 mm (0.030 in)
clearance at the injection pump lever. If (a) Press a new bearing onto the sleeve if
necessary adjust the rod ( 1-6 GROUP 5) to this was removed.
obtain this clearance.
(b) Enter the release shaft through the left
(m) Connect the oil pressure pipe at the si de of the clutch housing and thread on the
connection (2-2), the connector is on the release fork. Drive in the roll pins (3·13).
opposite side on the D-212 engine.
(c) Slide the release sleeve into· place on
(n) Remove the dismantling stand, then the support sleeve and into the release forks.
install the battery, rear side panels and hood-
sheet. (d) Assemble the tractor as detailed in para.
2b., ops. (g) to (n).
3. CLUTCH RELEASE BEARING
3a. REMOVAL (e) Adjust the clutch pedal total operating
movement measured from the footplate to
(a) Split the tractor as detailed in para. 2a, 152 mm (6 in) with the adjusting screw (3·12)
ops. (a) to (I). and tighten the locknut.

(b) Remove the cotter and pin (1·12) to free (f) Loosen the locknut (4-12), hold the
the release shaft (2·12). release shaft (2-12) so that the release
bearing is just touching the release levers
(c) Move forward the release bearing (1·13) then depress the pedal 44 mm ( 1.75 in) and
and sleeve until clear of the release forks adjust the rod (5·12) until the pin (1-12)
(2·13) then move the bearing assembly clear will line up. Release the pedal and check
of the transmission shafts. that there is 44 mm (1.75 in) of free travel.
When this distance can no longer be obtained
(d) Orive out the roll pins (3·13) then with- the free travel may be adjusted to 25.4 mm
draw the release shaft from the left side of ( 1 in).
the clutch housing removing the release fork
as it becomes free to do so.
(g) Lock the pin ( 1·12) with cotter, tighten
{e) If inspection proves it necessary, press
the locknut ( 4-12).
the bearing from the sleeve.
Revised 3/75
 SERVICE BULLETIN REFERENCE
Number Date Changes
 SERVICE BULLETIN REFERENCE

Number Date SubJeCt Changes

L
 Page Numbers

GROUP 7
<:J
z (f)

z 0 >--
:::; >--
z
w
..J ->-- >- <( ::>'
TRANSMISSION <(
>
z
<(
..J

"'::>'
..J
..J
<(
>--
(f)
::J
0 ::>' UJ >-- -,
::>' 5!1
(f) (f)
0
w
oc 0
(f)
<(
z- <(
CONTENTS

SPLITIING TI-E TRACTOR 5 - 6 - -

SPEED GEARS
TOP COVER 10 12 - -

MAIN SHAFT 7 11 12 13 -
COUNTERSHAFT 8 11 12 13 -

DRIVING SHAFT 9 11 12 13 -

DIRECT DfjlVE GEAR (TA or F/R) 10 11 12 12 -

TOROLE AMPLIFIER AND

FORWARD/REVERSE 14 - - 23 -
TA CLUTCH PACK - 16 20 - -

F/R CLUTCH PACK - 17 21 - -

BEARING HOUSING - 18 19 - -

RANGE GEARS
PINION SHAFT 24 27 27 29 30
COUNTERS HAFT 26 27 27 29 -

REVERSE IDLER 26 27 27 28 -
TRANSFER PUMP 30 - - 31 -
CONTROL LEVERS
EXTERNAL LEVERS 31 - - 32 33
INTERNAL LEVERS 31 - - 32 -

Revised 3/75
GROUP 7
TRANSMISSION
PAGE 1

1. DESCRIPTION in the end of the speed section main shaft and at

the rear by two tapered roller bearings. The
1a. TRANSMISSION
brake drum for the parking brake is keyed or
The transmission is in two parts, the speed splined to this shaft and on tractors equipped
section and the range section. The synchromesh with a speedometer the drive gear is also keyed
speed gears are housed in the rear compartment to this shaft.
of the clutch housing whereas the range gears,
which are NOT synchromesh, are housed in the On basic and TA builds the pinion shaft
front compartment of the rear frame. This arrange- carries a sliding coup! ing to lock the pinion shaft
ment provides the basic transmission with eight to the speed section main shaft to provide high
forward and four reverse gears. Cepending on the range and a sliding gear to mesh with either the
tractor model these transmissions can be supplied reverse idler rear gear or the countershaft low
as either fast speed or slow speed and, again range gear. On F/R and Hydrostatic builds there
depending on the tractor model can also be is no reverse idler gear in the range compartment
supplied with either a torque amplifier or a full so the pinion shaft carries a combined sliding
forward/reverse unit. gear and coupling to provide high or low range
The basic build transmission driving shaft in all forward and reverse speeds.
which splines into the clutch driven member is
carried at the front end in the flywheel pilot The range section countershaft is carried by
bearing and at the rear is supported by a ball a ball bearing at the front and a needle roller
bearing. A gear machined integral with the trans- bearing at the rear. On basic and TA builds the
mission driving shaft is in constant mesh with a low range gear, splined onto the countershaft. is
gear on the speed section counters haft. in constant mesh with the reverse idler front
The speed section main shaft is supported at gear.
the front by a needle roller bearing housed, on
The two countershafts are hollow and through
basic builds in the rear of the transmission
them passes the P.T.O. front driven shaft. The
driving shaft, or on TA or F/R builds in the rear
front of this shaft splines into the P.T.O. con-
of the direct drive gear, and is supported at the
stant mesh driven gear and is supported by a ball
rear by a ball bearing. The gears on the main
bearing forward of this gear. The rear of the
shaft are in constant mesh with the corresponding
shaft splines into the P.T.O. clutch gear, this
gears on the speed section countershaft. A
gear being supported at the front by a needle
sliding coupling in one of the two synchromesh
roller bearing in the same bore as the bearing
units locks the selected gear to the main shaft.
for the rear of the range counters haft.
A gear formed integral with the speed section
main shaft is in constant mesh with a gear on The P.T.O. driven gear meshes with a gear
the range section countershaft. The main shaft machined integral with the P.T.O. driving shaft.
is pressure lubricated from a pump in the range This driving shaft, through which the transmission
compartment which ~lso provides lubrication for driving shaft passes, splines into the clutch cover
the bev~l gear and Pinion. at the front and is supported at the rear by a
The speed section countershaft is carried at ball bearing forward of the gear. To prevent oil
the front by a needle roller bearing and at the entering the clutch housing the P.T.O. driving
rear by a ball bearing. On TA and F/R installations shaft bearing housing carries two oil seals at
this countershaft is extended forward to carry the rear. One to seal the transmission driving
the necessary extra gears. shaft and one to seal the P.T.O. driving shaft. A
The top cover of the speed section carries a further seal forward of the bearing between the
cam plate, through which the selector forks are clutch release bearing carrier and P.T.O. driving
operated, and on TA or F/R builds also carries shaft completes the sealing.
the control lever assembly for the operating
spool. Fig.1 shows a cross section of the fast
speed transmission. Fig.2 shows a cross section
The bevel pinion shaft forms the splined of the slow speed transmission. The transmis-
shaft for the range section and is carried at the sions are of similar layout, the difference being
front end by a needle roller bearing housed in the gear ratios and selector cam profile.
 GROUP 7
TRANSMISSION
PAGE 2

F;g.1 CROSS SECTION OF FAST SPEED TRANSMISSION F;g.2 CROSS SECTION OF SLOW SPEED TRANSMISSION

Rev1sed 3/75
GROUP 7
TRANSMISSION
PAGE 3

lb. SYNCHROMESH UNITS. As the speed lever is moved to select a

gear the sliding coupling plate will first move
The synchromesh units are each made up of the unit over, being resisted from moving within
two cups, two cones and a splined plate. The the unit by the expanded sleeves. As the cone
splined plate fonns the sliding coupling against contacts the cup the unit takes up the sa me speed
which the selector fork acts. The two cups are as the gear so that the sliding coupling splines
splined to the gears either side of the unit. The can smoothly engage the gear splines. In this
two cones are positioned either side of the plate second stage of movement the sliding coupling
and pinned together, through the plate, with three plate has moved along the sleeves so closing
equally spaced pins waisted at the centre of them at the engaging end and thereby providing
their length. Equally spaced between these pins spring assistance to maintain the coupling in
are three spring loaded two piece sleeves also engagement.
waisted at the centre. The sleeve locating holes
in the cones are larger than the holes in the
sliding coupling plate through which the sleeves 1c. TORQUE AMPLIFIER
pass; the holes in the plate being only clearance
diameter on the sleeve when closed together. The TA is a hydraulically actuated power
Thus when the unit is in the neutral position the shift unit between the engine clutch and the
sliding coupling plate will be central between the speed section providing the tractor with a 17%
two cones and in line with the waisted centres of reduction in speed in any gear without interruption
the pins and sleeves. This allows the sleeves to of engine power. This gives the tractor a total
expand to fi If the locating holes in the cones and 16 forward and 8 reverse speeds. The TA is
lock the coupling plate in neutral. controlled by a hand lever on the dash panel to

514·30B

1. Transmission driving shaft 5. Counter shaft 9. Torque amplifier clutch

2. Torque amplifier drive gear 6. 0 irect drive gear 10. Torque amp I if ier pump
3. Sprag clutch 7. 0 irect drive clutch 11. Bush
4. Torque amplifier driven gear s. Constant mesh gear 12. Bellevi lie spring washers
F;g.3 CROSS SECTION OF TORQUE AMPLIFIER TRANSMISSION

Aevi sed 3/75

 GROUP 7
TRANSMISSION
PAGE 4

the left of the steering wheel. the drive when the speed of the TA drive gear
The unit consists of an additional pair of falls below the speed of the transmission driving
spur gears and a twin clutch pack assembly. shaft.
The transmission driving shaft is carried at
the rear in two rows of needle roller bearings in
the direct drive gear hub. The torque amplifier 1d. FORWARD ANC REVERSE
clutch cup is keyed to the transmission driving
shaft and the torque amplifier drive gear is The F/R unit is a hydraulically actuated
carried on a bush on the transmission driving power shift unit between the engine clutch and
shaft. A sprag clutch is fitted between the torque the speed section providing the tractor with a
amplifier drive gear and the transmission c:tiving reverse on any one of the eight forward gears at
shaft. The speed section countershaft is extended a speed 26% faster than the corresponding forward
forward to carry the torque amp I ifier driven gear gear. The F/R is controlled by a hand lever on
and also the driving gear for the torque amplifier the dash panel to the left of the steering wheel.
pump (10-3). A lockout control on the engine clutch pedal
The torque amplifier pump supplies oil linkage prevents selecting forward or reverse
through a lever operated spool valve to the direct without first disengaging the engine clutch.
drive clutch pack when direct drive is selected The unit consists of a twin clutch pack and
and returns the oil to dump when TA is selected. an additional pair of spur gears. A reverse idler
When TA is selected, the transmission gear is mounted in the speed section which is in
driving shaft ( 1-3) drives, through the sprag constant mesh between these additional gears to
clutch (3-3). the torque amplifier drive gear (2-3) provide reverse drive.
which in turn drives the TA driven gear (4-3) and The transmission driving shaft is carried at
so turns the countershaft (5-3). The direct drive the rear in two rows of needle roller bearings in
gear (6-3) free wheels on its bearings since the the direct drive gear hub. The F/R clutch cup is
direct drive clutch (7-3) is disengaged. keyed to the transmission driving shaft and the
When direct drive is selected the oil from the reverse drive gear is carried on a bush on the
TA pump pressurises the direct drive clutch pack transmission driving shaft. The speed section
so that the countershaft is then driven by the countershaft is extended forward to carry the
direct drive constant mesh gear (6 & 8-3) and due reverse driven gear. The P. T.O. constant mesh
to the gear ratios the TA driven gear (4-3) then driven gear has an integral gear to the rear to
drives the TA drive gear (2-3) at a speed greater drive the F/R pump.
than that of the transmission driving shaft. The The F/R pump supplies oil through a lever
TA drive gear then free wheels on its bush (11-3) operated spool valve to either the forward or
on the transmission driving shaft since the reverse clutch pack whichever is selected.
direction of the sprag clutch is such that the When forward is selected the oil from the
shaft can drive the gear but the gear cannot F/R pump pressurises the direct drive clutch
drive the shaft. pack so that the clutch cup is locked to the
In the over-run condition in direct drive direct drive gear and the countershaft is then
engine braking is available in the normal way. driven by the direct drive constant mesh gears.
but since no over-run braking is available through The reverse drive gear freewh_eels on its bush
the sprag clutch on TA a separate clutch (9-3) on the transmission driving shaft.
clamped by two Selleville washers (12-3) is When reverse is selected the oil from the
engaged when TA is selected so as to provide F/R pump pressurises the reverse clutch pack so
engine braking. that the clutch cup is locked to the reverse drive
The sprag clutch eliminates any lag in drive gear and the countershaft is driven through the
between the engagement of one drive and the reverse idler gear and reverse driven gear in the
disengagement of the other. This clutch takes up opposite direction to that of forward travel.
GROUP 7
TRANSMISSION
PAGE 5

2. TRANSMISSION

2a. SPLITTING THE TRACTOR

(a) Drain the transmission then remove the

hoodsheet, battery and rear side panels.

(b) Release the screws (4-4) and lift off the

cover (5-4).

(c) Disconnect the fuel control cable at the

injection pump, the starting motor, wind-
screen wiper feed, tachometer drive and
electrical cable connectors at the left side.
On tractors equipped with TA or F/R remove
the spool control bellcrank pivot pin on the
speed section top cover and move the bell- Fig.5
crank clear of the spool control lever
(g) Close the fuel shut-off valves then
assembly.
disconnect the fuel pipes (3-5), the oil
(d) Disconnect the engine speed control cooler pipes ( 1-6 & 4-5) or (5-30 GROUP 8 if
lever at the right side bellcrank and dis- an early machine) and loosen the bolt (2-6)
connect the foot accelerator rod. to free the clip.

(e) Disconnect the oil pressure gauge (1-4), (h) Disconnect the brake pipes (3-6) at the
steering pipes (2-4), battery support bolts, brake master cylinders.
then remove the bolts (3-4) on either side
and lift off the instruments and steering
support assembly.

Fig.6
(i) Position the dismantling stand with the
stationary member under the rear of the
clutch housing and the rolling member under
the rear frame. Wedge between the front
axle and bolster and block the front wheels
to prevent movement.

(j) On the right side remove the nut (1-7)

Fig.4
to free the differential lock return spring
(f) Disconnect the starter isolation switch,
then on both sides remove the bolts (2-7)
unclip the harness (1-5) from the top cover and lift out the footplates.
and disconnect the speed selector rod (2-5).
If an early machine, loosen the hose clip (k) Remove the cover plate (3-7). drive mu
(3-31 GROUP 8). the roll pin (1-8), remove the bolts (1-9) and
 GROUP 7
TRANSMISSION
PAGE 6

Fig.7
Fig.8
withdraw the rear P.T.O. shaft (2-9) far
enough to allow the P.T.O. clutch (2-8) to
be I i fted out.

(I) Remove the circlip ( 1-10) and the gear

(2-10).

(m) Remove the bolts (6-7) and spacer plates.

(n) Remove the bolts (5-5 & 5-6) then ease

the rear section of the tractor rearward
taking care to avoid fouling of the pipework-
particularly the brake pipes.

2b. ASSEMBLING THE TRACTOR

(a) Clean the mating faces of old gasket,

position a new gasket and ease the rear of
the tractor forward to join up threading in the Fig.9
pipework as necessary.

(b) Install and tighten the bolts (5-5 & 5-6).

le) Connect the brake pipes (3-6). fuel feed

pipes (3-5). oil cooler pipes (1-6 & 4-5) or
(5-30 GROUP 8 if an early· machine) and
secure the clip under the bolt(2-6).

(d) If an early machine tighten the hose clip

(3-31 GROUP 8). Connect the speed selector
rod (2-5). clip up the harness (1-5), and
connect the starter isolation switch.

(e) Install the spacer plates and the bolts

(6-7) then install the footplates securing
with the bolts (2-7). Adjust the differential
lock pedal referring toAOJUSTMENTS.PARA.7.
GROUP 8.
fig.lO
Revised 3/75
GROUP 7
TRANSMISSION
PAGE 7

pedal and adjust the screw (7-7) so that the

pedal without its pad is 127 mm (5.0 in) from
the footplate or fl oormat. Connect the return
spring, depress and release the pedal and
turn the nut (1-7) until the pedal will return
unassisted then turn the nut two more turns
and lock with the rear nut.

(f) Install the instruments and steering

support assembly and connect the steering
pipes (2-4). oil pressure gauge (1-4), speed
control lever (to the lower hole on the three
cylinder engine or the upper hole on the four
cylinder engine), foot accelerator rod,
tachometer drive, windscreen wiper feed,
starting motor and electrical cable connec- Fig.ll
tors. If a TA or F/R is installed connect
the spool control lever. (b) Remove the circlip (4-6) or on early
machines remove the lubricating body, the
(g) Set the fuel control handle to the STOP lubricating tube (1-11) may come away with
position, thread the cable through the eye on the body or with the top cover. Loosen the
the injection pump lever then move the lever hose clip and disconnect the brake return
to the stop position (on Bosch pumps to hose (6-6). On tractors with TA or F/R
depress the stop plunger) and tighten the installed turn the spool control lever clock-
cable locking bolt. wise to disconnect it from the spool.
(h) Remove the dismantling stand then install (c) Remove the bolts (6-5), on F/R tractors
the gear (2-10) and secure with the circlip disconnect the I ockout contror rod at the
( 1-10). I ever, and I i ft off the top cover. Remove the
( i) Position the P.T.O. clutch (2-8) on the tube (1-11) if still in place and the cam
gear (2-10) and push in the rear P.T.O. rollers 12-11 ).
shaft (2-9) aligning the roll pin hole. Drive
in the roll pin (1-8) then tighten the bolts
(1-9). Install the cover plate (3-7).

(J) Check that the speed control handle is

3 mm (1/8 in) from the end of the slot in the
quadrant with first speed selected. If
necessary adjust on the rod (2-5) then install
the cover (5-4).

(k) Install the battery, rear side panels and

hoodsheet. Fill the transmission to the
correct level referring to the Operator's
Manual then test the tractor for correct
operation making use as necessary of the
TEST PROCEDURES at the end of GROUP 10.

3. TRANSMISSION SPEED GEARS

3a. REMOVAL

1. MAIN SHAFT

(a) Split the tractor as detailed in para.2a.

Fig.12

Revised 3/75
 GROUP- 7
TRANSMISSION
PAGE 8

(f) Further ease out the shaft and lift out

the third gear (3-13). Remove the thrust
washers (1-14) and second gear (2-14).
Remove the 1st/2nd synchromesh unit (3-14)
and the first gear (1-15). Lift out the main
shaft (2-15) and 3rd/4th synchromesh unit
(3-15).

2. COUNTERSHAFT

(a) Remove the main shaft as detailed in

sub-para.1.

(b) Remove the two cover plates (4 & 5-7) on

the underside of the clutch housing. On
Fig.13
tractors fitted with TA or F/R, the rear cover
plate carries the appropriate operating pump.

(c) Remove the P.T."O. bearing cap (1-16)

and gasket then remove the circlip (1-17)
and drive the P.T.O. front shaft (2-17) out of

Fig.14

Fig.16

i~ '
Fig.15
(d) Drive out the roll pins(3-11) then remove
the hub assembly (4-11). Withdraw the rod
15-11)1ifting out the selector forks 16 & 7-11)
as they become free to do so.

(e) Remove the bearing housing bolts 11-121

then ease out the marn shaft ( 1-13) until
the snap ring {2-13) can be removed.
Fiy.l7
GROUP 7
TRANSMISSION
PAGE 9

the bearing (3-17). A simple press to drive

out the shaft can be made from a spare
bearing cap by drilling and tapping the
centre and screwing in a bolt.

(d) Further withdraw the P.T.O. shaft until

the P.T.O. constant mesh driven gear (1·18)
and circlip (2-18) can be removed then
withdraw the shaft from the housing.

Fig.20

countershaft and remove the circlip (1-19).

fourth gear (2-19). third gear (1-20). second
gear (1-21) and first gear (2-21) as they
become free to do so.

(g) If inspection proves it necessary press

the needle bearing (3·21) out of the housing.

Fig.18

(e) On tractors with TA or FIR. remove the

front circlip from the countershaft then on
TA tractors remove the pump drive gear and
TA driven gear or on F/R tractors the F/R
driven gear.

(f) Rem0 ve the circlip (2·12) then ease the

countershaft rearward until the circlip (1-19)
can be released. Further withdraw the

Fig.21

3. TRANSMISSION ffiiVING SHAFT

(BASIC BUILOI

{a) Remove the main shaft as detailed in

sub-para.1.

(b) Move the front dismantling stand to

support under the engine leaving the clutch
Fig.19 housing clear for removal.
 GROUP 7
TRANSMISSION
PAGE 10

(c) Remove the brake switch and bracket (b) Remove the TA clutch pack or F/R
(4-2 GROUP 6). Loosen the clamp (9-2 clutch pack referring to para.4a.
GROUP 6) then disconnect the brake feed
(c) Remove the circlip and the clutch disc
(8-2 GROUP 6). Cisconnect the temperature
carrier then lift out the direct drive gear
transmitter ( 10-2 GROUP 6) and hom (11-2
complete with bearing,
GROUP 6).
3b. DISMANTLING
NOTE: The brake feed (8-2 GROUP 6) contains
a screen and orifice assembly. Take care not to 1. TOP COVER
discard this hose.
(a) Release the spring (1-23). remove the
(d) Remove the regulator, if fitted, from the circlip (2-23) and lift the cam (3-23) from
battery support and move the harness ( 4-3 the cover, Remove the key from the shaft and
GROUP 6) clear of the support. Disconnect withdraw the shaft (4-23) from the cover.
the spill pipe at the connection (5-3 GRoUP
(b) Remove the cam roller from the control
6) or at No. 4 injector on the D-212 engine.
arm (5-23), remove the circlip (6-23) and lift
off the control arm.
(e) Release the clutch and brake pedal
return springs then remove the two top bolts (c) Remove the '0' ring from the shaft (4-23).
(3-5GROUP 5)and lift off the battery support.

(f) SI ing the clutch housing then remove

the mounting bolts (12-2 & 7-3 GROUP 6)
and ease the clutch housing away from the
engine taking care not to damage th~ trans-
mission shafts.-

(g) Support the clutch housing on a suitable

stand then ease the shaft (1-22) complete
with bearing (2-22) carefully rearward until
lA514-290
clear of the oil seal in the P.T.O. driving
shaft bearing housing and I ift out of the
clutch housing.
Fig.23

(d) On F/R builds remove the two bolts

securing the lockout plate and remove the
plate. Remove the two bolts (1-24) and lift
out the TA or F/R spool control lever
assembly (2-24).

Fig.22

4. DIRECT CRIVE GEAR (TA or F/R BUILD)

(a) Remove the main shaft as detailed 1n

sub-para.l. Fig.24

Revt sed 3/75

GROUP 7
TRANSMISSION
PAGE 11

2. MAIN SHAFT 3. COUNTERSHAFT

(a) Remove the spacing washer (1-25) and Remove the circlip, press off the bearing
release the circlip (2·25). and remove the spacing ring.

(b) Slide the bearing cage (3-25) off the

shaft and renoove the seal rings (1-26).

4. TRANSMISSION DRIVING SHAFT

(BASIC BUILD)

(a) Remove the circlip (1-27) and press off

the bearing (2-27).

(b) If inspection proves it necessary draw

out the needle roller bearing (3-27).

TA!:T4-2!n

Fig.25

(c) Remove the circlip (2-26) and press off TA514·294

the bearing (3-26).

{d) If inspection proves it necessary remove

F_ig.27
the circlip and withdraw the needle bearing
(4-25).

5. DIRECT DRIVE GEAR (TA or FIR BUILD)

(a) Remove the circlip and press off the

bearing.

(b) If inspection proves it necessary draw

out the needle roller bearings.

3c. ASSEMBLY

1. DIRECT DRIVE GEAR (TA or FIR BUILD)

TAS-14-293 (a) On FIR and early TA machines apply

Loctite 221 to the outer surface of the largest
I rear) caged needle bearing then press in
new bear;ngs, if these were removed, to the
Fig.26 dimensions in Fig. 28.

Revised 3/75
 GROUP 7
TRANSMISSION
PAGE 12

(b) Press the ball bearing up to the shoulder 3. COUNTERSHAFT

and sec~:~re with the circlip.
Install the spacing ring with the chamfer
toward the bearing then press on the bearing
(c) On current TA machines slide the large
and install the circlip.
(rear} open needle bearing into the drive gear.

B 4. MAIN SHAFT
(a) Press in a new needle roller bearing
(4-25), if this was removed and install the
circlip.

(b) Press on a new bearing 13-26) and

secure with the circl ip (2-26).

(c) Fill the seal ring grooves with petroleum

jelly then install the seal rings (1-26)
ensuring that the joints are locked and that
the rings are concentric with the shaft.

(dt Carefully slide on the bearing cage (3-25)

taking care not to damage the seal rings
then secure with the circlip (2-25).

(e) Press the spacer (1-25) up to the shoulder.

514-79 5. TOP COVER

A
(a) Install the control arm (5-23) onto its
shaft and secure with the circlip (6-23).

(b) Install the ·o· ring on the shaft (4-23).

thread the shaft through the cover. install
the key, install the cam (3-23) and secure
F/A & Early TA Machines Current TA Machines with the circlip (2-23).
{Caged rear bearing) (Open rear bearing)
(c) Connect the spring (1-23).
mm (on) mm (in)
(d) On TA or F/R builds install the control
A- 5.08 10.200) A- 5.08 (0.200) lever assembly (2-24) and secure with the
B - 23.86 (0.940) B - 25.4 (0.100) bolts (1-24), then on F/R builds only secure
c- 0.77 (0.030) C ~ Floating
the lockout plate to the top cover.

3d. INSTALLATION
Fig.28 Direct Drive Gear Bearing Installation

1. DIRECT CRIVE GEAR (TA or F/R BUILDS)

2. TRANSMISSION DRIVING SHAFT (3) Install the drive gear complete with
(BASIC BUILD) bearing, install the clutch disc carrier and
secure with the circlip.
(a} Press in a new. needle roller bearing
(3-27) if this was· removed to 0.762 mm (b) Install the TA cjutch pack or F/R
10.030 in) below the surface. clutch pack referring to para.4d.

(b) Press on the bearing (2·27) and secure (c) Install the main shaft as detailed in
with the circlip 11-27). sub-para.4.

Revised 3/75
GROUP 7
TRANSMISSION
PAGE 13

2. TRANSMISSION DRIVING SHAFT

(BASIC BUILD)

(a) Install the special sleeve I.H.7844

LFl
( Fig.29) onto the end splines of the shaft

['\/
then carefully enter the shaft into position
in the clutch housing and through the oil
seal in the P .T .0. driving shaft bearing
housing, Remove the special sleeve.
(b) Sling the clutch housing and lift into
position on the eng.ine turning the transmis·
sion shafts as necessary to line up. Install
and tighten t~e mounting bolts (12-2 & 7-3
GROUP 6).
! ""
5(4 -80
l
A
(c) Position the battery support and install
the two top bolts (3-5 GROUP 5). Return the A-155.8to 155.2 mm (6.130to6.110 in)
front dismantling stand to its position under
the clutch housing. Fig.30 Counters haft Bearing lnsta I/ at ion

(d) Connect the spill pipe at the connector (b) Install the countershaft threading on the
(5-3 GROUP 6) or at No. 4 injector on the first gear (2-21), second gear (1-21). third
0-212 engine. Thread .th.e temperature ·trans- gear (1-20). fourth gear (2-19) and circlip
mitter and horn. cables through to the right (1-19). Install the circlip (2-12).
side then secure the regula tor, if fitted, to
(c) On TA installations install the TA driven
the battery support.
gear and pump drive gear or on F/R installa-
(e) Connect the horn ( 11-2 GROUP 6) and tions install the F/R driven gear with the
temperature transmitter ( 10-2 GROUP 6). Con- boss facing the rear circ lip, Install the
nect the bra~e feed (8-2 GROUP 6) ensuring front circlip.
that the screen is toward the oil cooler pipe,
clamp (9-2GROUP 6) and the brake and clutch (d) Install the P. T.O. front driven shaft until
pedal return springs. Install the brake switch the circlip (2-18) and constant mesh gear (1-
and bracket referring to GROUP 3. 18) can be installed. Push the shaft into the
bearing (3-17) and secure with the circlip (1-
(f) Install the main shaft as detailed in 17). Oegrease the bearing cap retaining bolts,
sub-para.4. apply Loctite 221 or Hydraulic Sealant to
the bolts then secure the bearing cap (1-
3. COUNTERSHAFT
16) and gasket.
(a) Press a new bearing (3-21), if this was
(e) Install the two cover plates (4 & 5-7) on
removed, into the clutch housing to the
the underside of the clutch housing, The rear
dimension in Fig.30 measured from the
cover plate carries the operating pump for
circlip recess for the P.T.O. front driven
TA or F/R builds. The pump drive gear is to
shaft bearing. the rear on TA builds and to the front on
F/R builds. From the top ensure that the
feed and return pipes are correctly located.

(f) Install the main shaft as detailed in

sub-para.4.

4. MAIN SHAFT

(a) Locate the 3rd/4th synchromesh unit

TA514-295 (3·15) on the transmission driving shaft or
direct driving gear as appropriate.
Fig.29
Revised 3/75
 GROUP 7
TRANSMISSION
PAGE 14

(b) Enter the main shaft (2-15) into the (k) Assemble the tractor as detailed in
housing threading on the first gear (1-15). para.2b and test for correct operation
1st/2nd synchromesh unit (3-14), second referring as necessary to the TEST PROCE-
gear (2-14), thrust washers (1-14) and third DURES at the end of GROUP 10.
gear (3-13) JUSt entering the shaft into the
3rd/4th synchromesh unit.
4. TORQUE AMPLIFIER AND FORWARD/REVERSE
(c) Install the snap ring (2-13) between the
thrust washers (1-14) then ensuring that the . The TA and F/R clutch assemblies are very
boss (4-15) is to the left with the hole similar except that the TA incorporates two
uppermost, push home the main shaft and Belleville spring washers and a sprag clutch,
secure the housing with the bolts (1-12). also there are fewer driven plates in the TA.
The illustrations in this paragraph show on I y a
(d) Position the selector forks (6 & 7-11) on TA clutch assembly.
the sliding coupling plates noting that the
fork without the dowel 17-11) is positioned 4a. REMOVAL
on the 1st/2nd sliding coupling plate.
(a) Remove the hoodsheet. battery and rear
(e) Install the rod (5-11) through the selector side panels.
forks and the inner wall of the clutch housing
(b) Release the screws (4-4) and lift off
then install the hub assembly (4-11). Drive
the cover (5-4).
in the roll pins (3-11 ).
(c) Disconnect the fuel control at the
(f) Operate the selectors in both directions
injection pump, the starting motor, wind-
to ensure correct engagement then set one
screen wiper feed, tachometer drive and the
selector in gear and the other in neutral.
twelve-way connectors at the left side,
· (g) Position the cam rollers (2-11) on the
(d) Remove the TA or F/R spool control
selector dowels and position the lubricating
bellcrank pivot pin on the top cover and move
tube(1-11) in the main shaft bearing housing.
the bellcrank clear of the spool control lever
(h) Set the top cover cam to the gear assembly. On F/R builds disconnect the
selected then measure from the centre lockout control rod at the lever on the clutch
pin to the cam. slots either side. Measure housing top cover.
from the selector cam rollers either side
(e) Disconnect the engine speed control
to the centre pin hole in the inner wall.
lever at the right side bellcrank and dis-
Slight adjustment of the selector positions
connect the foot accelerator rod.
may be required to ensure ali·gnment with the
cam slots. (f) Disconnect the oil pressure gauge (1-4),
steering pipes (2-4). battery support bolts.
then remove the bolts (3-4) on either side
(i) Install a new gasket and position the top and lift off the instrument and steering
cover on the clutch housing. On TA or F/R support assembly.
installation ensure that the spool control
lever is down and turned clockwise before (g) Remove the transmission _drain plug (3-8)
positioning the top cover. when the cover is and allow the oil to drain into a suitable
correctly positioned turn the spool control container. Remove the cover plate (3-7) on the
lever anti-clockwise to connect with the rear frame, then the cover plate (5-7) and
spool. TA or F/R pump mounting plate (4-7) and
gasket on the underside of the housing.
(j) Install and tighten the c_over securing
bolts (6-5), install the circlip (4-6). or on (h) Drive out the roll pin (1-8). remove the
early machines install the lubricating body, bolts ( 1-9) and withdraw the rear P.T.O.
and connect the brake return hose (6-6). On shaft (2-9) far enough to allow the P.T.O.
F/R builds connect the lockout control rod at clutch to be removed. Remove the circlip
the lever on the top cover. (1-10) and gear (2-10).

Revised 3/75
GROUP 7
TRANSMISSION
PAGE 15

(i) Remove the P.T.O. bearing cap 11-16) (p) Remove the mounting bolts (12-2 &
and gasket then remove the circlip (1-17) 7-3 GROUP 6) and unscrew the two top bolts
and drive the P. T.O. front shaft (2-17) out (3-5 GROUP 5) then ease the rear section of
of the bearing (3-17). A simple press to the tractor rearward taking care not to
drive out the shaft can be made from a spare damage the transmission shafts.
bearing cap by dri 11 ing and tapping the
centre and screwing in a bolt. (q) Disconnect the starter isolation switch,
unclip the harness (1-5) from the top cover,
(j) Further withdraw the P.T.O. front shaft disconnect the speed selector rod (2-5) and
until the constant mesh gear (1-18) can be the brake return hose (6-6).
removed. On F/R builds the pump driving
gear is integral with this gear. Remove the (r) Remove the circlip (4-6) or on early
circlip (2-18) then remove the front circlip machines remove the lubricating body. the
from the countershaft to remove the pump lubricating tube 11-11) may come away with
driving gear, if a TA installation, and the the body or with the top cover. turn the TA
TA or F/R driveri gear. or F/R spool control lever clockwise to dis-
connect the F/R lockout control rod from the
(k) Position the dismantling stand under the lever on the top cover then remove the bolts
engine and clutch housing as shown in (6-5) and lift off the top cover.
Fig.1. GROUP 6.
(s) Remove the cotter and pin (1-1_1 GROUP
(I) Drive wedges between the front axle and 6) to free the release shaft (2-11 GROUP 6)
bolster and block the front wheels to prevent then pull off the releas~ bearing (1-12
movement. GROUP 6). Drive out the roll pins (3-12
GROUP 6) then withdraw the release shaft
(m) Close ihe fuel shut-off valves and dis-
from the left side removing the release fork
connect the fuel feed pipe 11-2 GROUP 6).
as it becomes free to do so.
On three cylinder engines remove the
breather pipe 13-2 GROUP 6). (t) Remove the bolts 11-31) and slide off
the release bearing catrier 12-31 ).
(n) Remove the brake switch and bracket 14-2
GROUP 6). Loosen the clamp 19-2 GROUP 6). (u) Pull off the P.T.O. driving shaft (1-32)
disconnect the steering and oil cooler pipes and gear.
16 & 7-2 GROUP 6) and the brake feed 18-2
GROUP 6).

NOTE: The brake feed (8-2 GROUP 6) contains a

screen and orifice assembly. Take care not to
discard this hose.

(o) Disconnect the engine temperature trans-

mitter (10-2 GROUP 6) and horn (11-2 GROUP
6) and feed the cables through to the left
side of the engine. Remove the regulator, if
fitted, from the battery support and move the
harness (4-3 GROUP 6) clear of the support.
Disconnect the spill pipe at the connection
(5-3 GROUP 6) or at No. 4 inJector on the
D-212 engine. On tractors equipped with
thermostart disconnect the spade terminal
at the element (1-15 GROUP 4) and, if a
reservoir is fitted, remove the reservoir ret-
aining bolt (8-15 GROUP 4). Fig.31

Rev1sed 3/75
 GROUP 7
TRANSMISSION
PAGE 16

4b. DISMANTLING

1. T.A. CLUTCH PACK

(a) Remove the circlip (1-34) from the

transmission driving shaft (2-34) and slide
off the clutch pack (3-34 ).

Fig.32

(v) On F/R builds only, drive out the two

roll pins (1-33) securing theF/R idler shaft.
Remove the cup plug (2-32) from the clutch Fig.34
housing then using a bolt screwed into the
F/R idler shaft withdraw the shaft from the
idler gear. Remove the idler gear asserrbly. (b) On the direct drive side ( 4-34) push in
the backing plate (1-35) and remove the
(w) Withdraw the transmission driving shaft circlip (2-35).
(3·32) complete with bearing housing (4-32)
and clutch pack.
(c) Lift out the backing plate (4-36). driven
and separator plates (2 & 3-36) and piston
backing plate (1-36).

Fig.33 Fig.35
GROUP 7
TRANSMISSION
PAGE 17

TAf14·303
Tl\514-301

Fig.38
FiQ.36
2. F/R CLUTCH PACK
(d) Invert the clutch cup onto the bed of a
press then with a suitable dolly on the (a) Remove the circlip (1-34), and on current
T.A. side pressure plate (1-37) just clear of machines, the oil slinger then slide off the
the driven plate teeth, press down on the clutch pack (3·34).
plate and remove the circlip (2-37).
(b) On the direct drive side (4-34) push in
(e) Remove the clutch backing plate (1-38), the backing plate (1-35) and remove the
driven and separator plates (2 & 3-38) and circlip (2-35).
piston backing plate (4-38).

(f) Loosen the bolts (5-38) a little at a (c) Lift out the backing plate (4-36), driven
time in turn until the tension is relieved from and separator plates (2 & 3-36), piston back-
the Belleville washers then remove the bolts, ing plate (1-36) and shims (57-50) if fitted.
pressure plate (1-39)1 Belleville washers
(2-39), direct drive piston (3-39) and support (d) Invert the clutch cup and repeat ops.
washers (4-39). Remove the nuts (5·39) from (b) and (c).
the piston.
(e) Remove the piston return bolts (31-50)
(g) Remove the inner seal (6-39) and outer and nuts (5-39). Remove a piston (3-39)
seal 17-39) from the piston. from each side of the clutch cup then the

fA~·14-J()II

Fig.37 Fig.39

ievised 3/75
 GROUP 7
TRANSMISSION
PAGE 18

clutch cup spacers (3D-50) from the centre

of the cup.

(f) Remove the inner seals (6-39) and outer

seals (7-39) from the pistons.

3. BEI\RING HOUSING
(a) Remove the T.A. or F/R clutch pack
referring to sub-para.1 or 2.

(b) Remove the key ( 1-40) and slide off the

T.A. or F/R drive gear (2-40).

(c) Remove the circlip (1-41) and withdraV> Fig.41

the transmission driving shaft and bearing
from the housing.

(d) Remove the piston rings (3-42). two are

fitted on TA builds and three on FIR builds.
Remove the circlip (2-42) and press off the
bearing ( 1-42). On FIR builds remove the
thrust washer (44-50) between the bearing
and driving shaft shoulder.

(e) Withdraw the spool 13-43). Remove the

circlip (1-43) and collar 12-43).
TN-H-307
(f) Remove the ·o· ring from the groove
(4-43) and if inspection proves it necessary
remove the oil seals (1 & 2-44). Fig.42

lg) If inspection proves it necessary remove

the oil seal (1-45) and sprag clutch (2-45)
from the T.A. drive gear and the bush from
the F/R drive gear.

Fig.40 Fig.43

Rev1sed 3/75
GROUP 7
TRANSMISSION
PAGE 19

4c. ASSEMBLY

1. BEARING HOUSING

(a) Press a new inner oil seal (1-44) into the

housing with the lips toward the clutch
pack unti I 0.76 mm 10.030 in) below the
surface.

(b) Press a new outer ail seal (2-44) into

the housing w;th the lips facing away from
the clutch pack until flush with the surface.

(c) Install the collar 12-43) onto the spool

13·43) and secure with the circlip (1-43).
Install the spool into the housing. To
recognise the spools, the centre land of the
TA spool is almost central between the two Fig.45
end lands and the top land is longer than
the top land of the F /R spool.
(f) With the special sleeve I.H.7844 (Fig.29)
(d) On F/R builds install the thrust washer on the end spl ines of the transmission
(44·50) with the grooves on the face of the driving shaft (refer to Fig.46), install the
largest diameter against the shaft shoulder shaft in the bearing housing taking care with
and away from the bearing. the inner oi I seal (1·44) and with the piston
nngs.
(e) Press on the bearing (1·42) and secure
with the circlip (2-42). Fill the piston ring (g) Enter the bearing into the housing and
grooves with petroleum wily then install secure with the circlip (1-41). Remove the
the piston rings 13-42), two fitted on TA special sleeve from the end splines of the
builds and three on F/R. Ensure the joints shaft.
are locked and that the rings are concentric
with the shaft. (h) Install the TA sprag clutch (2-451 into
the TA drive gear with the drag strips
(3-45) away from the oil seal. Install the oil
seal (1·45) to 1.3 mm (0.050,in) below the
surface. Install the bush in the F/R drive
gear to 1.5 mm (0.060 in) below the surface
of the large gear.

TA~·14-311

Fig.44 Fig.46

Re vi sed 3/75
 GROUP 7
TRANSMISSION
PAGE 20

2. TA CLUTCH PACK

(a) New driven plates must be pre-soaked

in I.H. HY-TRAN fluid for a minimum of
three minutes.

(b) Assemble the inner and outer oi I seals

(6 & 7·39) to the direct drive piston.

(c) Install new bolts (5·38) through the

pressure plate ( 1·39) and Belleville washers
(2-39) and install the assembly into the
shallower side of the clutch cup. Ensure
that the Belleville washers are pushing the
pressure plate away from the clutch cup hub.

(d) On the deeper side of the clutch cup

install the support washers (4·39) on each
Fig.48
bolt then push in the piston (3·39). Enter
new nuts (5-39) into the recesses in the of the circl ip. Press down on the gear unti 1
piston then progressively tighten the bolts the circlip can be installed (refer to Fig.48).
until a final torque of 0.69 to 0.82 kgm (5 to Withdraw the TA drive gear and remove the
6 lbft) is attained. Stake the bolts to the special mandrel.
nuts in two places so that the bolts will
(g) On the deeper side (direct drive side)
resist a minimum torque of 1.1 kgm (8 lbft)
install the piston backing plate (1-36),
to unscrew.
three driven plates (2-36) with two separator
(e) On the shallow side install the piston plates (3-36) between them, then the clutch
backing plate (4-38). two driven plates backing plate (4-36).
(2-38) with a separator plate (3-38) between (h) Push down on the back plate and
them, then the clutch backing plate (1·38). install the circlip (2-35).
(f) Position the circlip (2·37) on the clutch (i) Pressurise the clutch pack to ensure
then with the special mandrel I.H.7845 in free operation by applying compressed air
the TA drive gear (Fig.47) line up and to the drilling in the centre of the clutch
centralize the driven plates. Position the cup. Check that the clutch pack with the
assembly on the bed of a press then slip Belleville washers is free to move and the
suitable spacers between the gear teeth and opposite clutch pack is locked. Release the
backing plate to lift the gear approximately pressure and check that the reverse has
12 mm (3/16 in). The spacers must be clear happened.

(j) Position the special sleeve I.H.7843

(1-49) onto the T.A. end of the transmission
driving shaft then thread on the T.A. drive
gear. The gear will 'free wheel' in an anti-
clockwise direction when viewed from the
TA end of the shaft.

(k) Install the key (1·40) in the shaft, coat

the clutch cup inner bore and keyway with
Loctite 221 then thread the cup assembly
onto the shaft. Secure with the circlip
T.\~11·3P ( 1·34).
NOTE: After assembly allow a minimum of 45
minutes cure time before applying hydraulic
Fig.47 pressure.

Revised 3/75
GROUP 7
TRANSMISSION
PAGE 21

(f) Push down on the backing plate and

install the circlip (2-35).

(g) Invert the cup then repeat ops. (e) & (f).

(h) On current clutch assemblies, ie. with

8 driven plates, position the clutch cup
squarely under a hand press and apply a
light load of 10 to 15 kg (22 to 33 lb) on the
clutch backing plate ( 1-35). If the piston
TAS14·314
backing plate (4-38) bottoms on the clutch
cup slot, position shims (57-50) between
the piston backing plate and piston to pro-
vide a minimum clearance on all four slots.
Fig.49 3hims are available in thickness of 0.355 mm
(0. 014 in), 0.61 mm (0.024 in) and 0.914 mm
(0.036 in). With the load applied and a
clearance between the piston backing plate
and clutch cup measure, using feeler gauges,
between the circlip and clutch backing plate
to determine the piston movement. Add
shims (57-50) to give a piston movement of
1.118 to 1.542 mm (0.044 to 0.060 in).
3. F/R CLUTCH PACK Divide all shims used in the clutch
assembly as equally as possible and posi-
(a) New driven plates must be pre-soaked tion them between the piston and piston
in the I. H. HY- TRAN fluid for a minimum of backing plate on both sides of the clutch
three minutes. assembly. Assemble the clutch hub and
check the piston movement is as specified.

(b) Assemble the inner and outer oil seals (i) Check the clutch pack to ensure free
(6 & 7-39) to the pistons (23 & 29-50). operation by applying pressure to one of
the drillings in the centre of the clutch
(c) Install one piston (29-50), with the bolt hub, then checking that the plates in one
recess outward, into the clutch hub ensuring half of the clutch pack are locked together
the bolt holes are aligned. and taking care and the other set are free to move. Apply
not to damage the ·o· rings. Invert the cup pressure to the other drilling and check that
and position the piston spacers (30-50) in the plates which were locked are now free
the cup then install the other piston (23-50). and the opposite clutch pack is locked.

(d) Install new bolts through the pistons (j) Position the reverse drive gear (47-50),
and spacers, position new nuts on the bolts I arge gear foremost, on the driving shaft
and progressively tighten the bolts until a then install the key (1-40) in the shaft.
final torque of 0.69 to 0.82 kgm (5 to 6 lbft)
is attained. Stake the bolts to the nuts in (k) Coat the clutch cup inner bore and
two places so that the bolts will resist a keyway with LOCTI TE 221 then thread the
minimum torqueof1.1 kgm (8 lbft) to unscrew. cup assembly onto the shaft, on current
machines position the oil slinger (18-50)
(e) Install the piston backing plate (1-36). on the shaft, and secure the assembly with
four driven plates (2-36) with three separator the circlip (1-34).
plates (3-36) between them (on early mach-
ines only three driven plates and two separ- NOTE: After assembly allow a minimum of 45
ator plates are used). Install the clutch minutes cure time before applying hydraulic
backing plate (4-36). pressure.

I=IP.vised 3/75
 GROUP 7
TRANSMISSION
PAGE 22

l6

38
]9
41 40
4 42
44 J

1. C•rclip 20. Clutch back· 39. ·o· ro· ng

21. Forw mg plate
2. Washer ard drive 1 40. Piston nngs·
3. Bearing 22. Piston ba _ P ates
41. Circlip
23. Piston ckmg plate
4. Idler gear 42. Bearing
5. Washer Z4. ·o· ring 43. Circlip
6. Sleeve 25 • ·o· nng
. 44. Thrust washer
45
7. Circlip Z6. Clutch cup . Key
8. Idler gear sh 27· ·o· ring 46. Clutch shaft
9. Hi aft
gh - Low gear za. ·o· ring 47. Drive gear
10. Bearing 29. Piston 48. Circlip
11. Hub gear 30 · Spacer 49. Clutch ba .
12. Bearings 50. Reve ckmg plate
31. Bolt rse drive 1
13. Bearing 32. Circlip 51. Piston back· pates
14. c·
Clutch d 15 c carrier 52. Count •ng pi ate
3 3. CoHar ershaft
15 · Hclip 34. Control val 53. Circlip
35 o·J ve stem
l6. Circlip • 1 seal 54. F/R driven
17. Circlip 36 · Oil seal
55 c· gear
· •rclip
18. Oil si inger 37- ·o· ring 56. Pump d uve
· ge
19. Circfip 38. Cage
57 Sh. ar
· lffiS

Fig. 50 FOIWard/Reverse
• Transmission

Revised 3/75
GROUP 7
TRANSMISSION
PAGE 23

4d. INSTALLATION (i) Install the gear (2-10) and circlip (1-10)
then position the P.T.O. clutch on the gear.
(a) Enter the assembly into the clutch Push in the rear P.T.O. shaft lining up the
housing and onto the direct drive gear roll pin holes and drive in the roll pin (1·8).
splines lining up the holes in the bearing Install the cover plate (3-7) then secure the
housing (4-32) with the holes in the clutch rear P.T.O. shaft bearing housing with the
housing. bolts (1-9).
(b) On FIR builds only, install the idler (j) Install and secure the front cover plate
gear assembly (2-33) then slide in the shaft (5-7). Position a new pump mounting gasket
ensuring the threaded end is facing the on the rear cover plate (4-7) then install
front. Drive in the two roll pins (1-33) to the pump and cover plate ensuring tha! the
secure the assembly. Install the cup plug pump gear is to the rear on TA builds or to
(2-32) having smeared it with 'Wellseal' the front on FIR builds. From the top ensure
to ensure an oil tight seal. that the feed and return pipes are correctly
(C) Install the P.T.O. driving shaft (1-32) located.
and gear. (k) Position the lubricating tube (1-11) in
(d) Slide on the release bearing carrier the main shah bearing housing then set the
(2-31). Degrease the carrier retaining bolts top cover cam to the gear selected in the
(1-31), apply Loctite 241 Nut Lock to the transmission. Measure from the centre pin to
first few threads then install and tighten. the cam slots and from the centre pin hole
in the inner wall to the cam rollers. Slight
(e) Install the release shaft from the left adjustment of the selectors may ~e neces-
side threading on the release fork. line up sary to ensure alignment with the cam slots.
the roll pin holes and drive in the roll
pins (3-12 GROUP 6). Assemble the release (I) Position a new gasket on the clutch hous-
bearing to the release fork then connect the ing. ensure that the spool control lever is
release shaft (2-11 GROUP 6) and install the down and turned clockwise then position the
pin (1-11 GROUP 6) and cotter. top cover on the clutch housing and turn the
spool control lever anti-clockwise to connect
(f) Move the rear of the tractor forward
with the spool. Install and tighten the
and turn the transmission shafts as neces-
bolts (6-5) and install the circlip (4-6) or
sary to line up. Engage the two top bolts
on early machines install the lubricating
(3-5 GROUP 5) and the remaining mounting body, and connect the brake return hose (6-6).
bolts 112-2 & 7-3 GROUP 6) and tighten.
(m) Connect the speed selector rod (2-5).
(g) Remove the wedges from the front bolster clip up the harness (1-5) and connect the
and remove the dismantling stand. starter isolation switch.

(h) Install the FIR or TA driven gear and, if (n) Position the instrument and steering
a TA installation, the TA pump drive gear support assembly and tighten the bolts (3-4).
onto the front of the countershaft and secure Position the TA or FIR spool control bell-
with the circlip. Push in the front P.T.O. crank on the top cover and i nsta 11 the
shaft until the circl1p (2-18) and constant
pivot pin.
mesh gear (1-18) can be installed. On FIR
builds the pump gear and constant mesh gear (o) On FIR builds connect the lockout
are integral and must be installed with
control rod to the lever on the top cover. To
the small pump gear facing the rear. Drive
adjust the rod place a 12_7 mm 10.50 in) stop
the P.T.O. shaft into the front bearing (3-17)
under the clutch pedal and depress the pedal
and secure with the circlip (1-17). Degrease
down to the stop. Position the FIR lever
the bearing cap retaining bolts, apply
midway between positions and then adjust
Loctite 241 Nut Lock to the first few threads
the rod so that the lever touches the end of
of the bolts then install the gasket and
the bellcrank, then lengthen the connecting
bearing cap (1-16).
link one more turn. Remove the stop, and

Revised 3/75
 GROUP 7
TRANSMISSION
PAGE 24

fully depress the pedal. move the F/R lever 5. TRANSMISSION RANGE GEARS
and check there is no interference between
5a. REMOVAL
lockout plate and bellcrank.
1. PINION SHAFT
(p) Feed the engine temperature and horn
cables through to the engine then mount the (a) Remove the differentia I assembly refer-
regulator. if fitted, to the battery support and ring to GROUP 8.
connect the top connector (3-3 GROUP 6).
Connect the starting motor, windscreen wiper (b) Remove the bolt (1-51) and disconnect
feed, tachometer drive and twelve way conn- the union (7-51) to remove the lubrication
ectors. Connect the spill pipe (5-3 GROUP 6). pipe. Drive out the roll pins 12 & 5·51) and
On tractors equipped with thermostart connect remove the snap rings (3-51 ). Early tractors
the spade terminal at the element (1-15 have a snap ring in place of the roll pin
GROUP 4) and, if a reservoir is fitted, secure (5-51). Turn the shaft (4-51) so that the
the reservoir with the retaining bolt (8-15 detents are disengaged then with a suitable
GROUP 4). tube in the hole (6-51) in the high range fork.
if fitted, ease the shaft rearward unti 1 the
(q) Set the fuel control handle to the STOP end clears the tube then press down on the
position, thread the cable through the eye tube to hold the ball and spring in place
on the injection pump lever then move the while the shaft is withdrawn from the fork,
lever to the stop position {on Bosch pumps Ease the load on the tube so that the ball
to depress the stop plunger) and tighten the and spring 11-52) can be removed then lift out
cable locking bolt. the high range fork (2-52). Further ease out
the shaft repeating the procedure with the
(r) Connect the fuel feed pipe (1·2 GROUP 6)
and on three cylinder engines install the tube in the hole (3-52) of the low/reverse
breather pipe (3-2 GROUP 6). Connect the fork or on F/R builds the high/low fork then
engine temperature transmitter (10-2 GROUP lift out the fork and shaft. Only one fork,
6) and horn (11-2 GROUP 6). Connect the high/low. is Installed on F/R builds.
brake feed (8-2 GROUP 6) ensuring that the
screen is toward the oi I cooler pipe.

(s) Connect the engine speed control lever

to the bellcrank (in the lower hole for three
cylinder engines and the upper hole for four
cylinder engines). Connect the foot accelera-
tor rod.
(t) Connect the oil· pressure gauge 11-4),
the steering pipes (2-4) and the steering and
oil cooler pipes (6 & 7-2 GROUP 6). Install
the clamp (9-2 GROUP 6). Install the brake
switch and bracket referring to GROUP 3.

(u) Check that the speed control handle is

3 mm (1/8 in) from the end of the slot in the
quadrant with first speed selected. If
necessary adjust on the rod (2-5) then
install the cover (5-4).

(v) Install the battery, rear side panels and

hoodsheet. Fill the transmission to the
correct level referring to the Operator's
Manual then test the tractor for correct
operation making use as necessary of the
TEST PROCEDURES at the end of GROUP 1O. Fig.51

Revised 3/75
GROUP 7
TRANSMISSION
PAGE 25

(C) Remove the pins (1 & 2-53) to disconnect

the brake band then release the circlip (3-53)
and slide it along the shalt. If a speedometer
drive is fitted ren•ove the bolt securing the
driven gear assembly to the rear frame and
withdraw the assembly. Release the snap Fig. 54
ring securing the speedometer drive gear
and slide this along the shaft. Lever the
drive gear along the shaft ensuring that the
steel ball which forms the key for this gear
is not lost.

Fig. 53 Fig.55

Re vi sed 3/75
 GROUP 7
TRANSMISSION
PAGE 26

withdraw the rear P.T.O. shaft (2-9) far

enough to allow the P.T.O. clutch (2·8) to
be lifted out. Remove the circlip (1-10) and
gear (2-10).

(c) Disconnect the speed selector rod (2-5)

support under the rear of the clutch housing,
suitably sling the rear frame, remove the
mounting bolts (10-30 & 5-31 GROUP 8), then
ease the rear frame rearward unti I clear of
the front P.T.O. shaft.

(d) Remove the circlip ( 1-57), release the

circlip ( 1·58) and slide the low range gear
(2·58) rearward. Drive a wedge, such as a
wide blade screwdriver into the slot (3-58)
Fig.56
in the spacer and slide the spacer rearward.
(d) Remove the remaining bolts (1-54), or if
Tap the countershaft (4-58) forward until
a 674 tractor the bolts (1·55) and retainer
the front bearing is clear of the housing
plates (2·55), and ease the pinion shaft
then thread off the circlip, low range gear,
rearward (it may be necessary to pry the
spacer and high range gear (5-58) as the
brake drum along the shaft first) then remove
countershaft is withdrawn.
the high range coupling (1-56) and the
low/reverse sliding gear 12-56), or on F/R {e) If inspection proves it necessary drive
builds the high/low sliding gear, the speedo- out the be• rings ( 6-58).
meter drive gear snap ring and gear if
fitted, brake drum circlip (3·56) and the
brake drum and band (4-56) as they become
free to do so.

2. COUNTERSHAFT

(a) Remove the pinion shaft as detailed in

sub-para.1.

(b) Remove the cover plate (3·7) drive out

the roll pin (1·8), remove the bolts (1·9) and

Fig. 58

3. REVERSE IDLER (NOT F/R BUILDS)

(a) Remove the countershaft as detailed in

sub-para.2.

(b) Drive out the roll ptn (7·58), push the

shaft forv.ard and lift out the idler gear
Fig. 57 (8-58) and thrust washers.

Revised 3/75
GROUP 7
TRANSMISSION
PAGE 27

(c) Remove the front bearing cone from the

bearing cage (2-60).

(d) Press the rear bearing cone from the shaft.

3. COUNTERSHAFT

Remove the circlip (1-61) and press the

bearing (2-61) from the shaft,

4. REVERSE IDLER (NOT F/R BUILDS)

.TA~H-J??
Remove the bearings and spacer from the
reverse idler gear.

Fig. 59
5b. DISMANTLING

1. PINION SHAFT (EXCEPT 674)

--
!l
-
(a) Remove the shim pack (1·59) noting its
thickness to aid installation if the same
pinion shaft is to be insta lied. u
(b) Remove the key (4-59), remove the
circlip (3-59). then press out the shaft.

(c) Remove the front bearing cone from the

bearing housing (2-59).

(d) Press the bearing cups from the bearing ' " ! ' , .•• ,

housing.

2. PINION SHAFT (674 TRACTORS)

Fig.61
(a) Remove the shim pack ( 1-60) noting its
thickness to aid installation if the same 5c. ASSEMBLY
pinion shaft assembly is to be installed.
1. REVERSE IDLER (NOT F/R BUILDS)
(b) Remove the snap ring (4-60) and spacing
(a) Lubricate the reverse idler gear bore,
washer (3-60) then press out the shaft.
bearings and spacer with I.H. HY-TRAN fluid.

(b) Install the bearings with the spacer

between them into the reverse idler gear
bore.

2. COUNTERSHAFT

Press on the bearing (2-61) and secure

with the circlip (1-61).

3. PINION SHAFT (674 TRACTOR)

TA515-6B
(a) Press the rear bearing cone up to the
shoulder on the shaft.

(b) Position the bearing cage (2-60) on the

rear cone then while rotating the bearing
Fig.60 cage press on the front bearing cone to
preload the bearings.
Revised 3/75
 GROUP 7
TRANSMISSION
PAGE 28

(c) Install the spacing washer (3-60). a length of string around the bearing cage
which is the equivalent of up to 0 050 mm
10.002 in) preload.
(d) Select the thinnest of the avai !able
snap rings (4-60) and install in the groove 4. PINION SHAFT (EXCEPT 674)
(A-62).
(a) Press the bearing cups into the bearing
Snap rings are available from 1.676 mm
housing (2-59).
(0.066 in) to 2.362 mm (0.093 in) in 0.076 mm
(0.003 in) stages. (b) Press the rear bearing cone up to the
shoulder on the shaft.
(c) Assemble the bearing housing to the
shaft then press on the front bearing cone
while rotating the bearing housing to pre-
load the bearings.

(d) Install the circlip (3-59) then support

the bearing housing and press the front end
of the shaft to seat the front bearing cone
against the circlip.

(e) Check that the shaft rotates freely with

an end float of 0.025 to 0.229 mm (0.001 to
0.009 in).

5d. INSTALLATION

If the bearings (6-58) were removed, press

in new bearings to the dimensions shown in
Fig.63before installing any of the gears or shafts.
Fig.62

(e) Support the bearing cage and press the

front end of the pinion shaft to seat the
spacing washer against the snap ring.

(f) Install the assembly into the rear frame

then while rotating the shaft determine the
maximum end float in the assembly.

(g) Add the maximum end float figure to

the thickness of the snap ring used then
select another snap ring equal in thickness
to the total figure.
EXAMPLE mm in
Original snap ring 1.6764 0.66 A- 217 mm (8.54 in)
8 - 188 rrm (7.40 in)
End float measured 0.3048 0.012
Snap ring required 1 .9812 0.078 Fig.63 Countershaft Bearing Installation
---
1. REVERSE IDLER (NOT F/R BUILDS)
(h) Press home the front bearing while
rotating the bearing cage then remove the (a) Apply two smears of grease to the tang
original snap ring and install the new snap side of the thrust washers at 90° to the
ring. This shou Id give a bearing set up of tangs. Do not cover the whole face of the
up to 0.076 mm (0.003 in) end float or require thrust washer with grease as this may block
a continuous pull up to 2.04 kg (4.5 lb) on·· the oilways in the reverse idler bosses.

Aevi sed 3/75

GROUP 7
TRANSMISSION
PAGE 29

(b) Press a thrust washer to each boss face Push in the rear P.T.O. shaft lining up the
with the tangs into the boss recesses. roll pin holes and drive in the roll pin (1-8).
Install the cover plate (3-7) then secure the
(c) Enter the shaft into the front boss and a
rear P.T.O. shaft bearing housing with the
slave shaft into the rear boss to hold the
bolts ( 1-9).
washers centra I.
3. PINION SHAFT
(d) With the larger gear toward the rear.
lower the idler gear (8·58) into position (a) Install the shim pack as established in
between the two bosses ensuring that the para.5e, sub-para.1 onto the bearing housing
washers are not dislodged. or cage.
(e) Push the shaft through the front boss, (b) Except for 674 tractors. install the key
through the reverse idler assembly and thrust (4·59) in the shaft.
washers into the rear boss as the slave shaft
is removed. DO NOT pass the end of the (c) Enter the shaft into the rear frame thread-
shaft with the roll pin hole through the ing on the brake drum and band (4-56).
bearings. circlip (3-56), speedometer drive gear and
snap ring if fitted, and the high/low slid1ng
(f) Rotate the idler gear to ensure parts are gear if an F/R build or the Low/reverse
free then line up the roll pin holes and sliding gear 12·56) and high range coupling
drive in the roll pin. 11-56).

(g) Install the copntershaft as detailed in (d) Guide the pinion shaft into the front
sub-para .2. bearing as the rear bearing housing or cage
is positioned and secure with the retainer
2. COUNTERSHAFT
plates (2-55) and all but the top left bolts
(a) Enter the countershaft into the rear frame (1·55) if a 674 tractor, or with all but the
from the front face and thread on the high top left bolts (1·54).
range gear (5-58) with the large boss forward.
(e) Tap the brake drum into position and
(b) Wedge open the spacer and slide onto secure with the circlip (3·53). Connect the
the countershaft. parking brake band and install the pins
11 & 2-53). If a speedometer drive is fitted
(c) Thread on the low range gear (2-58) and position the steel ball in the keyway then
circlip (1-58) as the countershaft is pushed si ide the drive gear over it and up to the
in far enough to do so. shaft shoulder. Secure with the snap ring.
lnsta If a new ·o· ring on the speedometer
(d) Guide the countershaft into the rear
bearing as the front bearing is seated then driven gear housing then position the driven
gear assembly in the rear frame and secure
secure the front bearing with the circlip
with the bolt.
11·57).

(e) Slide the gears and spacer fully forward (f) If the selector fork dowels are loose.
until the circlip (1·58) can be positioned in degrease and apply Loctite 75 Green Retain-
its groove then remove the wedge from the ing then position the dowels in the,.torks.

spacer. (g) Position the low/reverse fork or on F/R

(f) Lift the rear frame in~o position on the builds the high/low fork, in the gear and
clutch housing taking care with the front selector. Enter the shaft (4-51) into the
bosses in the rear frame and into the fork.
P.T.O. shaft. Install and tighten the mount-
ing bolts (10-30 & 5-31 GROUP 8). Support Position a spring and ball in the fork hole
under the rear of the rear frame and remove
(3-52) then with a suitable tube carefully
the support from under the clutch housing. depress the ball at the same time as the
shaft is moved forward until the ball is under
(g) Install the gear 12-10) and circlip (1-10) the shaft. Remove the tube and push the
then position the P.T.O. clutch on the gear. shaft the rest of the way through the fork.

Revised 3/75
 GROUP 7
TRANSMISSION
PAGE 30

(h) Position the high range fork, if fitted, in housing, or cage, mounting face to the flat
the selector and coupling then using the surface. Add this dimension to the mounting
same procedure as in op.(g) push the shaft distance etched or calculated as in op.(b)
through, then deduct the tota I from the rear frame
figures to determine the thickness of shim
( i) Turn the shaft tQ I ine up the roll pin pack required. A tolerance of .±0.025 mm
holes then install the roll pins (2 & 5-57)
(0.001 in) is permissible.
and snap rings (3-51 ). On early machines a
snap ring is used in place of the roll pin EXAMPLE (Except 674)
(5-51 ). mm in
Pinion face to cage face 55.093 2.169
(j) Check the operation of the selectors then Etched or calculated figure 112.065 4.412
position the lubrication tube and connect the
A -Sum Total 167.158 6.581
union (7-51 ). Secure with the top left pinion --
bolt (1-51). Rear frame stamping 0.0508 2
Nominal dimension 167.6402 6.600
(k) Install the differential assembly referring
to GROUP 8 then test the tractor making use B - Sum tota I 167.691
- --- 6.602
as necessary of the TEST PROCEDURES at Shim pack required (B-A) 0.533 0.021
the end of GROUP 10.
EXAMPLE (674 Tractor)
5e. ADJUSTMENTS mm in
Pinion face to cage face 62.128 2.446
PINION CONE MOUNTING DISTANCE
Etched or calculated figure 105.080 4.137
--
(a) The dimension from the pinion bearing A- Sum Total 167.208 6.583
cage mounting face, in the rear frame. to the --
centre line of the differential is nominally Rear frame stamping 0.0508 2
Nominal dimension 167.6402 6.600
167.640 mm (6.600 in). To aid installation ----
the top face of tl>e upper P. T.O. shaft boss is B - Sum Total 167.691 6.602
stamped with a single figure to indicate the
----
Shim pack required (B-A) 0.483 0.019
variation from nominal in steps of (0.001 in).
Where the distance is less than the nominal
this figure will be preceded by a minus (-) Shims are available in thicknesses of
sign. As an example. 3 would indicate that 0.10 mm (0.004 in) and 0.18 mm (0.007 in).
this distance is 6.603 in.
6. TRANSFER PUMP
(b) The pinion cone mounting distance is GROUP 10 covers the removal of the transfer
etched on the REAR face of the pinion and is pump from an assembled tractor. This paragraph
the distance this face is to be set from the covers the removal of the transfer pump in order
centre line of the differential. On the 674 to complete the dismantling of the rear frame.
tractor this figure will be near 4.135, on the
remaining tractors this figure will be near 6a. REMOVAL
4.410. On earlier tractors this dimension,
(a) After the removal of the reverse idler or
was taken to the FRONT face of the pinion and
if an F/R build the removal of the counter-
would be a figure near 5.985. In this case it
shaft as detailed in para.5, remove the
will be necessary to measure from the front
circlip (9-58) then withdraw the gear (10-58)
face. i.e. bearing shoulder. to the rear face
and key.
and deduct this dimension from the etched
figure to make the procedure the same for all (b) Disconnect the pipe (11-58) at both ends.
types.
{C) From the underside of the rear frame
{c} Stand the pinion shaft on the pinion rear
screw out the socket headed locking screw
face on a flat surface, press down on the
and the retaining screw beneath.
bearing housing or bearing cage to eliminate
any end float, then measure from the bearing (d) Withdraw the pump from its housing.

Revised 3/75
GROUP 7
TRANSMISSION
PAGE 31

6b. INSTALLATION

/~
(a) Position the pump in its boss in the
rear frame.
IS
(b) Install the socket headed retaining screw
from the underside of the rear frame mani-
pulating the pump as necessary to ensure 21
that the screw enters the hole in the pump
spigot. Tighten the screw and lock with the
locking screw.

(c) Install the key, gear (10·58) and circlip

(9-58).

(d) Connect the pipe ( 11-58) and tighten

the unions at both ends.

(e) Complete the assembly of the range

section referring to para.5d.

7. CONTROL LEVERS

7a. REMOVAL

1. EXTERNAL LEVERS
1. Speed lever assembly 11. Latch
(a) Remove the knobs from the speed and 2. Speed I ever knob 12. Range lever rod
range levers. The speed lever knob just 3. Speed I ever hub 13. Clevis
4. Circlip 14. Spring
pulls off but the range l.ever handle is
5- Speed shift rod 15. Upper range lever
secured by a socket headed screw. 6. Ball joint 16. Range lever knob
7. Stationary member 17. Front range shift rod
(b) Remove the control quadrant (20·64). a. Inner lever 18. Rear range shift rod
9- Outer lever 19. Cfevis
(c) Remove the cotter pins, washers and 10- Lower range I ever 20. Control quadrant
pins to disconnect the clevises (19·64) at
the outer arms. On F/R builds there is only Fig.64 External Levers
the one clevis.

(d) Disconnect the ball joint (6·64) at the

speed lever.

(e) Remove the circlip 14-64) and washer

2. INTERNAL LEVERS
then remove the range lever assembly ( 10 to
15-64), outer lever (9-64) and inner lever (a) Remove the range section cover.
(8-64).
(b) Disconnect the clevises (19-641 at the
(f) Drive out the roll pin to free the station- outer arms. On F;R builds there is only the
ary member (7-64) then remove the speed one clevis.
lever assembly (1 & 3-64). On F/R builds a
spacer takes the place of the outer lever (c) Remove the self locking nuts (2·541 to
(9-641. inner lever (8-641 and stationary free the inner arms {12-65) from the outer
member {7-64), also the range I ever is not arm assemblies (14 & 15-651.
articulated. {d) Remove the spacing washers then with-
(9) The idler shaft (10-65) can be removed,
draw the outer arm assemblies and discard
only if the range section cover is off, by the ·o·rings (13-65). On F/R builds there is
driving out the roll pin (5-561. Discard the only the one inner and outer arm assembly
·o· rmg. at the rear.
Revised 3/75
 GROUP 7
TRANSMISSION
PAGE 34

3. SPEED LEVER clearance (A-68) from the end of the slot at

the first speed position in the quadrant.
(a) Set the lever ( 1-68) to the first speed
position. (c) Adjust the ball ends (2 & 3-68) to line
up then install and secure the rod. Tighten
(b) Set the control lever to give 3 mm ( 1/8 in) the ball end locknuts.

~ TH.
2ND ) RD.

'\p~~~ :,~:!
...,......,~

1. Lever
2. Ball end
3. Ball end

514-8

Fig.68 Speed Lever

Revised 3/75
 GROUP 7
TRANSMISSION
PAGE 32

1. Front fork
2. Spring
3. Ball
4. Rear fork
5. Roll pin
6. Roll pin
7. Snap ring
8. Roll pin 11 10~
9. ·o· ring
10. Shaft
11. Shaft
12. Inner arm
13. ·o· ring
14. Rear outer arm
15. Front outer arm

514·170

Fig.65 Internal Levers

7b. INSTALLATION (c) Thread on the stationary member (7·64)

with the slot outward and at the top then
1. INTERNAL LEVERS line up the roll pin holes and drive in the
roll pin.
(a) Install new ·o·
rings (13·65) into the
shaft grooves then i nsta 11 the outer arm (d) Thread on the inner lever (8·64) with the
assemblies to the rear frame. There is only pin inward and the slot to the top, thread on
the rear arm (14·65) on F/R builds. the outer lever (9·64) with the pin outward
and the slot to the top. Thread on the range
{b) Thread the two spacing washers onto
lever assembly lining-up the latch (11-64)
each shaft then locate the inner arms (12·65)
with the slots in the outer lever, inner lever
on the fork pins and on the outer arm shafts.
and stationary member. Install the washer
The inner arms and the shafts have a master
and circlip (4·641.
spline to ensure correct installation.
On F/R builds a spacer takes the place
(c) Install and tighten the self locking nuts of the stationary member, inner lever and
(2·54). outer lever, also the range lever is not
articulated.
(d) Connect the clevises (19·64) at the
outer arms then check for correct operation (e) Connect the ball joint (6·64) at the speed
and adjustment. lever.

{e) Install the range section cover. (f) Connect the clevises ( 19·64) at the
outer arms and secure with the pins, washers
2. EXTERNAL LEVERS and cotters. On F/R builds there is only the
one clevis.
(a) If removed, install a new ·o·
ring on the
idler shaft (10·65). position the shaft in the (g) Install the control quadrant and ad1ust
rear frame and drive in the roll pin (5-56). the levers referring tp para. 7c.

(b) Thread on the speed lever assembly (h) Install the range lever handle and
(1 & 3·64) with the crank outward. speed lever knob.

Revised 3/75
GROUP 7
TRANSMISSION
PAGE 33

7c. ADJUSTMENTS the slots in the levers (5 & 6·66) with the
slots in the stationary member (7·66).
1. RANGE LEVERS (NOT F/R BUILD)

(a) Position the selectors ( 1 & 2·66) and (c) Adjust the clevis (8·66) to provide a
1.5 mm (1/16 in) clearance (A-66) between
the hand lever in neutral.
the latch (9-66) and the stationary member
(b) Adjust the clevises (3 & 4-66) to align (7·66).

1. Selector 5. Lever
2. Selector 6. ·Lever
3. Clevis 7. Stationary member
4. (:levis 8. Clevis
9. Latch

Fig.66 Range Levers {Not F/R Builds)

2. RANGE LEVER (FIR BUILD) (b) Adjust the clevis (3-67) to provide a
20 mm (0.80 in) clearance (A-67) from the
(a) Position the range lever (1-67) and arm end of the slot to the forward edge of t~e
assembly (2-67) in the high range position. lever ( 1-67).

~u- 20n
1 . Range lever
2. Arm assembly
3. Clevis

Fig.67 Range lever (FIR and Hydrostatic Builds)

Revised 3/75
 GROUP 8 Page Numbers

REAR AXLE c.:> z (f)

0 o--
z
BRAKES & --'
:::;
':i
;:::
::i
Zc.:>
"'z
>--
z ~;:::
DIFFERENTIAL ~ <i
ID
::;; --'
<i
(f)(f)
::JUJ
0 ::;; UJ o-- --,o--
::;; (f) (f) (f)
Cl er:
-z
(f)
UJ
a::: 0 <i <iO
CONTENTS

REAR AXLES 3 4 6 7 -

BRAKE DISCS AND PISTON 8 - - 8 -

MASTER CYLINDER AND

EQUALIZER VALVE 9 - - 10 11
PARKING BRAKE 12 - - 13 13
DRUM BRAKES 14 - - 14 16
DIFFERENTIAL 16 17 18 19 19

Revised 3/75
GROUP 8
REAR AXUE, BRAKES & DIFFERENTIAL
PAGE 1

1. DESCRIPTION depressed the unused pedal wi 11 hold out

the spool but when both pedals are depressed
1a. REAR AXLE the spool will retract under spring force
The rear axles have planetary final drives lifting the small balls which in turn lift the
consisting of ring gears dowelled to the axle large balls off their seats so that both ports
carriers, planet carrier assemblies and driving are open to each other. The fluid supply from
shafts from the differential to the planet carriers, a master cylinder to its brake piston passes
The driving shafts spline into the differential through a Tee junction on that side port of
bevel gears at the inner ends and mesh into the the equalizer' valve. When the spool is
planet gears at the outer end. Brake discs are retracted, that is when both brake pedals are
splined to the driving shafts. The planet carriers depressed, the ports, and consequently the
are splined to the axle shafts and secured by brake lines, will be interconnected so that
spacers and bolts. The planet gears mesh into equal pressure will be applied to both brakes
the ring gears. The brake pistons and pressure plates
The planet gear bearings are adjusted by are recessed into the rear frame around the
shims between the bearings and planet carriers. differential bearing housings. The brake
discs are splined to the planetary drive
The axle shaft bearings are adjusted by shims
between the axle shafts and planet carrier
shafts and a brake ring is dowelled into
each axle carrier to form the outer pressure
spacers.
plate. When a brake is operated the piston
moves out pushing out the pressure plate
1b. BRAKES to sandwich the brake disc between the
pressure plate and the brake ring.
1. FOOTBRAKES
Fig.1 shows a diagramatic sketch of
The footbrakes are self adjusting. the braking system.
hydraulically actuated. oi I cooled djsc type.
The system consists of pistons. pressure
plates and discs at each rear axle. two
master cylinders each operated by a foot
pedal and an equalizer valve. A tapping,
containing a restricting orifice, from the
main oil cooler return line maintains the
fluid level in both master cylinders and
screens around the orifice and at entry to
each master cylinder ensure cleanliness in
the brake system. Surplus fluid is piped to
the transmission speed section.
The brake pedals can be operated
individually or can be latched together to
act simultaneously. The equalizer valve
ensures even braking when both pedals are
applied and consists of a central cylinder
with two mclined ports leading from it.
Fig.1
Inside the cylinder is a spring loaded spool
with a waisted section. Each port contains a
small ball riding in the waisted section
of the spool, with a larger spring loaded ball
over the small ball and seated in the base
2. PARKING BRAKE
of the bore. The outer end of the spool is
equipped with a large disc against which The parking brake is a cable operated
extensions on the master cylinder pivot band operating on a drum mounted to the
bolts act to hold out the spool when the bev~l pinion shaft. The ratchet and pawl
brakes are off. When only one pedal is type hand lever is mounted to the left fender.
 GROUP 8
REAR AXLE. BRAKES & DIFFERENTIAL
PAGE 2

3. DRUM BRAKES gear and pinion.

The differential lock consists of a spring
As an alternative to the transmission loaded lock ring, with four equally spaced dowels.
parking brake, expanding shoe. drum brakes mounted on the right side of the differential case
at the outer ends of the rear axle are avail· and operated by a selector fork connected to a
able. A similar hand lever to the parking heel pedal. When engaged the dowels pass
brake hand lever is used and is mounted through the differential case and into the differ-
to the left fender. ential right bevel gear locking the gear to the
When drum brakes are fitted the brake case and thereby making it impossible for the
drum on the pinion shaft is replaced by a rear wheels to turn at different speeds. In
spacer. addition to the return springs under the lock
ring, springs on the linkage ensure disengagement
1c. DIFFERENTIAL
when the pedal is released.
The differential is located in the rear frame The bevel gear and pinion are matched sets
and is mounted on taper roller bearings. The and the number is etched on the pinion rear
bevel gear is bolted to and forms part of the face and on the outer machined surface of the
differential case. On 454 and 2400 tractors one bevel gear along with the backlash figure.
of the bolts is an extended dowel bolt to secure Except for the 674 tractor two alternative
the single differential shaft which carries the bevel gear ratio sets are available, a 12:53 ratio
two differential pinions. On other tractors there set or a 14:51 ratio set. The 674 tractor has an
are four differential pinions each on lts own shaft 11:52 ratio set only. This ratio figure is also
and consequently four extended dowel bolts are etched on both the bevel gear surface and the
used. rear face of the pinion.
Shims located between the bearing housings Fig.2 is a cross section of the rear axle.
and the rear frame determine the preload on the brake and differential installation showing the
bearings and the backlash between the bevel single differential pinion shaft.

514-31

Fig.2
GROUP 8
REAR AXLE, BRAKES & DIFFERENTIAL
PAGE 3

Fig.4
Fig.3

2. REAR AXLES

2a. R:MOVAL

(a) Remove the transmission drain plugs and

drain the oil into a suitable container.

(b) Slide out the seat. Remove the knobs

from the control levers. The knobs ( 1-3) on
the hydraulic control levers and on the speed
lever just pull off, the range lever handle is
secured by a socket headed screw.
(c) Remove the cover ( 1-4) then disconnect
the cable connectors behind. Disconnect and Fig.5
remove the pipe (2-4). Remove the panels
(3 & 4-4) then remove the nuts (5-4).

(d) Remove the cover (4-3) from the fuel

transmitter then disconnect the cable and
remove the clip (5-3). Disconnect the parking
brake bracket from the left fender.

(e) On the right side remove the nut (1-7

GROUP 7) to free the differential lock return
spring then on both sides remove the bolts
(2-7 GROUP 7) and lift out the·footplates.
Remove the bolts (6-7 GROUP 7) and spacer
plates on both sides. Remove the hoodsheet
seal plates from the front windscreen and
disconnect the windscreen wiper feed.

(f) Close the fue> shut-off valves then

disconnect the spill pipe (1-5), cross feed
(2-5) and fuel supply pipe (3-5).
 GROUP 8
REAR AXLE. BRAKES & DIFFERENTIAL
PAGE 4

(g) Suitably sling the cab and take the

strain. Remove the clamp bolts (4-5) then
carefully lift the cab, complete with fuel
tank, clear of the machine.

(h) Remove the pins (1, 2. 3 & 4-6) to remove

the three point linkage.

( i) Drive wedges between the front axle and

bolster and block the front wheels to prevent
movement. Block under the rear frame so that
the weight is just taken off the rear wheels
then remove the rear wheels.

(j) Securely sling the rear axles (1-7). On

drum brake axles slacken off the brakes on
the adjuster(2-28) then disconnect the cables
at the levers (30-29) and from the anchor
brackets (4 & 8-29). Disconnect the reaction
•
bracket 125-29) from the left axle.

(k) Remove the bolts (2·7) and lift off the

.. •

rear axles.
Fig.B

(d) Drive the axle shaft (2-10) out of the

axle carrier (3-10) and remove the Inner bear-
ing cone (4-10).

(e) Using suitable bar stock, bolts and

washers set up as shown in Fig.11, draw the
ring gear ( 1-12) from the axle carrier. Lift
out the dowels (2-12).

Fig.?

2b. DISMANTLING

(a) On drum brake axles remove the brake

drums.

(b) Remove the brake ring ( 1-8) by prising a

little at a time opposite each dowel.

(c) Remove the bolt ( 1-9) and lift out the

planet carrier assembly. Tape the shims
11·10) together ready for assembly. Fig.9
GROUP 8
REAR AXLE, BRAKES & DIFFERENTIAL
PAGE 5

Fig.10 Fig.12

(f) If inspection proves it necessary draw (h) If inspection proves it necessary draw
out the inner bearing cup (3-12) and oil out the wear sleeve ( 1-13) and outer bearing
seal (4-121. cup (2-13).

(g) On drum brake axles remove the back- (i) Press off the outer bearing cone (3-13)
plate assemblies (2-29), shims (3-29) and and oil seal (4-13).
anchor brackets 14 & 8-291.
(j)Drive the roll pins (1-14) JUSt onto the
shaft. DO NOT try to drive them right through.
 GROUP 8
REAR AXLE, BRAKES & DIFFERENTIAL
PAGE 6

,, •
I
I
I
I
\
\
0
' ...
Flg.16

(b) Lubricate the bearings (2-15) with Hy-Tran

fluid and position in the gears.
Fig.14
(c) Position the cut washers at either end
(k) Press the shafts (3-15) out of the carrier with the cuts in line then use a 1/2 in fine
(4-15) and remove the gears (6-15) and shims bolt and nut tightened to 115.2 gm (10 lbin)
(1-15). Lift out the spacer (5-15). to seat the bearings without turning the gear.

(I) Remove the bearings (2-15) from the (d) Measure the stack height (Fig.17) at the
gears. points where the washers are cut away.

(m) Remove the roll pins from the shafts.

2c • ASSEMBLY

(a-) Cut two 50 mm (2.00 in) 0.0. by 13.5 mm

(0.531 in)I.D. by 3 mm (1/8 in) thick washers
as shown in Fig.16.

Fig.15 Fig.17
GROUP 8
REAR AXLE, BRAKES & DIFFERENTIAL
PAGE 7

(e) Select shims to obtain the correct bear- 1I) Prepack the outer bearing cone with
ing preload according to the following grease then install the axle shaft in the
table. axle carrier.

Shim
Tractor Stack Height (m) Locate the inner bearing con'e (4-10) on
Thickness
the axle shaft. Position virgin lead or
42.98 to 43.13 mm 1.42 mm plasticine on the end of the ~xle shaft in
(1.692 to 1.698in) (0.056 in) place of the shims (1-10) then use the planet
454 carrier to draw on the bearing, while turning
43.15 to 43.31 mm 1.24 mm
& the axle carrier to bed the bearings, unti I
(1.699 to 1.705 in) (0.049 in)
2400 there is 0.025 to 0.25 mm 10.001 to 0.010 in)
43.33 to 43.48 mm 1.07 mm end float.
(1.706 to 1.712 in) (0.042 in)
(n) Turn the assembly on its side then wrap
53.66 to 53.76 mm 1.42 mm string around the wheel studs to measure the
474,
(2.113 to 2.117 in) (0.056 in) free rolling pull, or apply a small dial type
574.
53.79 to 53.89 mm 1.24 mm torque wrench to the planet carrier bolt to
674,
( 2. 118 to 2. 122 in) (0.049 in) measure the free rolling torque, of the axle
&
53.91 to 54.02 mm 1.07 mm shaft within the axle carrier.
2500
(2.123 to 2.127 in) (0.042 in)
(o) Continue measuring while drawing the
bearing further onto the shaft unti I the
Keep each gear with its bearings and effort required is the free rolling pull plus
selected shim together. 2.09 to 3.08 kg (4.6 to 6.8 lb) or the free
rolling torque plus 23 to 34.5 gm 120 to
30 lbin).
(f) Install the spacer (5-15) into the planet
(p) Remove the planet carrier and measure
carrier then install the gears, bearing and
the thickness of the virgin lead or plasticine
selected shims.
to determine the thickness of shim pack
(g) Press 1n the shafts (3·15) aligning the required. Shims are available in sizes of
roll pin holes and drive in the roll pms 0.178, 0.305 and 0.759 mm (0.007, 0.012 and
flush with the surface of the carrier. 0.030 in). Select shims to make a shim pack
within 0.05 mm (0.002 in) of that required.
(h) Push the planet gears along the shafts in
both directions to seat the bearings.
lq) Position the dowels 12-12). al1gn the
(i) Press the outer oil seal (4-13) and outer ring gear 11-12) then carefully press into
bear~ng cone 13-13) onto the axle shaft if position.
these vvere removed.
lr) Install the shim pack and planet carrier
( j) Press in the outer bearing cup (2·13), assembly aligning the gear teeth as neces-
wear sleeve (1-13). inner oil seal (4-12) sary with the ring gear then tighten the bolt
and inner bearing cup (3-12) if these were I 1-9) to 30.4 to 34.5 kgm (220 to 250 lbft).
removed.
Is) Install the brake ring (1-8).
( k) On drum brake axles position the shims
13-29) and the backplates 12-29) with the ( t) On drum brake axles install the brake
adjuster toward the top and to the rear and drums.
position the anchor brackets (4 & 8-29) on
2d. INSTALLATION
the front face of the axle carrier with the
cable slots at the top then secure the back- {a) Ensure that the brake discs and drive
plates and anchor brackets to the axle shafts are fully home in the differential a"Rd
carrier with the bolts, nuts and lockwashers. that the mounting faces are perfectly clean.
 GROUP 8
REAR AXLE. BRAKES & DIFFERENTIAL
PAGE 8

Position a new gasket then securely sling (m) Fill the transmission to the correct
the axles and lift into position on the rear level referring to the Operator's Manual.
frame. Secure with the bolts (2-7). ensure that the hand brake is correctly
adjusted referring to paras.5 or 6. then test
(b) Install the rear wheels and remove the the tractor for correct operation making use
supports from under the rear frame and the as necessary of the TEST PROCEDURES at
wedges from the front axle. the end of GROUP 10.
{c) On drum brake axles secure the reaction 3. BRAKE DISCS AND PISTONS
bracket (25-29) to the left axle then connect
the cables at the anchor brackets and at the 3a. REMOVAL
levers (30-29).
(a) Remove the rear axles referring to
(d) Lift the cab assembly into position on para.2.
the tractor, threading the control levers
through the quadrants, and secure with the (b) Remove the drive shaft ( 1·18), brake disc
clamps (4-5). Position the spacer plates and (2·18) and inner brake ring (3-18).
secure the cab at the front with the bolts
(6-7 GROUP 7) at both sides.

(e) Install the nuts (5-4) then connect the

crossfeed (2-5). supply pipe (3-5) and spill
pipe ( 1-5). Open the shut-off valves.

(f) Install the footplates and secure with the

bolts (2-7 GROUP 7). On the right side check
that when the differential lock is engaged the
pedal is just touching the footplate, if not
adJust the length of the control rod. Dis-
engage the differential lock then adjust the
screw ( 7-7 GROUP 7) so that the pedal
without its pad is 127 mm (5.0 in) from the
footplate. Connect the return spring, depress
and release the pedal and turn the nut (1-7
GROUP 7) until the pedal will return un-
assisted then turn the nut two more turns Fig.18

and lock with the rear nut.

(c) Attach the special puller I.H.7847A and
(g) Connect the hand brake lever bracket to slide hammer 7600A to the brake pistons as
the left fender. Connect the fuel transmitter, seen in Fig.19 and remove the pistons.
install the cover (4-3) and the clip (5-3). (d) Remove and discard the piston ·o· rings
and the ·o· ring (5·35) on the differentia 1
(h) Install the pipe (2-4). connect the cable bearing housings.
connectors and install the cover (1-4).
3b. INSTALLATION
( i) Install the knobs on the control levers.
(a) Smear petroleum jelly in the grooves
111 Connect the windscreen wiper feed and then install new ·o· rings, smeared with
install the hoodsheet seal plates on the front petroleum jelly, on the pistons and differ-
windscreen. ential bearing housing.

(k) Install the side panels (3-4) and top (b) Attach the special tool I.H. 7847A and
cover (4-41 then install the seat. slide hammer 7600A to the recessed side of
the piston. Carefully I ine up the piston in
(I) Install the three-point I ink age. the rear frame recess then, ensuring that the

Revised 3/75
GROUP 8
REAR AXLE. BRAKES & DIFFERENTIAL
PAGE 9

(h) Bleed the brakes referring to para. 4c.

and test the brakes referring to para. 4d.

4. MASTER CYLINDERS AND EQUALIZER VALVE

The master cylinders and equalizer valve

can be removed separately or as a unit complete
with bracket and hoses. An ·o· ring and seal
service package with instruction sheet, is
available for the equalizer valve.

4a. REMOVAL

1. AS A UNIT
(a) Remove the hoodsheet, rear side panels
and battery. Remove the clamp bolt (5-20)
Fig.19 then remove the battery support.
piston remains square, use the sl.ide hammer
to tap the piston into the bore until it is
0.76 mm (0.030 in) below the inner face of
the differential bearing carrier brake ring
seat.

(c) Remove the tool from the piston then

install the inner brake ring (3-18) lining up
the I ugs on the brake ring with the slots in
the differential bearing housing. Rotate the
brake ring within the bearing housing slots
to check the backlash which must be 0.127
to 0.635 mm (0.005 to 0.025 in).

(d) Position the brake discs (2-18) on the

drive shafts (1-18) then install the drive
shafts into the differential. If new brake
discs are being installed pre-soak in I.H.
HY-TRAN fluid for some minutes.

(e) Position a new gasket on the axle then

lift the axle assemblies into position and
secure with the bolts (2-7).

(f) Disconnect the brake pipe at the union

(6-31) then adapt an hydraulic hand pump Fig.20
filled with HY-TRAN fluid to the union.
Build up pressure to 28 kg/cm2 (400 lb/in2). (b) Disconnect the brake pipes (3·20). the
If this pressure cannot be reached or main- oi I cooler return hose (7-20). and the reser-
tained a leak at the piston ·o·rings is voir supply hose (4-20). Take care not to
indicated and these wi 11 have to be changed lose the orifice and screen assembly from the
before further installation work is carried end of the supply hose.
out.
(c) Remove the nuts (1-20) washers and
(g) When satisfactorily pressure tested adjusting bolts ( 1-21 ).
connect the union (6-31) then carry out the
remainder of the rear axle installation refer- (d) Remove the bolts securing the bracket
ring to para. 2d. to the clutch housing and lift the unit clear.

Revised 3/75
 GROUP 8
REAR AXLE, BRAKES & DIFFERENTIAL
PAGE 10

(b) Install the adjusting bolt (1-21 ), washer

and nut ( 1-20) finger tight. Set the pedal pad
to 152 mm (6 in) from the footplate, or floor
covering if used, and at the same height as
the other pedal by turning the adjusting bolt
( 1-21). Check that the brake latch moves
freely in and out of the right brake pedal.
Adjust the peda I height as necessary to
achieve this then tighten the nut (2-21 ).

(c) Install the equalizer pipe (9·20), ensure

that the screen in the master cylinder end of
the feed pipe (6-20) is clean and undamaged
then connect the pipe to the master cylinder.

(d) Install the battery support, clamp bolt

(5-20) and battery.

(e) Bleed the brakes referring to para.4c

and test the brakes referring to para.4d.

Fig.21 (f) Install the rear side panels and hood-

2. EQUALIZER VALVE sheet.

(a) Remove the hoodsheet, rear side panels 2. EQUALIZER VALVE

and battery. Remove the clamp bolt (5-20)
(a) Position the valve on the bracket and
then remove the battery support.
secure with the two screws ( 1G-20).
(b) Disconnect the brake pipes (3-20) and
(b) Connect the equalizer pipes (9-20) and
remove the equalizer pipes (9-20).
the brake pipes (3-20).
(c) Remove the screws (10·20) and lift out
the equalizer valve (2·20). (c) Install the battery support, clamp bolt
(5·20) and battery.
3. MASTER CYLINDERS
(d) Bleed the brakes referring to para.4c
{a) Remove the hoodsheet, rear side panels and test the brakes referring to para.4d.
and battery. Remove the clamp bolt (5-20)
then remove the battery support. (e) Install the rear side panels and
hoodsheet.
{b) Remove the equalizer pipe {9-20) and
drsconnect the feed pipe (6-20) at the master 3. AS A UNIT
cylinder. Take care not to damage the screen
(a) Locate the unit on the clutch housing
in the end of the pipe.
and secure the bracket with the bolts.
(c) Remove the nut (1-20), washer and
(b) Install the adjusting bolts, washers
adjusting bolt {1-21).
and nuts (1-20) finger tight. Set the pedal
(d) Remove the nuts (11-20) and lift out the pads to 152 mm (6 in) from the floorplate, or
master cylinder. floor covering if used, by turning the adjust-
bolts (1-21 ). Check that the brake latch
4b. INSTALLATION moves freely in and out of the right brake
pedal. Adjust the pedal heights as neces-
1. MASTER CYLINDERS sary to achieve this then tighten the nuts
12-21 ).
{a) Position the new master cylinder (8-20)
on the bracket and secure with the bolts, (c) Connect the brake pipes (3·20) and ihe
washers and nuts {11-20). oi I cooler return hose (7-20).
GROUP 8
REAR AXLE. BRAKES & DIFFERENTIAL
PAGE 11

(d) Install the battery support then secure screw relevant to that hose to a torque ot
the brake reservoir supply tube to it with the 0.46 to 0.57 kgm (40 to 50 lbin) as the
bolt (5-20). Check that the orifice and screen pedals are depressed.
assembly is clean and in position in the Con\,nue operating both pedals together
reservoir supply hose (4-20) then connect the unti I oil free from air flows through the other
hose. If the screen and orifice assembly tube then tighten the bleedscrew to 0.46 to
has been removed this must be installed 0.57 kgm (40 to 50 lbin) as the pedals are
with the screen toward the oil cooler return depressed.
pipe.
(d) After tightening the bleedscrews check
(e) Install the battery. the brakes for satisfactory operation and
repeat the operation if any sponginess is
(f) Bleed the brakes referring to para.4c and felt. When satisfactory stop the engine and
test the brakes referring to para.4d. remove the clamp from the return hose.
(g) Install the rear side panels and hood-
sheet. (e) Check the pedal height with the brakes
applied. When measured from the footplate
to the top of the pedal pad the height should
be approximately 101 mm (4 in) for latched
4c. BLEE:DING THE BRAKES pedals. 90 mm (3.5 in) for L.H. pedal (un-
latched) and 76 mm (3 in) for R.H. pedal
(a) Clamp the oil cooler return hose (7·20) (unlatched).
to prevent oil returning to the transmission
and also the drawing of air from the trans- (f) If satisfactory braking cannot be obtained
mission. after repeating the bleeding operation, tes1
the braking system referring to para. 4d.
(b) Attach a transparent hose to each bleed-
screw ( 1-22) with the free end in the trans- 4d. TESTING THE SYSTEM
mission filler plug hole.
(a) Examine all fittings and hose clips for
(c) Open the bleedscrews and run the engine leakage tightening as necessary.
at low idle until fluid free from air is issuing
(b) Check that the full movement of 29 to
from the hoses. With the brake pedals latched
30 mm (1.15 to 1.20 in) is obtainable on the
together SLOWLY depress and raise the I.P.T.O. spool. If movement is restricted by
pedals until no further air bubbles issues
the lever or linkage the fluid will by-pass
from one of the hoses then tighten the bleed-
the oi I cooler and there wi 11 be no make-up
fluid to the brake system.
(c) Disconnect the return hose (7-20) at the
speed section top cover and with the engine
running at approximately 1000 rev/min
measure that the flow from the return hose is
within 0.5 to 1.0 litre (1 to 2 pints) 1n
3 minutes. A low flow indicates either a low
flow in the oil cooler return pipe or a blocked
orifice and screen assembly. Disconnect the
oil cooler return pipe and check that this
flow is within 9.2 to 11.4 1/min (2 to
2.5 gal/min). If this is satisfactory clean or
change the orifice and screen assembly. If
this flow is low refer to the TEST PRO-
CEDURES at the end of GROUP 10 after f~rst
ensuring that the I.P.T.O. 1s 111 the fully
Fig.22 disengaged position.

Revised 3/75
 GROUP 8
REAR AXLE, BRAKES & DIFFERENTIAL
PAGE 12

(d) Too high a flow from the return hose 5. PARKING BRAKE
(7-20) indicates a faulty orifice and screen
5a. REMOVAL
assembly. This can be checked by raising
the rear axles and checking that the wheels 1. BRAKE CABLE
are free to turn with and without the engine
running. If either wheel is hard to turn or is (a) Set the hand lever to the OFF position.
locked with the engine running the flow
(b) Remove the locknut ( 1-23), adjusting nut
through the orifice is excessive.
12-23) and spring retainer then pull the cable
(e) Disconnect one brake pipe (6-31) at the end out of the hand lever.
rear frame. install a tee piece and 50 kg/cm2
(c) Remove the bolts from the lower anchor
(700 lb/in2) pressure gauge then connect the
bracket (4-23) and slide the outer conduit
brake pipe to the tee piece.
(3-23) and boot (5-23) along the inner cable
to expose the clevis end of the plunger
(f) Wedge a piece of wood between the inst-
(6-23). Remove the cotter, washer and pin to
rument console and each brake pedal in
free the cable from the pi unger.
turn to give a pressure reading of approx-
imately 28 kgm2 (400 lb/in2). (d) Slide off the boot (5-23) and remove the
spring retainer to free the bracket (4-23)
(g) If leakage is present disconnect the from the outer conduit.
brake pipe on the side for which the pedal is
depressed and plug the end of the pipe. If (e) If the brake pivot (7-23) needs to be
the leakage is eliminated the leak is on removed the lift housing will need to be
the brake piston. If the leak still exists then removed to allow access to the brake band
the master cylinder or equalizer valve is pins (1 & 2-2t>). Remove the ·o· rings (8 &
suspect. 9-23) from the brake pivot and plunger.

(h) Connect the brake pipes. 2. BRAKE BAND

(i) To eliminate the equalizer valve depress (a) After removing the I ift housing remove
the opposite pedal to the one that is 'leaking' the pins (1 & 2-24) then turn the band to
unti I the pedal is solid. If the 'leaking· allow access to the top anchor pin (3-24).
pedal is now depressed and becomes
(b) Drive out the anchor pin (3-24), separate
relatively solid then the fault must be in
the band then slide along the shaft until
the equalizer valve. If the 'leaking' pedal
free to spring off the shaft.
does not become solid then the leak is in
the master cylinder.

Fig,23 Fig,24

Revised 3/75
GROUP 8
REAR AXLE, BRAKES & DIFFERENTIAL
PAGE 13

3. BRAKE DRUM

The brake drum is located on the bevel

pinion shaft. For removal and installation
refer to PINION SHAFT in GROUP 7.

5b. INSTALLATION

1. BRAKE BAND '

'\
(a) Spring the brake band over the shaft and
onto the drum.

(b) Drive in the anchor pin (3·24) ensuring

that there is adequate support, such as a
Fig.25
large spanner, between the brake band and
the inner wall of the rear frame.
5c. ADJUSTMENT
(c) Position the band and secure with the
pivot ~in (2·24) and cotter. (a) Pull up the hand grip to engage the first
ratchet tooth (1·25).
(d) Thread on the return spring then secure
the plunger to the brake toggle with the (b) Tighten the adjusting nut (3·25) until
pin (1·24) and cotter. resistance is just felt.

(c) Release the brake then slowly pull up

2. BRAKE CABLE the hand grip counting the clicks on the
ratchet. The brake must be fully applied when
(a) Locate the bracket (4·23) on the cable the hand lever has travelled 1 to 3 clicks up
outer conduit and secure with the spring the ratchet.
retainer.
(d) Tighten the locknut (2·25).
(b) Slide on the boot (5·23) then connect
the cable to the plunger (6·23) with the pin, (e) The applied hand brake should be capable
washer and cotter. of stalling the tractor at an engine speed of
1500 rev/min in third gear, low range.
(c) If the brake pivot was removed install a
new ·o· ring (9·23) onto the plunger and
thread the plunger into the pivot (7·23).
Install a new ·o· ring (8·23) onto the brake
pivot and locate the pivot in the rear frame.
Install the pivot pin (2·241 and cotter. Thread
on the return spring then secure the plunger
to the brake band toggle with the pin (1·241
and cotter.

(d) Slide the boot (5·231 and bracket (4·23)

into position and secure the bracket with the
bolts.

(e) Thread the cable end into the hand lever

and install the spring retainer to hold the
outer conduit to the hand lever bracket.

(f) Screw on the adjusting nut (2~23) and

locknut {1-23) and adjust the brake referring
to para .5c. Fig,26

Revised 3/75
 GROUP8
REAR AXLE, BRAKES & DIFFERENTIAL
PAGE 14

1. Cover plate spring 8. Camshaft

2. Cover plate 9. Adjuster assembly
3. Backplate 10. Top spring
Fig,27
4. Pins 11. Brake shoes
5. Steady posts 12. Cup washers
6. Anchor pins 13. Spring
6. DRUM BRAKES 7. Spacing washers 14. Lower springs
15. Anchor pin plate
6a. REMOVAL
Fig.28 BRAKE SHOES
1 . BRAKE SHOES

(a) Block the front wheels to prevent move·

ment, jack up the rear of the tractor and (i) Remove the spacing washers (7-28) from
remove the rear wheels. the anchor pins (6-28), remove the nuts
and lockwashers from the rear of the back-
(b) Ensure that the hand lever is in the plate then withdraw the anchor pins.
OFF position then open the backplate cover
( 1-26) and slacken off the shoes on the lil Remove the pinch bolt and key (29-29)
adjuster (2-26). from the camshaft lever (30-29) then withdraw
the camshaft (8-28) from the backplate remov-
{c) Remove the securing screws and pull off ing the lever, spring (31-29). cover plate
the brake drum. spring (1-28) and cover plate (2-28) as they
become free to do so.
(d) Remove the two shoe return sprmgs
( 1-27) and anchor pin plate (2-27). 2. BACKPLATE

(e) Remove the top shoe return spring (3-27). The rear axle needs to be dismantled to
remove the backplate. Refer to para.2.
(f) Grip each cup washer (4-27) push in
against the spring at the same time holding
the pin against the backplate, then turn the 6b. INSTALLATION
cup washer to free it from the pin. Remove 1. BACKPLATE
the spring (13-281 and inner cup washer
( 12-28) from each pin and remove the pins The backplate is installed during axle
(4-28) from the rear of the backplate. assembly. Refer to para.2.

(g) Remove the two brake shoes (5-27) and 2. BRAKE SHOES
adjuster assembly (6-27).
(a 1 Enter the camshaft through the back-
(h) Loosen the locknuts and screw out the plate and thread on the cover plate (2-28),
steady posts (5-28) from the rear of the cover plate spring (1-28). lever spring (31-29)
backplate. and lever (30-29).

Revised 3/75
GROUP 8
REAR AXLE, BRAKES & DIFFERENTIAL
PAGE 15

13
1. Brake drum.
2. Backplate assembly
3, Shim
4.
5,
6.
7,
Anchor bracket
Cable
Cable
Cable clamp
8, Anchor bracket
5/)fj
'<::~ ' '
"-.._0<_~' !/
9. Bracket
10. Bar
11. Pivot nut 7
12,
13.
Jam nut
Hand lever
I
14. Spring
15. Pawl
16. Washer
17. Switch bracket
18. Connecting rod
19. Compensator yoke
20. Swivel I ink
((
21' Compensator I ink ~

22. Link pm I
23. Left bel !crank s
24. Pin ,~pr;::__._,_
__ ;;;,__
25. Reaction bracket
26. Right bellcrank
27. Clev1s
28. Yoke pin
514-132
29. Key
30, Camshaft lever
31. Spring

Fig.29 HAND OPERATED DRUM BRAKE

(b) Insert the spring Bnd in the hole in the washer through 90° to secure.
anchor bracket and loop the other end around
(i) lns~all the anchor pin plate (2-27) and
the camshaft lever then line up the keyway
shoe return springs I, 1-27).
in the camshaft with the slot in the lever
and install the key (29·29) and pmch bolt. (g) Install the top shoe return spriii·,J 1"3-27).

(c) Install the anchor pins (6-28), washers (h) Screw in the steady posts (5-22, Iron• the
and nuts and tighten the nuts to 18.7 to rear of the backplate until the brake linings
23.5 kgm (125 to 170 lbft). are square to the backplate then lock the
steady posts with the nuts.
(d) Install the spacing washers (7-28) on
the anchor pins then install the two brake ( i} Position the cables tn the slots in the
shoes (5-27) and adjuster assembly (6-27) anchor brackets.
ensuring that the star wheel is opposite the
slot in the backplate. (j) Install the brake drums and secure with
the two screws.
(e) lnsen the pins (4·28) through the back-
plate and shoes then hold in this position to (k} Adjust the brakes referring to para.6c
install the inner cup washer, spring (13·28) then install the rear wheels and lower the
and outer cup washer. Turn the outer cup tractor to the ground.

Revised 3/75
 GROUP 8
REAR AXLE, BRAKES & DIFFERENTIAL
PAGE 16

6c. ADJUSTMENT 7. DIFFERENTIAL

(a) Ensure that the hand lever is in the 7a.REMOVAL

OFF position then open the backplate covers
(1-26) and turn the adjusters (2-26) until the (a) Remove the rear ax.les referring to pHa.2.
wheels are locked.
(b) Remove the brake discs and pistons
(b) Back oft the adjusters until the drum is referring to para .3.
just free to rotate, A 610 mm (24 in) leverage
(c) Disconnect the I.P.T.O. control lever
from the axle centre I ine can be used to
linkage (1-30) and lift clear of the machine.
determine whether or not the drum is free. To
Disconnect the variable flow control valve
remove any high spots on the brakes.
union (1-31), the unloading and flow control
position the tractor on stands and run the
valve union (2-30) and the three point linkage
engine in 3rd gear, low range with the brake
supply pipe (3-30) then lift the pipe assembly
applied for 20 to 30 seconds.
clear of the machine. Disconnect the oil
(c 1 Apply 27 kg (60 Ib) to pull up the hand cooler return (4-5 GROUP 7) or if an early
lever and count the number of clicks on the machine the pressure regulator unions (5-30 &
ratchet. !f more than three clicks release the 2-31 ). Disconnect the auxiliary valve return
brakE then pull up the lever to the first pipe (4-30). if fitted, at the auxiliary valve
ratchet tooth. and at the MCV then I ift clear of the machine.
(d) Loosen the jam nut (12-29) and turn the (d) Disengage the six-way connectors (6-30)
pivot nut (11-29) until resistance is felt. from rhe bracket, disconnect the oi I pressure
(e) Release the brake then slowly pull up switch (7-6 GROUP 7) or on early machines
the hand lever counting the clicks on the (7-30) and unclip the harness clear of the
ratchet. The brake must be fully applied rear frame cover or lift housing.
when with a force of 27 kg (60 lb) the hand
(e) on ear.ly machines loosen the hose
lever travels two or three clicks up the
clips (3-31) and remove the hose. loosen the
ratchet. locknut (8-30) and unscrew- the regulator
(f) The applied drum brakes should be from the rear frame cover or I ift housing.
capable of stalling the tractor at an engine
(f) Remove the mounting bolts (9-30 &
speed of 1500 rev/min in third gear. low 4-31), securely sling the lift housing then
range.
lift clear of the tractor.

Fig.30 Fig.31

Revised 3/75
GROUP 8
REAR AXLE. BRAKES & DIFFERENTIAL
PAGE 17

Fig.34
Fig.32
7b. DISMANTLING
(g) Disconnect the differential lock control
rod at the bellcrank (1-32). drive out the (a) Remove the bolts (2-35) and lift off the
roll pin (2-32) turning the shaft as necessary bevel gear (1·35).
to ensure that the roll pin does not foul the
pinion bearing housing then withdraw the
(b) Lift off the thrust washer (2-36) and the
outer differentia I beve I gear (3-36 ).
shaft removing the ·o·
ring (1-33). cam
(2-33). fork (3-33) and spring (4-33) as they (c) Push out the pinion shaft (1-37) or
become free to do so. Take care not to lose shafts as appropriate and remove the differ-
the setting washers (6-33). ential pinions (2·37). Lift out the inner
differentia I bevel gear (1-38).
(h) Support the differentia I and bevel gear
assembly (1-34) then remove the bolts
(d) Pull off the bearing cone"(1-39)and lift off
(2-34) and carefully remove the bearing
the differential lock ring (2-39) taking care
housings (3-34) and shims. Keep the shims not to lose the two springs (3-39).
together in packs and measure the thickness
of each pack to aid installation. Remove the (e) Pull the bearing cone (3-35) from the
·o· rings ( 4 & 5-35) from the bearing hous ings. bevel gear.

Fig.33 Fig.35

Revised 3/7?
 GROUP 8
REAR AXLE, BRAKES & DIFFERENTIAL
PAGE 18

Fig.36

7c. ASSEMBLY

(a) lnsta 11 the inner differential bevel gear

(1·38) and thread 1he differential pinion
shaft (1·37) or shaft" as appropriate, through
the carrier and differential pinions aligning
the dowel hole(s).

(b) Install the outer differential bevel gear

(3·36). Smear petroleum jelly on the thrust
washer (2-36) and position the thrust washer
with the rough side toward the bevel gear
face locating the pegs (4·36) in the hole
(5·36).
fA!'lt1·349
(c) Clean the oi I from the differential tapped
holes and bevel gear retaining bolts (2·35)
then apply 'LOCTITE PRIMER T' to the threads. Fig.38
When the primer is dry apply 'LOCTITE 241'
to the carrier and bolt threads then position
the bevel drive gear ( 1-35) on the carrier
assembly, Install the bolts (2-35) with the
extended dowel bolt (1-36) or bolts, to lock
the differential pinion shaft(s). Tighten all
the bolts to a torque of 16 to 17 kgm ( 115 to
125 lbft).

NOTE: Early machines were fitted with lockplates

and type 5 bolts, on assembly these must be
discarded and type 8 bolts only fitted as in
op. (c).

(d) Install the two springs (3·39) and the

differentia I lock ring (2·39). Press on the
bearing cone (1·39).

(e) Press on the bearing cone (3·35). Fig.39

Revised 3/75
GROUP 8
REAR AXLE. BRAKES & DIFFERENTIAL
PAGE 19

7d. INSTALLATION variable flow control valve union (1-31).

unloading and flow control valve union (2·30)
(a) Having established the shim packs and three-point linkage supply pipe (3-30).
required in para.7e to provide correct bearing lnsta 11 and connect the I.P .T .0. control
preload and backlash remove the bearing
lever linkage (1·30).
housings to install new ·o· rings (4 & 5-35)
then finally install the bearing housing.
Remember to support the differential assem- (i) Install the brake discs and pistons
bly each time a bearing housing is removed. referring to para .3.

(b) Assemble the washers (6-33) to the (j) Install the rear axle assemblies referring
differential lock control shaft and install to para.2.
a new outer ·o·
ring (5-33) then thread the
shaft through the rear frame and through
the spring (4-33). Install the fork (3-33)
to the lock ring and thread the shaft through
it. Install the cam (2-33) and ·o· ring (1·33)
onto the shaft then push the shaft home.
7e. ADJUSTMENTS
(c) Turn the shaft to its operating position
1. DIFFERENTIAL BEARING PRELOAD
then push the fork and cam along the shaft
to compress the spring and line up the roll (a) Lower the assembled differential into
pin holes. Drive in the roll pin. the rear frame and support in this position.

(d) Turn the shaft and differential to ensure (b) Install the right bearing housing without
that the lock is engaged then measure ·o· rings or shims and tighten the bolts.
between the lock ring and the differential
casing. The setting is correct when this (c) Install the left bearing housing without
measurement is between 0.025 and 0.89 mm ·o· rings but complete with both shim packs
that were removed, remove the support from
(0.001 and 0.035 in). The setting is adJusted
the differential assembly then progressively
by changing the thickness of the washers
tighten the bolts until end float can just
(6·33). two thicknesses of washer being
be felt on the assembly.
available.

(e) Adjust the differential lock pedal refer· (d) Wrap string around the differential lock
ring to ADJUSTMENTS. ring and, ensuring that the range gears are
in neutral if the bevel pinion is in position,
(f) Lower the lift housing into position on measure the pull required to keep the assem-
the rear frame and secure with the bolts bly rotating.
(9-30 & 4·31 ).
(e) Tighten the bolts on the left bearing
(g) On early machines screw the regulator housing and again measure the pull required
into the housing, install the hose and tighten to keep the assembly rotating. Add or remove
the hose clips (3·31) then tighten the locknut shims as necessary until this pull is 2 to
(8·30). Clip the harness to the lift housing, 6.5 kg (4.5 to 14.5 lb) greater than the free
connect the oil pressure switch (7·6 GROUP 7) rolling pull obtained in op.(d).
or on early machines (7·30) and engage the A variation in shim thickness of 0.025mm
six-way connectors (6-30) into the bracket. (0.001 in) alters the pull by approximately
0.64 kg (1 lb). Shims are available in
(h) Connect the oil cooler return (4-5 GROUP thicknesses of 0.076 mm (0.003 in). 0.17 mm
7) or if an early machine the pressure (0.007 in). 0.30 mm (0.012 in) and 0.76 mm
regulator unions (5·30 & 2-31 ). Connect the (0.030 in).
auxiliary valve return pipe (4-30), if fitted, Remember to support the differentia 1
at the MCV and at the auxiliary valve. assembly each time a bearing housing is to
Position the pipe assembly and connect the be removed.

Revised 3/75
 GROUP 8
REAR AXLE, BRAKES & DIFFERENTIAL
PAGE 20

2. BEVEL GEAR BACKLASH 3. DIFFERENTIAL LOCK PEDAL

(a) ThA backlash figure is etched on the (a) Rotate the nut (5-40) until the threaded
outer machined surface of the bevel gear and end of the eyebolt (6-40) is flush with the
will be between 0.152 and 0.304 mm (0.006 nut.
and 0.012 in).
(b) With the rod (2-40) disconnected turn the
(b) Split the shim pack established in
lever ( 1-40) to the engaged position. Turn
sub-para.1 so that the same thickness shim
one wheel to ensure internal engagement
pack as was removed is under the right
of pins.
bearing housing and the remaining shims are
under the left bearing housing. Ensure that
some backlash does exist while the left (c) Position the pedal (4-40) in the engaged
bearing housing bolts are being tightened. position, fully down to the footplate or matt.
Adjust the length of the rod (2-40) unti I it
(c) Mount a dial indicator to the rear frame
slides freely into the lever (1-40) and secure
with the stylus square to and bearing against
with the cotter pin.
the flank of a bevel gear tooth as close to
the outside diameter as possible.

(d) Engage high range to lock the bevel (d) Return the pedal to the disengaged posi-
pinion shaft then rock the bevel gear back tion and adjust the stop bolt (3-40) to give a
and forth noting the total indicator reading. pedal height (A-40) of 137 mm (5.4 in) from
Turn the bevel gear and repeat the check the footplate or matt when the stop bolt is
every goo. The difference between these against the underside of the footplate.
readings must not exceed 0.101 mm(0.004 in).

(e) To increase backlash transfer shims (e) Check that the pedal returns freely to
from the rfght bearing housing to the left the disengaged position. If necessary adjust
side and conversely to decrease backlash nut (5-40) until the pedal will return unassist-
transfer shims from the left side to the right ed then turn the nut two more turns and lock
until the backlash is within limits. with the rear nut. lt may be necessary to
THE TOTAL THICKNESS OF SHIMS MUST rock the rear wheel back and forth to rei ieve
NOT BE ALTERED AS THIS WILL AFFECT THE side load on internal pins when adjusting
BEARING PRELOAD. spring tension.

~-~ I~TI @Tr "'" -

514-341
' ~ -:-r-~-_;"~\
L-
Fig. 40

Revised 3/75
 SERVICE BULLETIN REFERENCE

Number Date Changes

 Pa~e l'!umbers
GROUP 9
z
FRONT AXLE "'~ ·0
>=
"'
....
z
w
-' >-
-' .... <t 2
& STEERING <t
>
,")
<t
z -'
"':;,
-'
-'
<t
....
....
"'--,
::J

"' "'"'"'<t
"'"
w ~ "'~ 0
0 <t
CONTENTS

FRONT HUBS 5 - - 5 -

TIE-RCDS 6 6 6 6 -

STEERING KNUCKLES 7 7 7 7 -

TOE-I'II - - - - 8

FRONT AXLE 8 8 9 9 -

STEERING CYLINDER 9 10 10 10 -
'

INTEGRAL STEERING VALVE 11 - - 25 -

CANFOSS VALVE - 13 19 - -

flOSS VALVE - 16 18 -
GROUP 9
FRONT AXLE & STEERING
PAGE 1

unit with a directional control valve of the axial

1. DESCRIPTION
spool type.
la. FRONT AXLE Pressurised fluid from the MCV pump is
fed to a priority flow divider. This ensures a
The front axle is of the adjustable type
constant flow of 11 1/min (2.5 gal/min) to the
pivoted at the centre to the front bolster. Ba 11
steering circuit through the port (F~1) and through
thrust bearings assembled to the steering
the check valve (B·l ). Return flow from the
knuckles carry the weight and ensure light and system pa;ses through the I.P.T.O .. oil cooler
easy steering, The wheels are mounted on and TA or F/R circuits from the port (G~I) and
adjustable taper roller bearings which are pro- returns to the rear frame. A relief valve {A-1)
tected by seals against the ingress of dirt and between the flow divider and the check valve
water. limits the pressure in the system.
lb. POWER STEERING CIRCUIT
Turning the steering wheel moves the
The power steering is of the hydrostatic
type, there being no mechanical connection directional control valve so that fluid flow is dir-
ected to the inlet of the metering section passing
between the steering wheel and front axle. The
system is composed of an integral steering valve through the metering section and spool to the
on the steering wheel shaft and a balanced steering cylinder (D~l) which supplies the
hydraulic cylinder mounted on the front bolster. required steering effort according to the rate of
The Oanfoss integral steering valve consists of steering wheel turn. The only effort required is
a gerotor~type internal gear metering section that which is necessary to overcome the spool
and directional control valve of the rotary spool centring device.
type in one unit. Earlier machines had a Ross Manual steering is accomplished in the

f
514-33

Fig.1
 GROUP 9
FRONT AXLE & STEERING
PAGE 2

same manner except that there is no power A drive shaft (7-2) links the rotor gear to the
assistance. When the steering wheel is turned outer sleeve through a cross pin (2-2), and
the metering section, which now acts as a pump, centring plate springs (1-2) link the spool
delivers fluid through the spool to the steering to the sleeve, A ball check valve (4-2) is
cylinder. A check valve in the assembly allows positioned between the pressure inlet and
fluid returning from the steering cylinder to flow return ports.
to the metering section to complete the circuit.
When there is no supply from the engine driven 2. POWER STEERING OPERATION
pump, the check valve (B·1) closes and isolates When the steering wheel is stationary
the steering system input from the priority flow and the rotary valve is in the neutral posi-
divider. Any fluid loss in the steering system tion the valve ports are open allowing free
during manual steering is made good by fluid flow through the neutra I partings in the valve
drawn from the return check valve (E-1 ). sleeve and spool. Turning the steering wheel
results in the spool being turned relative to
le, DANFOSS STEERING VALVE the sleeve. The channels to the steering
cylinder partings gradually open at a rota-
1. DESCRIPTION
tion of a bout 1.5 degrees and are com-
The valve consists of a metering section, pletely open at about 6 degrees. After
which also serves as an emergency manual 4 degrees the neutral partings close.
pump, made up of a fixed outer ring (8·2) The flow through the metering section
with internal teeth and an inner rotor (9-2) results in the rotation of the rotor gear and
with external teeth. The metering section is the feeding of a volume of fluid to the
mounted eo-axially with a rotary servo valve steering cylinder which is directly pro·
consisting of an outer sleeve (6-2) and an portional to the angular movement of the
inner spool (5·2), the inner spool being steering wheel. When the angular movement
splined directly onto the steering column. of the rotor coincides with that of the

514·117

1. Plate springs 4. Check ball 7. Drive shaft

2. Cross pin 5. Spool 8. Outer ring
3. Valve body 6. Sleeve 9. Inner rotor
Fig.2 Cross Section of Danfoss Valve
GROUP 9
FRONT AXLE & STEERING
PAGE 3

ht Turn With Power

Supply pressure

Me:ered pressure

Reservoir pressure

Left Turn

Neutral

Supply pressure

Locked in oi I

Reservoir pressure

Turn Manual

Reservoir pressure

Metered pressure

I__ _

Left Turn 514-116

Fig.3
 GROUP 9
FRONT AXLE & STEERING
PAGE 4

steering wheel the partings in the sleeve made up of a fixed outer ring (7-4) with internal
and spool will be closed due to the teeth and an inner rotor (9-4) with external teeth
mechanical feed-back from the rotor gear to and spring loaded vanes 18-4). The metering
the outer s.leeve through the drive shaft and section is mounted eo-axially with a spool valve
cross pin •./ (5-4). a drive link (6'4) splines into both the spool
and rotor. The spool is connected to the steering
3. MANUAL STEERING OPERATION
shaft 11-4) only by the steel bail 12-4) which
TUrning the steering wheel results in rides in a scroll cut in the steering shaft. Initial
the spool being turned relative to the sleeve turning of the steering wheel rolls the ball along
the scroll moving the spool axially against the
unti 1 at 8 degrees the spool contacts the
cross pin which drives the outer sleeve and
centring spring 13-4). When the ball reaches the
through the drive shaft rotates the rotor gear. end of the scroll the steering shaft is locked to
In this way the metering section acts as a th~ spool and as long as the steering shaft is
hand pump supplying pressure fluid to the turned the spool wi 11 be held in a steering
steering cylinder. Return fluid from the other position. When the shaft is held stationary the
side of the steering cylinder is able to open spool wi 11 be centred by the centring spring and
the check valve and fluid is. admitted to the the steering system wi 11 return to a neutral
suction side of the metering section. condition.
Fig.3 shows the flow through the unit The recirculating check ball 14-4) is held on
in various steering positions. its seat by pressurised fluid during power steer-
ing. However, when power assistance is not
1d, ROSS STEERING VALVE
available fluid returning from the steering cylinder
This valve consists of a metering section, lifts the ball off its seat so that the fluid can
which also serves as an emergency manual pump, return to the metering section.

2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

514-114

1. Steering shaft 4. Check ball 7. Cuter ring

2. Ball 5. Spool s. Vanes
3. Centring spring 6, Drive link 9. Inner rotor
Fig.4 Cross Section of Ross Valve
GROUP 9
FRONT AXLE & STEERING
PAGE 5

2b. INSTALLATION

(a) Press new bearing cups and wear r1ng

into the hub if these were removed.

(b) Pack the inner bearing cup and cone with

grease and lift the wheel into place.

(c) Pack the outer bearing cup and cone with

grease then install the outer bearing cone,
washer and nut (2-G). Do not pack the hub
with grease.
(d) Tighten the adjusting nut on swept back
axles to 6.9 kgm (50 lbft), on .;traight axles
to 9.7 kgm (70 lbft) while rotating the wheel.
Back off the adjusting nut, then re-torque the
nut on swept back axle·> to 4.2 kgm (30 lbft).
and on straight axles to 6.9 kgm (50 lbft).
Fig.5 Back off the adjusting nut 1/4 turn from ~his
position then install the cotter p:.n backing
2. FRONT HUBS oft as necessary to align the cotter pin hole
2a. REMOVAL and secure the cotter pin.

(a) Raise the front end of the tractor unti I (e) Install the hub Gap to the V>h•,al hub. Do
the wheels are clear of the ground. no: pock the hub cap w;th grease.

(b) Remove the hub cap ( 1·5).

(c) Remove the cotter pin (3·6). nut (2-6)

and washer (1-6).

(d) Remove the outer lJearing cone then lift

off the whee I.

(e) If inspection proves it necessary. pull

the wear ring and bearing cups from the wheel
hub.

Fig.G Fic.7
 GROUPS
FRONT AXLE & STEERING
PAGE 6

--A

- - - --- -----B

514-40 B

Fig.S

3. TIE RODS 3d. I NSTALLA T1 ON

3a. REMOVAL (a) Set the centre line of the steering cyl in-
der lower arm in line with the centre line of
Remove the cotters and slotted nuts (1-7)
then disconnect the tie rod. If necessary free the tractor and align the chisel marks (6 & 7'
8) on the steering arm and sleeve. Connect
the ball ends with a sharp blow from a soft
hammer on the side of the mounting arm socket
the extending ends of the tie-rods to the
steering knuckle, extending the tie-rods as
in line with the centre line of the mounting arm.
necessary to suit the axle setting, then
tighten the bolt (2-9) ensuring it correctly
locates in the ball end rod. Adjust the inner
3b. DISMANTLING
ball ends, equally, as necessary until they
can easily be connected to the steering
(a) Loosen the bolt (2-9), after slackening
cylinder I ower arm.
the locknut, then withdraw the ball end and
rod assembly from the tie-rod tube (3-9).
(b) Tighten the nuts (1-7) to 7.0 tu 13.8 kgm
(50 to 100 lbft) or on the swept back axle
(b) Bend back the lockwasher (4-9) then
tighten to 2.9 to 9.6 kgm (20 to 70 lbft).
slacken the nut (5-9) and screw out the inner
If necessary tighten the nuts further to line
ball end (6-9).
up the cotter pin holes. DO NOT back off
the nut.
3c. ASSEMBLY
(c) Adjust the toe-in referring to para. 4e.
(a) Fully insert the ball end and rod assem-
bly ( 1-9) into the tube (3-9) then secure with

~~~~~
the bolt (2-9) and locknut.

v~~
(c) With the locknut (5-9) and washer (4-9)
on the inner ball end screw the assembly J, I
51.-]92
into the tube (3-9) until the distance between
ball joint centres is approximately 495 mm
(19.5 in) with the ball ends at 180 degrees
to each other. Fig.9

Revised 3/75
GROUP 9
FRONT AXLE & STEERING
PAGE 7

TA':H·:.l(l'
TA!314-361

Fig.10 Fig.11

4. STEERING KNUCKLES
(b) Press in the thrust bearing so that the
4a. REMOVAL chamferred side will be toward the steering
knuckle.
(a) Remove the front hubs as detailed in
para.2a. (c) Press the oil seal (3-11 )onto the steering
knuckle so thatthe plain side will be toward
(b) Support the steering knuckle then remove the wheel hub and 1.5 mm (0.06 in) below
the pinch bolt (2-7) and pry off the steering the surface.
arm n-7).
(d) Press the inner bearing cone (4-11)
(c) Remove the key (1-10) then carefully onto the knuckle.
withdraw the steering knuckle.
(e) Install the felt washer (2-11).
4b. DISMANTLING

(a) Remove the felt washer (2-11 ), inner 4d. I"JSTALLA TION
bearing cone (4-11) and oil seal (3-11) from
the steering knuckle.
(a) Install the steering knuckle into the
(b) Remove the thrust bearing and, if steering sleeve ensuring that the felt
inspection proves it necessary, the bushes washer has fully entered the counterbore
from the steering sleeve (1-11 ). then install the key (1-10).

4c. ASSEMSLY (b) Install the steering arm (3-7) and secure
with the pinch bolt.
(a) Press new bushes into the steering
sleeve, if these were removed, with the open (c) Install the front hubs as detailed in
ends of the grooves inward. Press in the para.2b.
bushes until 1.5 mm (0.06 in) below the
surface. (d) Adjust the toe-in as detailed in para.4e.
 GROUP 9
FRONT AXLE & STEERING
PAGE 8

4e. ADJUSTMENT (TOE-IN)

(a) Set the axle at minimum tread then with

the tractor on I eve I ground set the centre
I ine of the steering cylinder lower arm (2·12)
in I i ne with the centre I ine of the tractor.

(b) Chalk mark the forward edges of the

wheel rims at hub height and measure the
distance between them (A-8). Turn the
wheels through one half revolution so that
the marks are at the rear and at hub height
then measure the distance (8-8). The measur-
ement at 8 must be 5 to 8 mm (3/16 to
5/16 in) greater than A.

(c) To adjust the wheel alignment, slacken

the nut (1-8) and loosen the bolt (4-8) on Fig.12
each tie-rod. Turn each tie-rod tube (3-8)
an equal amount until the distance between (c) Remove the bolts (5-8) and loosen the
the wheels is as specified in op. (b). Tighten bolt (4-8) at each side then remove the axle
the bolts (4·8) ensuring they locate correctly extensions clear of the tractor.
in the ball end rod, when checking the
(d) Disconnect the steering cylinder hoses
adjustment.
(1-12).
(d) If the original axle extensions and steer-
ing arms have been installed then the chisel (e) Remove the pivot pin retaining bolts (4-
marks on the steering arms (6-8) and on the 12), or on early machines remove the pivot
sleeves (7-8) should now be in line. pin lockplate at the rear of the bolster,
then with a trolley jack support under the
(e) If new axle extensions hence new sleeves steering cylinder lower arm (2-12).
and/or new steering arms have been installed
these new parts will require marking and (f) Withdraw the pivot pin (3-12) then
should be done at this stage. carefully lower the axle assembly clear of
the tractor.
(f) When the adjustment is satisfactory
tighten the bolt (4-8) to 8.3 to 9 kgrn (60 to
65 lbft) and its locknut to 3.5 to 4 kgm (25 to
30 lbft). With the peg on the washer (2-8) 5b. DISMANTLING
located in the tube tighten the nut (1-8) and (a) Remove the cotters from the nuts (5-13)
bend the washer over to lock the nut. and remove the tie-rods.

5. FRONT AXLE (b) Remove the cotter from the pin (1-13)
and withdraw the pin.
5a. REMOVAL
(c) Remove the bolts (2:13) and lockstrip
(a) Remove the front end weights, if fitted,
then lift off the lower arr;; (3-13).
then remove the gri lie support referring to
GROUP 2. (d) Remove the steering cylinder and upper
arm then. separate the upper arm (7-13) from
(b) Block the rear wheels to prevent move-
the steering cylinder.
ment then support the front of -the tractor
under the engine crankcase clear of the front (e) If inspection proves it necessary,
bolster so that the front wheels are just remove the bushes (4-13) from the upper and
c Iear of the ground. lower anns.

Revised 3/75
GROUP 9
FRONT AXLE & STEERING
PAGE 9

(g) Install the tie-rods, tightening the nuts

on the swept back axle to 2.8 to 9.6 kgm
(20 to 70 lbft) or on the straight axle to
7.0 to 13.8 kgm (50 to 100 lbft). If necessary
tighten the nuts further to line up the cotter
pin holes. DO NOT back off.

5d. INSTALLATION

(a) Lift the axle into position on the bolster,

line up the holes and push in the pivot pin
(3-12).

(b) Secure the pivot pin with the retaining

bolts (4·12) or on early machines lock the
pivot pin at the rear of the bolster with the
lockplate and bolt
Fig.13
(c) Connect the steering. cylinder hoses
( 1-12).
(f) If inspection proves it necessary,
remove the front and rear pivot pin bushes (d) Install the axle extensions and tie-rod
(6·13) and steering pivot bushes from the ends. Install the bolts (5-8) and tighten to
front axle. a torque of 34 to 37.5 kgm (246 to 272 lbft).
Tighten the bolt (4-8) to a torque of 8.3 to
5c. ASSEMBLY 9 kgm (60 to 65 lbft) and its locknut to
3.5 to 4 kgm ( 25 to 3J lbft).
(a) Press new pivot pin bushes (6-13), if
these were removed into the axle untii (e) Remove the support from under the engine
0.8 mm (0.03 in) below the surface ensuring crankcase and the blocks from the rear
that the grease nipple holes are lined up wheels.
with the holes in the axle.
(f) Run the engine and turn the wheels from
(b) Press new steering pivot bushes, if full lock one way to full lock the other way
these were removed, into the axle unti I at least twelve times to purge any air from
1.5 mm (0.06 in) below the surface with the the system and check for leaks.
open ends of the grooves inward.
(g) Install the grille support referring to
(c) Press new bushes (4-13). if these were GROUP 2 and front end weights if required.
removed, into the upper and lower arms so
6. STEERING CYLINDER
that the bush on the upper arm is flush with
the outer face. and the bush on the \pwer arm 6a. REMOVAL
is flush with the inner face.
(a I Remove the front end weights. if fitted,
(d) Locate the upper arm (7-13) on the then remove the grille support referring to
steering cylinder then position the assembly GROUP 2.
on the axle.
(b) Disconnect the steering cylinder hoses
(e) Enter the steering pivot pin of the lower ( 1-12).
arm (3-13) through the steering pivot bushes
on the axle then locate the arm on the steer- (c) Remove the cotter from the pin (1-13)
ing cylinder at the same time as the pivot and withdraw the pin.
pin is located in the upper arm. Secure the
lower arm to the upper arm with the lockstrip (d) Support the steering cylinder in position
and bolts (2-13) then bend the tabs up against remove the bolts (2-13) and lockstrip then
the bol IS. lift off the lower arm (3-13).

(f) Install the pin (1-13) and secure with the (e) Free the steering cylinder from the
cotter pin. upper arm (7-13) and lift clear of the tractor.

Revised 3/75
 GROUP 9
FRONT AXLE & STEERING
PAGE 10

(b) Install the back-up washer (4-14) and

·o· ring (5-14) to the inside of the cylinder
heads with the ·o· ring toward the piston.

(c) Install the wiper seal (3·14) with the

lips outward.

(d) Install the back-up washer (7-14) and

·o· ring (8·14) to the outside of the cylinder
heads with the ·o· ring toward the piston.

(e) Thread the cylinder heads onto the

Fig.14 piston rod and into the cylinder.
(f) Grip the cylinder in a soft jawed vice
(f) Tie· the upper arm up to the axle to so that the retaining ring grooves are acces-
avoid damage to the tie-rods. sible and just tight enough to prevent the
cylinder turning but DO NOT overtighten.

6b. DISMANTLING (g) Turn each cylinder head so that the hole
in the retaining ring groove is visible then
(a) Work the piston back and forth to expel enter the hooked end of the retaining ring
all the fluid. (10·14) into the hole.
(b) Hold the piston rod (11-14) by the flats (h) Turn each cylinder head, using a suitable
(14-14) and screw off the clevis (1-14). peg spanner, to wind the retaining rings into
Remove the ·o·ring (2-14). the grooves in the cylinder heads.
(c) Grip the cylinder in a soft jawed vice so (i) Install the ·o· ring (2·14) and clevis
that the retaining ring grooves are acces· (1-14). use the flats (14·14) on the piston
sible and just tight enough to prevent the rod to tighten the clevis to a torque of
cylinder turning but DO NOT overtighten as 23.5 to 25 kgm (170 to 180 lbft).
this may distort the cylinder and render it
(j) To check the cylinder connect to a
unserviceable.
pressure supply of I.H. HY-TRAN fluid fed
(d) Remove the retaining rings (10-14) by through a directioned control valve and
turning the heads (6-14) with a suitable peg operate at least four times in each direction.
spanner and working the retaining rings out Next, apply 140 kg/cm2 (2000 lb/in2) for
of their grooves. 10 seconds when the cylinder is completely
extended one way and again when extended
(e) Tap the cylinder along the piston to the other way and· check for I eaks. No
remove the heads from each end then with- leakage should be observed.
draw the piston.
Gd. INSTALLATION
(f) Remove the seal ring (13-14) and ·o·
ring (12-14) from the piston. (a) Remove the tieing from the upper arm
and locate the steering cylinder in position
(g) Remove the ·o·
ring (8-14) and back-up with the pipe connector on the clevis upward.
washer (7-14) from the outside of the cylinder
heads and the wiper seal (3-14), back-up (b) Enter the steering pivot pin of the lower
washer (4-14) and '0' ring (5-14) from the arm (3-13) through the steering pivot bushes
inside of the cylinder heads. on the axle then locate the arm on the
steering cylinder at the same time as the
6c. ASSEMBLY pivot pin is located in the upper arm. Secure
the lower arm to the upper arm with the
(a) Install the ·o·
ring (12-14) and seal
bolts (2-13) and locktabs.
ring (13-14) to the piston then enter the
piston rod assembly (11-14) into the cylinder (c) Install the pin (1-13) and secure with
(9-14). the cotter pin.

Rev1sed 3/75
 GROUP 9
FRONT AXLE & STEERING
PAGE 11

Fig.16

Fig.15 pin (1-17). Remove the friction plate (2·17)

and lower friction disc (3-17).

(d) Connect the steering cylinder hoses (d) Carefully lift the control lever to remove
(1-12). the upper friction disc (4-17) and leave the
control rod arm (5-17) free.
(e) Run the engine and turn the wheels from
full lock one way to full lock the other way (e) Disconnect the oil pressure gauge (6-17)
at least twelve times to pur_ge any air from then remove the bolts (7-17) and lift the
the system and check for leaks. upper instrument panel clear.

(f) Install the grille support referring to

GROUP 2 and front end weights if required.

7. INTEGRAL STEERING VALVE

7a. REMOVAL

(a) Remove the hoodsheet, rear side panels,

battery and battery support.
(b) Pry off the steering wheel cap ( 1-15),
remove the nut underneath then using a suit-
able steering wheel puller, refer to Fig. 16,
remove the steering wheel from the shaft.
The dimensions for a simple puller to make
in the workshop so that use can be mad~ of
the two 1/4 in U.N.F. tapped holes in the
steering wheel boss will be found in GROUP
1.
NOTE: If a steering wheel puller is not used,
it is possible to damage the circlip that locates
the steering shaft in its housing.

{c) Press down on the engine speed control

lever (1-15) then drive out the lowest roll
Fig.17

Revised 3/75
 GROUP 9
FRONT AXLE & STEERING
PAGE 12

Fig.20

(f) Remove the screws (2-15) and ease the

lower panel clear of the steering shaft.

(g) Disconnect the pipes (1-18) then remove

the bolts (2-18) and lower the valve clear
Fig.18 of the tractor.

Fig.19 Fig.21

Revised 3/75
GROUP 9
FRONT AXLE & STEERING
PAGE 13

Fig.22 Fig.23

7b. DISMANTLING

1. DANFOSS VALVE
(a) Remove the bolts (1·19) and lift off the
steering column.

{b) Clamp the valve in a vice and remove

the end plate bolts. The bolt (1·20) has a roll
pin in the end to restrain the check ball.

(c) Remove the end plate and rotor set

(1·21). spacer (2·21). distributor plate (3·21)
and drive shaft (4·21).

(d) Remove the ·o· rings (5·21) either side

of the outer ring.

(e) Remove the ·o· ring (1-22) and screw

out the thread bushing (2·22).

(f) Remove the housing from the vice

I
and shake out the check ball (1-23). The ball
can come out of the inlet port (3-22) so care
must be taken to keep this port facing upward.

{g) Position the housing so that the cross

pin in the spool and sleeve {1-24) is hori-
zonta I, thus prevents the pin dropping into
the housing partings, then push vut the
spool and sleeve assembly.
 GROUP 9
FRONT AXLE & STEERING
PAGE 14

Fig.27

Fig,25
(h) Remove the ax ia I washer { 1-25 ), bearing
{2-25). race {3-25) and ring {4-25) from the
spool and sleeve assembly.

(I) Remove the cross pin ( 1-27) if necessary

using a thinner pin (1-26) such as the roll
prn in the end plate bolt (1-20).

{11 Push the spool along the sleeve (1-28)

then fully withdraw the spool (1-29).

Fig.28

Fig.26 Fig.29
GROUP 9
FRONT AXLE & STEERING
PAGE 15

• -I I

Fig.30

•
"
.i
.{

TA515·48

(k) Press the plate springs across the spool

(1-30) then completely withdraw the springs Fi g.32
(1-31 ).

(I) Remove the ·o·ring and kin ring (1-32)

and the seal ring (2-32) from the housing.
Fig.33 shows the valve completely dis-
mantled.

Fig.31 Fig.33
 GROUP 9
FRONT AXLE & STEERING
PAGE 16

TA5l4-367

Fig.34 Fig.37

2. ROSS VALVE

(a) Slacken the bolts (1-34) and separate

the pump (2-34) from the valve.

(b) Lift off the seal retainer (1·35) and seal

12-35).

(c) Lift off the spacer (1-36) and remove the

drive I ink (1-37).

(d) Remove the bolts (2-37) then slide off

the rotor set (3-37) taking care to keep the
rotor (1-38) within the stator (2-38).

(e) Remove the manifold (3-38) then lift off

the outer (1-39) and inner (2·39) parts of
the commutator assembly.
Fig.35

-
.
-- ....
~
.. -
~-
"'-~

-
--. /

TA~14-3G9

Fig.38
GROUP 9
FRONT AXLE & STEERING
PAGE 17

(f) Remove the washer (1-40) from the end

cover pin (2-40).

(g) Rel]love the screws (1-41 ), lift off the

upper cover (2-41) and withdraw the spool
assembly.

Fig.42

Fig.39

Fig.43

Fig.40

Fog.41 Fig.44
 GROUP 9
FRONT AXLE & STEERING
PAGE 18

Fig.47

(j) Remove the shim(s) (1-47) then remove

Fig.45
the circlip (1-42). thrust washer (2-47),
thrust bearing (3-47), thrust washer (4-47)
and spacer (5-47).
(h) Remove the seal ring (2-42) from the base
(k) Remove the plug and pin assembly
of the upper cover.
(2-48) and recirculating check ball beneath.
1i) Remove the shield from the upper cover
7c. ASSEMBLY
then remove the felt bushing (1-43), circlip
(1-44). washer (2·44). nylon ring (1·45), Lubricate all parts with l.f-'. HY-TRAN flu1d
back-up ring (1-46) and packing block during assembly.
beneath.
•. ROSS VALVE
NOTE: The needle bearing is a non-serviceable
itern. (a) Slide on the spacer (5-47). thrust washer
(4-47). thrust bearing (3-47) and thrust
washer (2-47) then secure with the c~rclip
11-42).

F•g.46
GROUP 9
FRONT AXLE & STEERING
PAGE 19

(b) Position the spool in the body and install

the unassembled upper cover to the body
tightening the screws to 2.5 to 3 kgm (18 to
22 lbft). Measure the end float on the steer-
ing shaft (1-48) then select shims (1-47) to
provide an end float of between 0 and
0.063 mm (0 and 0.0025 in). Repeat the check
with the shims in place then remove the
cover ready for assembly.

(c) Install the recirculating check ball and

plug (2-48) then tighten the plug to 1.4 to
1.9 kgm (10 to 14 lbft).

(d) Install the packing block with the lips

to the inside and the back-up ring (1-46).

(e) Install the nylon ring (1-45), washer

(2-44) and circlip (1-44).

(f) 1\ssemble the seal ring (2-42) to the

upper cover, mask the splines and threads
of the steering shaft then install the upper
cover to the valve body tightening the
saews to 2.5 to 3 kgm ( 18 to 22 lbft ). Remove
the masking from the splines and threads
of the steering shaft.
Fig.49
(g) Install the felt bushing (1-43) and the
shield.

(h) Install the washer (1-40) on the end

cover pin (2-40) then install the inner (2-39)
and outer 11-39) parts of the commutator
assembly.

li) Install the mounting bolts (2-37) through

the end cover and outer part of the commuta-
tor assembly to aid alignment then install
the manifold (1-38) and rotor set 13-37).

IJ) Position the drive link 11-37) in the rotor

(1-38) with the peg in the slot in the com-
mutator inner part.

(I<) Install the spacer 11-36), seal 12-35)

and seal retainer (1-35).

I I) Position the pump on the valve body

entering the drive link in the spool splines
then tighten the bolts 11-34) to 2.5 to 3 kg m
118to22 lbft).

2. DANFOSS VALVE

(a) Assemble the spool to the sleeve with

the slots 11-49) aligned. Fig. 50
 GROUP 9
FRONT AXLE & STEERING
PAGE 20

Fig. 52

Fig.51

(b) Pass the specia I tool I.H.8421 ( 1-50)

through the slots (1·49) then position the
ends of the plate springs in the end of the
tool while compressing the protruding ends
(2·50) of the springs.

(c) Feed the mounting tool and springs

through the slot in the spool unti I the pro-
truding end is held in the sleeve (Fig.51).

(d) Remove the spring mounting tool and

centralize the springs in the spool and
sleeve. rr
(e) Install the cross pin ensuring that the
ends are flush (Fig.52).

(f) Install the ring (1·53). bearing race

' Fig.53
--:-,.
GROUP 9
FRONT AXLE & STEERING
PAGE 21

Fig.54 Fig.56

(1-54) with chamfer to the spool. needle

and mount the kin ring to it. Position this
bearing (1-55) and axial washer (1-56). assembly on the pin on the inner spindle of
the assembly tool MS 62 (Fig. 57).
(g) Grease the ·o· ring with petroleum jelly

TA515-52

1n.~. 1-1-1:-c"

I Fig. 55 Fig. 57

Revised 3/75
 GROUP 9
FRONT AXLE & STEERING
PAGE 22

Fig.58

(h) Clamp the housing in the vice and

insert the assembly tool bushing (Fig.58)
until it bottoms.

Fig.60

(i) Enter the spindle into the bushing

(Fig.59).

(j) Press in the spindle while rotating

(Fig.60) until the '0' ring and kin ring is
felt to jump into place. Hold the bushing
in place while rotating and withdrawing the
spindle.

TA515·54

Fig. 59 Fig.61
GROUP 9
FRONT AXLE & STEERING
PAGE 23

Fig.62 Fig.63

(k) Remove the bushing and check that the

·o· ring and kin ring are correctly positioned.
Install the seal ring (2-32).

(I) Mount the housing in the vice (Fig.61)

and with the cross pin kept horizontal
(1-61) carefully insert the spool and sleeve
assembly using a slight rotary motion.

(m) Mount the housing as in Fig.62 and

insert the check ball. Screw in the thread
bushing (Fig.22).

(n) Grease the ·o· ring (1-63) with petroleum

jelly and install to the housing.

(o) Turn the sleeve assembly within the

housing so that the cross pin is at right
angles to the pipe connection face using the
drive shaft (Fig.64 ).
 GROUP 9
FRONT AXLE & STEERING
PAGE 24

Cl
) ' : ...:1!1!!1.
I I I~~
I I l
... 1~1 !
tt
1.1
I I
I I
I .lv
L~_j

Fig.67
Fig.65

(p) Install the ·o· rings (1-66) to both faces

of the rotor set outer ring then position the
distributor plate and rotor set with one of
the hollows in the rotor parallel to the pipe
connection face. Fig.65 shows the correct
position of the rotor set in relation to the
pipe connection face and cross pin. The
cross pin is shown dotted.

(q) Install the drive shaft, spacer (2-21)

and end plate then position the roll pin
bolt and washer in the hole shown in Fig.67
to restrain the check ball,

(r) Install the remaining bolts and washers

then tighten all the end plate bolts to 3.0 to
3.5 kgm (260 to 300 I bin).

(s) Install the steering column.

GROUP 9
FRONT AXLE & STEERING
PAGE 25

7d. INSTALLATION the lever to compress the spring noting that

the centre roll pin locates in a slot in the
(a) Position the valve in the bracket and control rod arm (5-17), and drive in the
secure with the bolts (2-18). Connect the lowest roll pin (1-17).
pipes (1-18).

(b) Position the lower instrument panel and (e) Locate the steering wheel on the steering
secure with the screws (2-15). Position the shaft, secure with the nut then install the
upper instrument panel and secure with the steering wheel cap (1-15).
bolts (7-17) then connect the oi I pressure
gauge (6-17). (f) Install the battery support and battery.

(c) Move down the engine speed control

lever at the same time locating the control (g) Run the engine and operate the steering
rod arm (5-17) and upper friction disc (4-17) from full lock one way to full lock the other
above the bracket and on the control lever. at least 12 times to purge any air from the
system anc check for leaks.
(d) Locate the lower friction disc (3-17)
and friction plate (2-17) on the lever and (h) Install the rear side panels and hood-
underneath the bracket then press down on sheet.
 . -- ----------

Page Numbers
GROUP 10
(9 z 0~
HYDRAULIC -'
z
:J
....z >-
0
i=
<1:
zz
q:w
<1: -' -' (9~
SYSTEM >
0
<1:
::;;
"'
::;;
w
-'
~·
zcn
-=>
>----,
:2
w
(f) (f)
(f)
(f)
z cno
cc 0 <1: ~<I:
CONTENTS
MULTIPLE CONTROL VALVE 8 - - 16 -
HYDRAULIC Fl LTER - 9 16 - -
HYDRAULIC PUMPS - 9 15 - -
L P.T.O. CONTROL VALVE - 12 1_5 - -
I.P.T.O. REGULATOR VALVE - 12 15 - -
OIL COOLER BY-PASS VALVE - 12 15 - -
STEERING SAFETY VALVE - 13 15 - -
STEERING RETUHN CHECK VALVE - 13 15 - -
PRIORITY FLOW DIVIDER - 13 14 - -
PILOT RELIEF VALVE - 14 14 - -
STEERING CHECK VALVE - 14 14 - -
UNLOADING AND FLOW CONTROL
VALVE 16 - - 19 -
UNLOADING VALVE - 17 18 - -
FLOW CONTROL VALVE - 18 18 - -
CHECK VALVE - 18
•
18 - -
RETAININ<3 PIN - 18 18 - -
LIFT HOUSING 19 - - L8 29
CONTROL LEVERS - 21 27 - -
VARIAi3LE FLOW CONTRQJ.. VALVe - 21 27 - -
LIFT CYLINDER - - 22 26 - -
ROCKSHAFT - 24 26 - -
BEARINGS - 25 26 - -
TORQUE AMPLIFIER AND FORWARD/
REVeRSE PUMP 30 - - 31 -
TRANSFER PUMP 32 - - 32 -
TROUBLE SHOOTING - - .- - 33
SYMPTOMS AND CAUS~S - - - 49

Revised 3/75
 GROUP 10
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
PAGE 1

1. DESCRIPTION through the orifice 12 to the return line so main~

taining the flow. The flow at the unloading valve
1a. GENERAL
also enters the return·line due to the valve being
The hydraulic system consists of a 45.5 1/min open. When in lift the unloading valve is closed
(10 UK gal/min) hydraulic pump mounted on the and the full flow at the unloading valve 14,
back of the multiple control valve (MCV) in the passes via the face side of the flow control
range compartment of the transmission and valve 10, to the return line. The return line feeds
driven by the I.P.T.O. clutch gear. The MCV the transfer port 28, to which up to two auxiliary
houses the full flow filter. priority flow divider. valves can be mounted. Thus sufficient fluid is
pilot relief valve, power steering safety valve, provided for simultaneous operation of the three~
povver steering return check valve, I.P.T.O. point linkage and remote cylinders.
control valve, I.P.T.O. pressure regulator valve The action valve 22, provides a means of
and oi I cooler by-pass valve. The unloading and controlling the lowering rate of the three·point
flow control valve is mounted on top of the lift linkage when operating in draft control, while the
housing while the draft control valve, action cushion valve 27, relieves the excess pressure
valve, lift cylinder, cushion valve, rockshaft that may be created in the lift cylinder by an
and internal linkage are contained within the implement 'bouncing· during transporting or
lift housing. The variable flow control valve is when suddenly stopped during the lowering
mounted on the externa I I inkage bracket. The cycle.
three-point linkage upper link is secured to a
bracket mounted on a tors ion bar. the bracket 1c. VARIABLE FLOW CONTROL VALVE
acting against the draft control rod to provide OPERATION
draft sensing.
Referring to Fig.1, this valve 9. is used to
vary the flow to the lift cylinder 26, particularly
1b. PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION
when operating in draft control, to provide a
Referring to Fig.1, the pump 5 draws its means of varying the raise response. With the
supply from the final drive compartment 1, of the valve in the fast position approximately 18.21/min
rear frame through a full flow filter 4. A large (4 UK gal/min) flow through it whereas in the
by-pass valve 3, at the outer end of the filter slow position approximately 4.5 1/min (1 UK gal/
element admits fluid through a screen 2, directly min) flows through it.
to the pump should fi Iter resistance become As the response control lever is moved
excessive because of clogging or cold fluid. toward the slow position the valve spool is
Fluid passes from the pump to a priority-type turned, reducing the size qf the outlet and
flow divider valve 6, which ensures a controlled consequently reducing the pressure to the spring
flow of 11.4 1/min (2.5 UK gal/min) to the power side of the flow control valve 10. resulting in an
steering system at the port 7, irrespective of increase in pressure at the face side of the flow
pressure requirements or operating speeds. control valve which moves the flow control valve
The balance of the pump delivery passes against its spring to allow a greater proportion of
through the pilot relief valve 8, then on to the fluid to flow to the return line or transfer port 28.
variable flow control valve 9. Part of this delivery, The arrangement of the external linkage is
passes through the variable flow control valve such that movement of the position control lever
according to the setting and on to the spring side to the full lift position turns the valve spool to
of the flow control valve 10, opens the check the fast position independent of the response
valve 11, then passes to the draft control valve control lever. When the position control lever is
20 to be d;rected to the unloading valve piston returned to a lowering position the valve spool
13, if in neutra I or I ewer, or to be directed to the will return to the selected setting.
lift cylinder if in lift. The fluid not passing
ld. ACTION VALVE OPERATION
through the variable flow control valve flows to
the unloading valve 14. and on to the face side Referring to F ig.1 the action valve 22 con~
of the flow control valve 10. When in neutral trois the flow of fluid returning from the lift
or lower the flow to the unloading valve piston cylinder 26 during the lowering cycle. Returning
13, opens the unloading valve 14, and bleeds fluid passes to the spring side of the piston
 GROUP 10
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
PAGE 2

24 through the restrictor created by the tapered Consequently all implements will lower at the
section of the spool 23 and\_out to reservoir at same rate regardless of their weight.
the discharge port 25. Returning fluid also acts When the position control lever is moved
on the face side of the piston 24. The restriction past the offset into the drop response range of
created by the tapered sectio~ of the spool the quadrant the spool 23. is moved in against
creates a pressure differential across the piston spring pressure so that the tapered section
24, thereby causing the piston to move over to further restricts the returning fluid and increases
partially restrict the discharge port 25. The the pressure differential across the piston 24.
heavier the implement the more pressure is In this way a means is provided of controlling
created and the discharge port ·is made sma I Ier. the lowering rate when operating in draft control.

1. Final drive cor1partn1ent 12. Orifice 24. Piston

2. Screen 13. Unloading valve piston 25. 0 i scharge port
3. By-pass valve 14. Unloading valve 2f. Lift cylinder
4 Filter 15. Drop check valve 27. Cushion valve
5. Pump 1&. Pilot ball 28. Transfer port
6. Priority flow divider 17. Actuating rod 29. Inlet port
7. Power steerin!:; port 18. Return spring 30. Spool
s. Pilot relief valve 19. Draft spool 31. Return port
9. Variable flov1 control 20. Draft control valve 32. Cylinder port
valve .21. Pilot land 33. Check valve
10. Flow control valve 22. Action valve 34. Cross port
11. Check valve 23. Spool 35. Return port

LEGEND FOR Figs.l to 4

.. High Pressure .. Reduced Flow

.. Locked In

COLOUR CODE FOR Figs.1 to 4

Reservoir
GROUP 10
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
PAGE 3

Fig.l Hydraulic Circuit

le. NEUTRAL CIRCUIT unloading valve piston 13. The piston lifts the
unloading valve 14 off its seat allowing fluid
Referring to Fig.1 fluid from the pump 5, from the unloading valve side to return to the
delivered via the variable flow control valve 9. reservoir at the transfer port 28 and so prevent a
applies pressure to the spring side of the flow build up in pressure at the seat side of the flow
control valve 10. so restricting the flow. past the control valve.
seat side, opens the check valve 11, and flows An orifice 12, in the unloading valve piston
to the draft control valve 20. At the draft control allows oil to bleed through to the return line and
valve the fluid flows past the pi lot land 21, of thereby maintain a flow through the system.
the spool which is narrower tl1an its port so that Oi I is locked in the cylinder by the drop
it can never completely cover it, and to the check valve 15.
 GROUP 10
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
PAGE 4

Fig.2

1f. LIFT CIRCUIT ing valve piston).

The fluid pressure to the draft control valve
Referring to Fig.2 when either the position pushes the drop check valve 15, off its seat then
control lever or the draft control lever is moved acts against the lift cylinder piston 26, which
to a raise position in the quadrant, the draft turns the rockshaft to lift the lift arms.
control valve spool 19. is pulled out against the Intermediate positions of the lift arms are
pressure of the return spring 18. The flow to the determined by the internal linkage when using
unloading valve piston 13, past the pilot land of the position control lever or maintained by the
the draft control valve spool is closed off which internal linkage when using the draft control
allows the unloading valve 14 to seat. (Trapped lever according to the lever position in the
fluid bleeds through the orifice 12, in the unload- quadrant.
GROUP10
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
PAGE 5

Fig.1

1g. LOWERING CIRCUIT across the drop check valve. The spool also
contacts the drop check valve to mechanically
assist unseating (Inset 2). The back pressure
Referring to Fig.3, when the control lever is from the lift cylinder 26, is now able to unseat
moved forward in the quadrant from a raise posi- the drop check valve so that the fluid can escape
tion the internal linkage allows the draft control to the action valve 22. The action valve deter-
valve spool 19, to retract due to its return spring mines the rate at which the linkage will lower.
18. The actuating rod 17, pushes the drop check The internal linkage determines the amount
valve pi I ot ball 16, off its seat (Inset 1) allowing of lowering when operating the position control
the fluid behind the drop check valve 15, to lever or maintains the newly selected position
escape and create an unba lance of pressure when operating in draft control.
 GROUP 10
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
PAGE 6

1 j. AUXILIARY VALVE RAISE

1h. I'.UXILII'.RY VALVE NEUTRAL
Referring to Fig.4, the spool 30 blocks the
Referring to Fig.1, fluid flows from the
flow from port 29, to port 35. The pressure builds
three-pomt 1 inkage system at the port 29, to the
up in the port 29, unti 1 sufficient to open the
spool 30, which directs the fluid to the port 35,
check valve 33. The fluid then flows past the
to return to the main filter inlet. The spool also
check valve into the port 34, and is directed by
prevents fluid flowmg from the port 32, into
the spool to the port 32, and out to the auxiliary
either port__ 31 or 34, thus locking the fluid in
system.
the external system.
When the draft control valve spool 19, is in
11. AUXILIARY VALVE LCV/ER ~eutral or tower, the pressure builds upin port 29,
until equal pressure is attained on both sides of
Referring to Fig.l, fluid from the three-point the unloading valve piston 13. The unloading
1inkage system at port 29, flows to the spool 30, valve 14, attempts to seat due to its own spring
which directs the fluid to the port '35, to return to force and in so doing moves the unloading valve
the main filter inlet. Fluid from the external piston which creates a back pressure in the fluid
system enters the valve at the port 32. and is and causes the check valve 11, to seat thereby
directed by the spool into port 31, which connects locking in the fluid preventing the unloading
with port 35, to return to the main filter inlet. valve from seating.
GROUP '10
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
PAGE 7

Fig.5 Internal Linkage

1 k. POSITION CONTROL INTERNAL LINKAGE linkage moves as before but because of the slots
in the link 4, cannot push the draft control
Referring to Fig.5, the positi'on control valve spool toward the neutra I position and the
lever. when moved to lift, operates the actuating lift arms will continue to lift. If the lift arms
lever 1, anti-clockwise. This moves the bar 2, are allowed to reach full height in this way the
which pivots the wa Iking beam 3, which in turn lift piston will act against a mechanical safety
moves the link 4, and pulls out the draft control switch which pulls back the trigger lever allow-
valve spool 5, against its spring pressure to a ing the draft control valve spool to retract.
raise position. As the rockshaft 6, rotates clock- However the draft control lever MUST NEVER be
wise the walking link 7, carries with it the used purely for lifting the three-point linkage.
eccentric bar 8, which pivots on the pin 9. and When the draft control lever is moved down
so alters the position of the walking beam the quadrant to a lowering position, the sensi-
pivot 10. In this way the draft control valve spool tivity lever 14, turns clockwise so that the trigger
is allowed to progressively return to the neutral
lever can allow the draft control valve spool to
position. retract under its own spring force to the lowering
When the position control lever is moved from position.
a raised to a lowering position the actuating
When operating in draft control, the load
lever 1, moves clockwise, the linkage follows
on the upper link of the three-point linkage will
its course and allows the draft control valve
be felt on the upper link bracket 19. This bracket
spool to retract under its own spring force to the
acts against the draft control rod 20. which in
lowering position. As the rockshaft turns anti-
turn acts on the draft control link 21, and through
clockwise moving the walking link 7, and
the sensing beam and spring 18, to the eccentric
eccentric bar 8, the walking beam 3, progressively
plate 17, and trigger lever 16, which moves the
pulls back the link 4, unti I the draft control
draft control valve spool to a neutral position. An
spool is pulled out to the neutral position.
increase in implement draft will move the upper
When the position control lever is moved
link bracket toward the tractor, push in the draft
past the offset into the drop response range of
control rod, pivot the draft control link which.
the quadrant, the adjusting screw 11, on the
through the spring, will pull the trigger lever to
actuating lever moves the draft retarding arm 12,
pull out the draft control valve spool and put the
to push in the action valve spool 13.
system to lift. The resultant decrease in draft
11. CRAFT CONTROL INTERNAL LINKAGE will pull the upper link bracket away from the
tractor allowing the draft control rod to move
When the draft control lever is moved out so that the draft control valve spool can
rearward in the quadrant to a lifting position move under its own spring force to the neutral
the sensitivity lever 14, turns anti-clockwise position. A decrease in implement draft will
and pulls the trigger link 15, which in turn pivots allow the draft control valve spool to move
the trigger lever 16, to pull out the draft control into a lowering positior. until the resultant
valve spool 5, against its spring pressure to a increase in implement draft pulls back the draft
raise position. As the rockshaft rotates the control valvt: spool to the neutral position.
 GROUP 10
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
PAGE 8

Thus. changes in implement draft vary the posi-

tion of the trigger lever so that the draft control
valve spool is either pulled out or allowed to
retract as necessary by only small amounts to
maintain a constant draft according to the
positioning of the control lever in the quadrant.
Once the desired draft has been established
there should be little need to alter the setting
of the draft control lever. The position control
lever must be used to I ift the implement out of
the ground or lower the implement into work.
1 m. SERVICING

It is not a I ways necessary to remove a

major component from the tractor in order to
service its individual parts and for this reason
the dismantling sequences have been sub-divided
wherever practicable to enable a particular item
to be located and serviced.

Fig.7

and i~stallation as the MCV is heavy and

unbalanced.
(e) Remove the remaining bolts (9-7) then
ease the MCV along the studs until a satis-
factory hold can be obtained and lift the unit
clear of the tractor.

(f) Remove the W.CV mounting gasket.

Fig.6

2. W.l!LTIPLE CONTROL VALVE (MCV)

2a. REW.OVAL

(a) Drain the transmission and remove the

filter access panel (1·6).

(b) Disconnect the steering supply pipe

(1·7), three-point linkage supply pipe (2·7),
auxiliary valve return pipe (3-7), I.P.T.O.
supply pipe (4-7), power steering return pipe
(5·7) and oil cooler supply pipe (6·7).

(c) Remove the I.P.T.O. control arm pivot

bolt (7-7).

(d) Remove the two bolts (8-7) and install

two longer bolts with their heads removed to
form pilot studs. This will help both removal Fig.8
GROUP10
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
PAGE 9

Fig.11
(c) Withdraw the bolt (1·8) from the filter
case then remove the seal retainer (3-8) and
Fig.9 ·o·ring.

2b. DISMANTLING (d) Remove the gasket (2-9) from the groove
in the MCV body.
1. HYDRAULIC FILTER

(a) Unscrew the bolt (1·8) and at the same

time withdraw the filter case (2-8) and
element.
2. HYDRAULIC PUMP
(b) Withdraw the element from the filter
A. BOTH TYPES
case then withdraw the by-pass valve and
screen (1·9). (a) Remove the filter case (2-8). referring to
sub-para .1..

(b) Remove the bolts (3-9) and lift off the

pump (1-10). ·

(c) Lift off the plate (2-10). gasket (1-11)

and remove the '0' ring (2-11).

Fig.10 Fig.1 ~

Revised 3/75
 GROUP 10
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
PAGE 10

Fig.13 Fig.14

(d) Remove the ·o· rings (4-10) from the

suction and pressure ports.

(e) Remove the nut (1·12) then pull off the

gear (2·12). Remove the key (1-13) from the
shaft.

(f) If necessary remove the seal (3-12).

B. PLESSEY PUMP

(a) Remove the bolts (2-13) and lift off the

end plate (3-13). A few gentle taps with a
soft hammer may be necessary to free the
plate from the dowels.

(b) Remove the circlip (4-13) to remove the

shalt seal from the end plate. Remove the
seal (1-14) and backing strip (2-14) from the
end plate.

(c) Remove the bolts (1-15) and lift off the

end plate (2-15). A few gentle taps with a
soft hammer may be necessary to free the ;·,.;·)"
plate from the locating dowels.

(d) Remove the seal (1-16) and backing

strip (2·16) from the end plate. Fig.15

Revised 3/75
GROUP 10
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
PAGE 11

514-107

Fig.17

(c) Withdraw the drive gear (9-18), idler gear

(8-18) and thrust plate (7-18).

(d) Remove the '0' ring (1-18) from the

TA514-3fl2
recess in the front plate. Prise out the
diaphragm (6-18).
Fig.16
(e) Lift out the back-up gasket (5-18) and
C. CESSNA PUMP protector gasket (4-18) from the front plate.
(a) Remove the bolts (1 to 7-17). Note their (f) Prise out the diaphragm seal (3-18) from
locations before discarding as different bolts the. front plate.
are used.
(g) Remove the spring (2-18) and ball
(b) Separate the front plate (8-17) from the beneath.
body. A few gentle taps with a soft hammer
may be necessary to free the plate from the (h) Prise out the shaft seal (9-17) from the
body. front plate.

0 9

0
514·108

Fig.18
 GROUP 10
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
PAGE 12

Fig.21

4. I.P.T.O. REGULATOR VALVE

(a) Unscrew the regulator valve plug (5-19)
Fig.19
then withdraw the shims if fitted. spring
(1-21), pin (2-21) and poppet valve (3-21).

(b) Remove the ·o· ring from the plug.

3. I.P. T.O. CONTROL VALVE
5. OIL COOLER BY-PASS VALVE
(a) Drive out the pin (3-19) and remove
(a) Unscrew the plug (6-19) then withdraw
the collar (1-19) then lift off the dust boot
the spring (1-22) and valve (2-22).
(2-19).

(b) Unscrew the guide (4-19) and withdraw (b) Remove the ·o· ring from the plvg.
the control valve assembly.

(c) Remove the guide from the valve then

remove the outer ·o· ring (1-20) and inner
·o· ring from the guide.

TA514·396

Fig.20 Fig.22
GROUP10
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
PAGE 13

-.

TAf14-3~.17

Fig.25

7. STEERING RETURN CHECK VALVE

Fiu.21
(a) Slacken the locknut (2-24) then remove
the elbow (1-24) and withdraw the spring
retainer (3-24), spring (4-24) and check
6. STEERING SAFETY VALVE
valve (5-24).

(a) Remove the plug (1-23) and withdraw the (b) Remove the ·o· ring from the e Ibow.
steering safety valve (2-23).
8. PRIORITY FLOW DIVIDER
(b) Remove the ·o· ring from the plug and
the ·o· ring (3-23) from the valve. (a) Unscrew the plug (1-25) and withdraw
the spring (2-25) and spool (3-25).

(b) Remove the ·o· ring from the plug.

NOTE: The spool and multiple control valve body

are a matched set.

Fig.24 Fig.26
 GROUP 10
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
PAGE 14

- '•'!

9. PILOT RELIEF VALVE 2c. ASSEMBLY

(a) Screw out the relief valve assembly 1. STEERING CHECK VALVE
(1-26) then remove the back-up washer (2-26)
and ·o· ring (3-26) from the MCV body.
(a) Install a new ·o· ring on the elbow.

(b) Screw the elbow (2-29) into the MCV

(b) Remove the circlip (1-27)then remove the
body positioning as shown in Fig.9.
screen (1-28), orifice plate (2-28), spring
(3-28) and poppet (4-28). (c) Screw down the locknut (1-29).

(c) Remove the ·o· ring (5-28) from the 2. PILOT RELIEF VALVE
orifice plate, the ·o· ring (6-28) from the
poppet and the ·o· ring (7-28) from the (a) lnsta 11 a new ·a· ring (7-28) onto the
valve body. valve body.

10. STEERING CHECK VALVE (b) Install a new ·o·

ring (6-28) onto the
poppet (4-28) and push the poppet into the
(a) Slacken the locknut (1-29) then screw valve body.
the e Ibow (2-29) from the MCV body.
(c) Install a new ·o·
ring (5-281 onto the
(b) Remove the ·o· ring from the elbow. orifice plate (2-281 then install the spring
(3-28). orifice plate and screen (1-28) rnto
the valve body.

(d) Secure with the circ lip (1-271.

(e) Install a new back-up washer (2·261 and

·a· ring (3-26) into the MCV body noting that
the ·o· ring is to the inside.

(f) Screw in the relref valve (1-26).

3. PRIORITY FLOW DIVIDER

Tl\~·l1·4fOI (a) Install a new ·o· ring on the plug (1-251.

(b) lnsta 11 the spool (3-25), spring 12-25)

and plug to the ~!CV body.
GROUP 10
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
PAGE 15

4. STEERING RETURN CHECK VALVE 9. HYDRAULIC PUMP

(a) Install a new ·o· ring onto the elbow A. PLESSEY PUMP
(1-24).
(a) If the bearing blocks and gears have
(b) Install the check valve (5-24). spring been removed from the body, ensure that they
(4-24) and spring retainer (3-24) into the are positioned as seen in Fig.14. The recesses
MCV body. must be against the gear faces and the larger
cut-out (3-14) on both upper and lower bear-
(c) Screw in the elbow (1-24) positioning as ing blocks must be away from the mounting
shown in Fig.9, then screw down the locknut face of the body.
(2-24).
(b) Install a new seal (1-16) and backing
strip (2-16) in the end plate (2-15), ensuring
5. STEERING SAFETY VALVE that the backing strip is disposed equally
about the centre line of the plate.
(a) Install a new ·o·
ring (3-23) onto the
valve (2-23) and push the valve into the (c) locate the end plate on the dowels and
MCV body. install the bolts (1-15) finger tight.

(b) Install a new ·o· ring onto the plug (d) Press a new shaft seal into the drive end
(1-23) and screw the plug into the MCV body. plate (3-13) with the lips outward and
secure with the circlip (4-13).

6. OIL COOLER BY-PASS VALVE (e) Install a new seal (1-14) and backmg
strip (2-14) in the drive end plate ensuring
(a) Install the valve (2-22) and spring (1-22) that the backing strip is disposed equally
into the MCV body. about the centre I ine of the plate.
(b) Install a new '0' ring onto the plug (f) Locate the end plate on the dowels
(6-19) and screw the plug into the MCV body. taking care not to damage the shaft sea I on
the drive shaft threads and keyway.
7. I.P.T.O. REGULATOR VALVE
(g) Install the bolts (2-13) finger tight.
(a) Install the poppet valve (3-21), pin
(h) Progressively tighten the bolts (1-15 &
(2-21) and spring (1-21) into the MCV body.
(2-13! to a torque of 4.9 to 5.5 kgm (35 to
(b) Install a new ·o· ring on the plug (5-19) 40 lbft).
and screw the plug into the MCV body.
B. CESSNA PUMP

8. I.P.T.O. CONTROL VALVE (a) Using a blunt tool tuck a new diaphragm
seal (3-18) into the grooves in the front
(a) Install a new inner ·o· ring and a new plate with the open part of the ·v· section
outer '0' ring (1-20)to the guide then install downward.
the guide on the valve stem.
(b) Press a new protector gasket (4-13) and
(b) Enter the valve into the MCV body
back-up gasket (5-18) onto the diaphragm
ensuring that the shims (3-20) if fitted, are
sea I.
flush with the pin retainer body and with
each other. '.c! Install the ball and spring (2-18) then
position the diaphragm (6-18) with bronze
(c) Screw in the guide (4-19).
face toward the gears and the groove to
(d) Install the dust boot (2-19) ensuring that the pressure side. Ensure that the entire
the flange enters the recess in the guide. diaphragm is inside the raised rim of the
diaphragm seal.
(e) Install the collar (1-19) and secure with
the pin (3-19). (d) Position the ·o· ring (1-18) in the recess
in the front plate.
 GROUP 10
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
PAGE 16

(e) Dip the gear assemblies in clean HY- bolt into the fi Iter case (2-8).
TRAN fluid and position in the front plate
bearings. (b) Install the by-pass valve and screen
(1-9) onto the bolt then install the filter
(f) Slide the thrust plate (7-18) onto the element onto the by-pass valve.
gears with the bronze side toward the gears
and the cut-away mid-section to the suction (c) Install a new gasket (2-9) in the groove
side. in the MCV body then position the filter
case' assembly and tighten the bolt (1-8)
(g) Slide the body over the gears and locate to a torque of 1. 7 to 2.2 kgm (12 to 16 lbft ).
on the dowel pin.

(h) Install new bolts (1 to 7-17) in their

respective positions and progressively
2d. INSTALLATION
tighten in the order shown in Fig.17 to a (a) Position the rv.cv mounting gasket on
torque of 5.5 to 6.9 kgm (40 to 50 lbft). the mainframe.
Ensure that bolt (7-17) is torqued so that a
flat .is in line with the mounting face.
(b) Lift the MCV into place on the two pilot
(i) Dip the shaft seal (9-17) in clean studs, ensure that the pump gear is correctly
HY-TRAN fluid and work over the drive shaft. meshed then locate the valve dowels in the
holes in the mounting face.
Tap into position.
(c) Secure the valve with the bolts (9-7).
C. BOTH TYPES
remove the pilot studs and install the two
(a) Install the key (1-13). gear (2-12) and bolts (8-7).
nut (1-12) then check that the pump can be
turned by hand in an anti-clockwise direction (d) Locate the I.P.T.O. control arm on the
viewed on the drive shaft. collar and install the pivot bolt (7-7).

(b) Install a new ·o·ring (2-11) and gasket (e) Connect the oil cooler supply pipe (6-7),
(1-11) then install the plate (2-10). power steering return pipe (5-7). I.P.T.O.
supply pipe (4-7), auxiliary valve return
(c) Install new '0' rings (4-10) to the pump pipe (3-7), three-point linkage supply pipe
suction and pressure ports then locate the (2-7)and steering supply pipe(1-7),remember-
pump on the dowels (3-10). Position new ing that any of the elbows that have been
copper washers on each of the pump retain- disturbed may require slight adjustment.
ing bolts (3-9) then install and tighten the
bolts to a torque of 2.6 to 2.9 kgm (19 to (f) Fill the transmission then operate the
21 lbft). full system to purge any air and check for
correct functioning referring as necessary to
(d) Apply a thin coat of INDUSTRIAL ADHE- TEST PROCEDURES at the end of the GROUP.
SIVE, (Part No. 69351 C1) on both pump and
seal (3-12). Allow adhesive to dry until (g) Install the filter access panel (1-6).
just tacky then firmly locate the seal on
the pump. Allow 30 minutes for the pump 3. UNLOADING AND FLOW CONTROL VALVE
and seal assembly to cure then lubricate the
3a. REMOVAL
outside of the seal with HY-TRAN fluid before
installing the assembly in the rearframe. (a) Remove the seat and slide rails.

(e) Install the filter case referring to sub- (b) Disconnect the unions (1 & 2-30) and
para. 10. remove the pipe (3-30).

(c) Disconnect the pipe at the union (4-30)

10. HYDRAULIC FILTER then remove the bolts (5-30) and lift off the
unit.
(a) Install the seal retainer (3-8) anct a new
·o·ring onto the bolt (1-8) then install the (d) Remove the sea I rings (1-31 ).

Revised 3/75
GROUP10
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
PAGE 17

Fig.30
3b. DISMANTLING Fig.32

1. UNLOADING VALVE (b) Withdraw the unloading valve piston

(2-32) using a pair of long nosed pliers.
(a) Remove the plug (1-32). If the unit is
still on the lift housing first remove the (c) Using the special tool I.H.7846A (1-33)
bolt (6-30). unscrew and remove the unloading valve
body and spring.

(d) Remove the ·o· ring (3-32) from the plug

and the ·o· ring (4-32) from the unloading
valve piston.

Fig.31 Fig.33
 GROUP 10
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
PAGE 18

Fig.35

2. CI-ECK VALVE
Fig.34
(a) lnsta 11 the check valve into the valve
2. FLOW CONTROL VALVE
body.
(a) Unscrew the fitting ( 1-34 ). If the unit is
still on the lift housing first remove the
(b) Install a new ·o· ring on the plug then
screw the plug (7-30) into the body.
pipe (3-30).

(b) Wtthdraw the spring (2-35) and valve 3. FLOW CONTROL VALVE
(3-35). (a) Install a new '0' ring (1-35) onto the
NOTE: This valve is a non-serviceable item. fitting.

(c) Remove the '0' ring (1-35) from the (b) Position the spring (2-35) on the fitting
fitting.
and the valve (3-35) on the spring then feed
the assembly into the valve body.
3. CHECK VALVE
(c) Tighten the fitting (1-34). Install the
(a) Unscrew the plug (7-30) and withdraw the pipe (3-30) if the unit is still on the lift
check valve. housing.

(b) Remove the '0' ring from the plug. 4. UNLOADING VALVE

4. RETAINING PIN (EARLY MACHINES) (a) Position the spring in the unloading
valve, then using the specia I tool I.H.7846A
(a) Withdraw the retaining pin (2-31 ). (1-33) screw in the unloading valve body and
(b) Remove the ·o· ring from the pin. tighten to 4.9 to 5.5 kgm (35 to 40 lbft).

3c. ASSEMBLY (b) Install a new ·o· ring (4-32) onto the
unloading valve piston and push the piston
1. RETAINING PIN (EARLY MACHINES) into position in the body.
(a) Install a new '0' ring onto the pin. (c) Install a new ·o· ring -(3-32) onto the
plug and screw in the plug. Install the bolt
(b) Push the pin (2-31) into position in the
(6-30) if the unit is still on the lift housing.
valve body.
GROUP10
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
PAGE 19

3d. INSTALLATION

(a) Install new seal rings (1-31) in the

recesses in the lift housing.

(b) Position the valve on the lift housing

then tighten the bolts (5-30).

(c) Connect the supply pipe at the union

(4-30).

(d) Position the pipe (3-30) and connect the

unions (1 & 2-30).

(e) Install the seat rails and seat.

Fig.37
4. LIFT HOUSING
(d) On the right side remove the nut (1·7
4a. REMOVAL
GROUP 7) to free the differentia I lock return
(a) Slide out the seat Remove the knobs spring then on both sides remove the bolts
from the control levers, the knobs (1-36) (2-7 GROUP 7) and lift out the footplates.
on the hydraulic control levers and on the Remove the bolts (6-7 GROUP 7) and spacer
speed lever just pull off, the range lever plates on both sides. Remove the hoods he et
handle is secured by a socket headed screw. seal plates from the front windscreen and
disconnect the windscreen wiper feed,
(b) Remove the cover ( 1-37) then disconnect
the cable connectors behind. Disconnect and (e) Close the fuel shut-off valves then dis-
remove the pipe (2-37). Remove the panels connect the spi 11 pipe ( 1-38). cross feed
(3 & 4-37) then remove the nuts (5-37). (2-38) and fuel supply pipe (3-38).

(c) Remove the cover (4-36) from the fuel (f) Suitably sling the cab and take the
transmitter then disconnect the cable and strain. Remove the clamp bolts (4-38) then
remove the clip (5-36). Disconnect the park- carefully lift the cab complete with fuel
ing brake bracket from the left fender. tank, clear of the machine.

Fig.36 Fig.3B
 GROUP 10
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
PAGE 20

Fig.41
Fig.39
(i) Disengage the six-way connectors (6·40)
(g) Remove the pins (1. 2. 3 & 4-39) to from the bracket, disconnect the oil pressure
remove the three point linkage. switch (7-6 GROUP 7) or on early machines
(7·40) and unclip the harness clear of the
(h) Disconnect the I.P.T.O. control lever lift housing.
linkage (1-40) and lift clear of the machine.
Disconnect the variable flow control valve (j) On early machines loosen the hose clips
union (1-41 ). the unloading and flow control (3-41) and remove the hose. Loosen the
valve union (2-40) and the three-point linkage locknut (8-40) and unscrew the pressure
supply pipe (3-40) then lift the pipe assem- regulator from the lift housing.
bly clear of the machine. Disconnect the oil
return (4-5 GROUP 7) or if an early machine (k) Remove the mounting bolts (9-40 & 4-41)
the pressure regulator unions (2-41 & 5-40). securely sling the lift housing then lift the
Disconnect the auxiliary valve return pipe housing clear of the tractor.
(4-40) if f1tted, at the auxiliary valve and at
(I) Invert the I ift housing and suitably
the MCV then lift clear of the machine. support to give all round access.

Fig.4:!
GROUP 10
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
PAGE 21

(e) Remove the bearing (5-42) then remove

the circlip (6-43) and ease the lever (6-42)
along the splines and off the shaft.

(f) Remove the bolts (7-42) and remove the

control levers assembly c !ear of the I ift
housing.

(g) Withdraw the draft control shaft (1-44)

and remove the bearing and ·o·
ring. Remove
the retaining ring (2-44) to free the rod.

(h) Remove the retaining rings (3 & 4-44) to

free the I ink and the rod then I ift out the
position control shaft (5-44). Remove the
outer bearing and the '0' ring (6-44) from
this shaft.

(i) Remove the nut (1-45), inner letaining

Fig.43 plate (2-45), the two Belleville washers, the
4b. DISMANTLING position control lever (3-45) and the friction
plate beneath. On the other side remove the
1. ·CONTROL LEVERS nut (8-42), the outer retaining plate (4-42),
the three Bellevi lie washers, the draft
(a) Remove the retaining ring (1-42) and
control lever (4-45) and friction plate beneath.
free the rod (?-42) from the control lever.

(b) Remove the nut (3-42). swing the outer 2. VARIABLE FLOW CONTROL VALVE
retaining plate (4-42) clear of the draft con- (a) Remove the nut (3-42), move the 1outer
trol shaft and screw on the nut finger tight. retainer plate aside then remove thr two
Belleville washers, response lever (5-45)
(c) Drive out the roll pin (1-43) then ease
and friction disc beneath.
the sensitivity lever (2-43) from the draft
control shaft as the shaft is withdrawn. (b) Drive out the roll pin (9-42) and remove
Remove the spacer (3-43 ). the response lever pivot bolt.
(d) Remove the retaining ring (4-43) from (c) Remove the retaining ring (3-44) to free
the lever pin then lift the bar (5-43) clear of the I ink then release the spring (1 0-42) from
the lever. the adjusting arm (8-44).

Fig.44 Fig.45
 GROUP 10
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
PAGE 22

Fig.46
Fig.48
(d) Remove the setscrew from the adJusting
arm and pull the arm from the valve spool.
Remove the spring. (b) Remove the retaining rings from the
control lever end to free the bar (3-46) and
(e) Remove the plug and withdraw the spool. link (4-46).
(f) Remove the ·o·
ring from the plug and
(c) Drive out the roll pin (1-43) and free the
the ·o·
rings and back-up washers from the
sensitivity lever (2-.13} from the draft control
spool. shaft.
3. LIFT CYLINDER
(d) On the underside remove the bolts (1-47)
(a) Taking care not to allow the trigger lever and the plug (2-47) then lift the cylinder
to move sideways thereby bending the spool, assembly from the lift housing taking care
disconnect and remove the spring (1~46} and with the connecting rod (5-46).
sensing bar (2-46).
(e) Remove the bolts (1-48) and the bolts
(2-48) anci lift off the action valve. Remove
the ·o· ring !1-40).

-~-
(f) Unscrew the union nut (2-<'19) and remove

:J~ the lubricatiOn tube (3-49).

l i_ -,

i \ '~ ~~~-~:,;,;::;.
!

Fig.47 Fig.49
GROUP10
HYDMULIC SYSTEM
PAGE 23

Tl\'1:1~-.1~11

Fig.52

Fig.50

(g) Press in the spool (4-49), remove the

retaining ring (6-49) and withdraw the spool
and spring (5·49).

(h) Remove the pivot bolt (1-50) and draft

retarding arm. Remove the bolt (2-50) then
from the other side of the cylinder remove
the bolts (3-50) and separate the draft control
valve from the lift cylinder.

(i) Remove the circlip (1-51) and remove the Fig.53

plug (2-51 ).
(I) Keeping the spring (2-53) upright in order
(j) Remove the spring (2·52) and the ·o· not to lose tha ball beneath, ease the ball
ring (1-52) from the plug. seat (8-54) out of the drop valve (5-54).
Remove the spring (6-54), ball (7-54) and
(k) Withdraw the drop valve assembly (1-53)
from the valve body.
·o· ring (9-54) from the ball seat.

(m) Remove the ·o· ring (4-54), the ·o·

ring
(2-54) and the back-up washers (1 & 3-54)
from the drop valve.

TAfl4_-U2

Fig.51 Fig.54
 GROUP10
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
PAGE 24

..

Fig.55 Fig.57

(n) Release the circlip (1-55) and withdraw (r) Remove the remaining bolt (4-50) to
the spool assembly. The actuating rod (8-56) remove the hydraulic switch bracket and
may remain in the valve body or come away withdraw the piston from the cylinder.
with the spool. Remove this rod. Remove the ·o· ring and back-up washer from
the piston. Remove the retaining rings or
(o) Slacken the locknut (4-56) then unscrew
pivot pins as necessary to dismantle the
the actuator (1-56). Hold the spring under
linkage from the switch bracket.
compression and remove the locknut (4-56).
spanner flats (1-57) are provided on the main (s) Withdraw the cushion valve (3-58) from
tube. Remove the spring retainer (5-56) and its port (1-58) and remove the ·o· ring (2-58)
spring (6-56) from the spool (7-56). from the valve. Remove the seal rings (4-58)
from the lift cylinder.
(p) Remove the adjusting screw (2-56) fron1
the end of the main tube then remove the 4. ROCKSHAFT
retaining ring (2-57) and withdraw the main
tube from the spool. (a) Remove the bolts (1-59) and washers
The spool and valve body are a matched (2-59) then pull the I ift arms (3·59) from the
set. rocks haft.

(~) Remove the seals (3-51) from the valve

body.

T!). ~ • • . , "'

Fig.56 Fi0.SB
GROUP10
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
PAGE 25

(c) Remove the setscrew (4-59) and tap the

actuating hub along the shaft at the same
time as pushing the rocks haft at the auxiliary
valve side until the actuating hub is clear
of the key. Remove the key. Continue to push
out the rockshaft threading off first the
actuating hub and then the bellcrank lever as
they become free to do so.

(d) Remove the rockshaft seals from the lift

housing and remove the pin (6-59) to free the
connecting rod from the bellcrank.

(e) Remove the circlip (7-59) on the outside

of the lift housing and withdraw the eccen-
tric shaft, I inkage and actuating hub assem-
bly. Remove the ·o· ring from the shaft.
Dismantle the linkage as necessary.

(f) Drive out the roll pin (8-59), remove the

shaft and lift out the draft sensing lever.

(g) Remove the upper link bracket (12-59)

withdraw the sensing shaft (9-59) and oil
sea I.

5. BEARINGS
Fig.59
If inspection proves it necessary. drive
(b) Remove the setscrew (5-59) and tap the out the rockshaft bearings, eccentric shaft
bellcrank lever along the rockshaft splines bearing (10-59), control lever shaft bearing
toward the actuating hub. (11-5'l) and the sensing shaft bearings.

A- Split
8 - 13 mm (0.50 in)
C- 79 mm (3.12 in)
D- 94 mm (3.70 in)
E - 9 mm (0.35 in)
F - 21 mm (0.83 in)

SI4·106A

Fig.60 Bearing Installation

 GROUP 10
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
PAGE 26

4c. ASSEMBLY installed then thread on the actuating hub.

Push the rockshaft into position then lock
1. BEARINGS the actuating hub with the setscrew (4-59)
and lock the bellcrank with the setscrew
(a) If these were removed press in new
(5-59).
rockshaft bearings with the split (A-60) at
450 forward unti I flush with the counterbore
(e) Mask the rockshaft splines then with
surface,
the lips inward press in new rockshaft seals
(b) If these were removed press in new flush with the surface.
sensing shaft bearings so that the outer
(f) With the lips inward press in a new
bearing is flush with the counterbore surface
sensing shaft oil seal flush with the surface.
and the space (B-60) between the inner and
Push in the sensing shaft (9-59) then install
outer bearing is 13 mm (0.50 in).
the upper link bracket (12-59) tightening the
(c) If removed press in a new eccentric shaft screws to 29 to 31 kgm (210 to 230 lbft).
bearing unti I the dimension (C-60) from the
(g) Install the lift arms (3·59) ensuring that
inside face of the bearing to the lift housing
the marks on the lift arms and rockshaft are
centre line is 79 mm (3/12 in). At this the
in line with each other then install the
bearing will project approximately 21 mm
washers (2-59) and tighten the bolts (1-59)
(0.83 in) measured from the inside edge of
to 13.6 to 15.2 kgm (98 to 110 lbft).
the machined mounting face (F-60).
3. LIFT CYLINDER
(d) If removed press in a new control lever
bearing unti I the dimension (D-60) from the (a) Install a new ·o· ring and back-up
inside face of the bearing to the centre line washer onto the piston with the '0' ring to
of the lift housing is 94 mm (3.70 in). At this the front then push the piston into the
the bearing will project apprmdmately 9 mm cylinder.
(0.35 in) measured from the inside edge of
the machined mounting face (E-60). (b) Assemble the switch bracket if this was
dismantled then attach the bracket to the
2. ROCKSHAFT lift cylinder with the bolt (4-50) finger tight.

(a) Position the draft sensing lever between (c) Install a new ·o· ring (2-54) and back-up
the webs, install the pivot shaft then drive washers (1 & 3-54) eitheF side. to the inside
in the roll pin (8-59). of the drop valve and a new ·o· ring (4-54)
to the outside.
(b) Install a new ·o· ring on the eccentric
pivot shaft. enter the shaft through the (d) Push the ball seat (8-54) into the drop
valve and install a new '0' ring (9-54).
bearing and retain with the circlip (7-S9).
Secure the walking link to the actuating hub (e) Push the drop valve assembly into the
and eccentric with the retaining rings. draft control valve body. Insert the ball
Secure the wa I king beam to the eccentric (7-~4).spring (6-54) and spring (2-5?). Install

with the retaining ring. Secure the quadrant a new ·c· ring (1-5~) onto the plug (2·51). Ins-
lrnk to the walking beam with the retaining tall the plug and secure with the circlip(1·51).
ring and secure the valve link to the walking (f) Insert the main tube into the spool and
beam with the shoulder bolt. secure with the retaining ring (?-57).

(c) Secure the connecting rod to the bell- (g) Install the spring (6-56) and spring
crank with the pin (6-54)). spring washer and retainer (5-56\. compress the spring so that
cotter pin. The pin head must be to the side the spanner flats (1·571 are accessible and
of the lift housrng not the centre. screw on the locknut (4-56). Screw the
adJusting screw (2·56) into the end of the
(dl Thread the rockshaft through the side of main tube then screw on the actuator {1-56}.
housing and into the bellcrank lining up the
rnastersplines. Continue to push the rockshaft (h) Carefully position the actuating rod
through until the actuatin9 hub key can be (8-56) in the ba 11 seat then thread the spool
GROUP10
HYORAULIC SYSTEM
PAGE 27

assembly over the rod and into the valve (c) Install the spring (10-42) over the spool
body. Secure with the circlip (1-55). then install the adjusting arm (8-44). Align
the setscrew with the seat in the spool and
(i) Install new seals (3-51) then position
tighten the screw. The location groove on the
the valve on the lift cylinder. Position the
end of the spool should be vertical and in
draft retarding arm and pivot bolt (1-50) then
line with the centre line of the adjusting
tighten the pivot bolt and securing bolts arm in the approximate fast raise position.
(2 & 3-50).
(d) Engage the spring with the adjusting
(J) Install the spring (5-49) and spool arm.
(4-49) into the action valve body, press in
the spool and install the retaining ring (e) Connect the link and secure with the
(6-49). retaining ring (3-44).

(k) Attach the lubricating tube (3-49), (f) Install the response lever pivot bolt and
secure with the roll pin (9-42).
and screw up the union nut(2-49)finger tight.

(I) Install a new '0' ring (1-49), position (g) Install the friction disc and response
the action valve assembly on the draft lever (5-45) onto the pivot bolt. Install two
control valve and secure with the bolts Belleville washers, swing the outer retainer
(2-48). Install the bolts (1-48) positioning plate into position then install and tighten
the lubricating tube and switch bracket as the nut (3-42) until a force of 1 to 1.8 kg
necessary then tighten the bolts (1-48) and (2 to 4 lb) at the knob is required to start
(4-50). Tighten the lubricating tube union the lever moving toward the slow position.
nut (2-49).

(m) Install new seal rings (4-58) then 5. CONTROL LEVERS

thread the I ift cylinder onto the connecting
(a) Install a friction plate, the draft control
rod (5-46) and into position in the lift
lever (4-45). three Belleville washers, the
housing. Secure with the bolts ·(1-47).
outer retaining plate (4-42) and nut (8-42)
(n) Install the sensitivity lever (2-43) on the finger tight.
draft control shaft and secure with the roll
(b) Install a friction plate, the position
pin (1-43).
control lever (3-45). two Belle vi lie washers,
the inn'er retaining plate (2-45) and nut (7-44)
(o) Connect the link (4-46) and bar (3-46)
finger tight.
and secure with the retaining rings. Taking
care not to allow the trigger to move side- (c) Install a new ·o· ring (6-44) and outer
ways thereby bending the spool, install the bearing to the position control shaft (5-44)
sensing bar (2-46) and spring (1-46). and position the shaft in the bracket.
Connect the link and the rod and secure with
(p) Install a new ·o·
ring (2-58) then insert the retaining rings (3 & 4-44).
the cushion valve (3-58) into its port (1-58)
and install the plug (2-47). (d) Install the bearing and ·o· ring on the
draft control shaft (1-44) then insert the shaft
into the position control shaft until the
4. VARIABLE FLOW CONTROL VALVE inner ends are about level.

(a) lnsta 11 new·o·

rings and back-up washers {e) Note the position of the marked spline
onto the spool with the back-up washers to ( 1-61) on the position control shaft then
the outside then insert the spool into the position the assembly on the lift housing
valve body. and secure with the bolts (7-42).

(b) Install a new ·o·

ring on the plug then If! Align the mark (2-61) on the lever (6-42)
thread the plug onto the spool and screw with the marked spline (1-61) and install the
into the body with a torque of 3.5 kgm lever. Install the circlip (6-43) and bearing
(25 lbft). (5-42).
 GROUP 10
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
PAGE 28

(b) Securely sling the lift housing and lift

into place on the rear frame. Secure with the
mounting bolts (9-40 & 4-41).

(c) On early machines. screw the lubricating

pressure regulator into position in the lift
housing and tighten the locknut (8-40).
Position the hose and tighten the hose clips
(3-41).

(d) Clip the harness into position and

connect the oil pressure switch (7-6 GROUP 7)
or on early machines (7-40). Engage the
cable connectors (6-40) in the bracket.

(e) Connect the auxiliary valve return pipe

(4-40) at the auxiliary valve and MCV.
Connect the oil cooler return pipe (4-5
GROUP 7) or on early machines the pressure
regulator unions (2-41 & 5-40). Position the
three-point linkage supply~pipe assembly and
connt'!ct the union (3AO). the unloading and
Fig.G1 flow control valve union (2-40) and the
variable flow control valve union (1-41).

(f) Connect the P.T.O. control lever linkage

(g) Position the bar (5-43) on the lever pin ( 1·40).
and secure with the retaining ring (4-43).
(g) Install the three-point linkage.
(h) As the draft control shaft is being
(h) Lift the cab complete into position on
pushed in install the spacer (3-43) and
the tractor. threading the control levers
sensitivity lever (2-43). Secure the sensi-
through the housing, and secure with the
tivity lever to the draft control shaft with
clamps (4-38). Position the spacer plates
the roll pin (1-43).
and secure the cab at the front with the
(i) Position the rod (2-42) and secure with bolts (6-7 GROUP 7) at both sides.
the retaining ring (1-42) and the retaining
(i) Install the nuts (5-37) then connect
ring (2-44).
the cross feed (2-38). supply pipe (3-38) and
(j) Install a friction plate, the response lever spill pipe (1-38). Open the shut-off valves.
(5-45). two Belleville washers. swing the
outer retaining plate into position and (j) Connect the fuel transmitter, insta 11
secure with the nut (3-42) finger tight. the cover (4-36) and clip (5-36). Connect
the cable connectors and install the cover
(k) Adjust the linkage and check the lift ( 1-37).
housing for leaks as detailed in para.4e,
sub-para.1 & 2. (k) Connect the pipe (2-37). Install the
knobs on the control levers.

(I) Operate and adjust the lift hous1ng as

4d. INSTALLATION detailed in para.4e referring as necessary
to the TEST PROCEDURES at the end of the
{a) Ensure that the rear frame mounting face GROUP.
is clean, install new seals at the brake
bleed points and lubricating pressure point (m) When the operation is satisfactory install
then position a new gasket. the panels (3 & 4-37) and slide in the seat.
GROUP 10
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
PAGE 29

4e. ADJUSTMENTS AND TESTING (b) Install the testing spacer (22-62) to hold
1. LINKAGE SETTING the draft control out in a lift position. Refer
to Fig. 62.
(a) Set the length of the draft control rod
(2-42) between connecting eye centres to (c) Attach the elbow (8-63), adaptor (27-63),
~6.36 mm (3.40 in) and tighten the locknut. 0 to 4000 lb/in2 pressure gauge (6-23) and
hand pump (29-63) filled with HY-TRAN fluid
(b) Set the length of the position control
to the unloading and flow control valve union.
rod between connecting eye centres to
Refer to Fig. 63.
83.82 mm (3.30 in) and tighten the locknut.

(c) Move the position control lever to the

forward position, where the adjusting screw
(7-47) is about to contact the draft retarding
arm, move the draft control lever to the rear
posit ion then tighten the nut (8-42) unti I a
pull of 1.8 to 2.8 kg (4 to 6 /b) at the draft
control lever knob is required to start the
lever moving forward.
(d) Move the response lever to the rear
position then tighten the nut (3-42) until a
force of 1 to 1.8 kg (2 to 4 lb) at the response
lever knob is required to start the lever
moving forward. Set the lever vertical then
adjust the screw on the adjusting arm (8-44)
to bring the adjusting arm vertical. Tighten Fig.61
the /ocknut.
(d) Operate the hand p_ump and pressurise
(e) Move the draft control lever to the full the system to 70 kg/cm2 (1000 lb/in2) and
forward position, move the position control check for oi I leaks on the draft control
lever to the rear position then tighten the valve, sealing washers and lift piston.
nut (7-44) until a pull of 1 to 1.8 kg (2 to (e) If an oil leak is present, repair as
4 /b) at the position control lever knob is necessary and retest.
required to start the lever moving forward.

2. LEAKAGE TEST 3. TESTING AND SETTING ON THE

TRACTOR
(a) Block the lift housing on its left side
and move the position control lever to the A. POSITION CONTROL LEVER
full lift position.
(a) Shorten the position control lever
connecting rod to ensure that full lift and
lower is governed by the internal mechanism
and not restricted by the control lever fouling
the ends of the quadrant. Start the engine
then lift and lower the three-point linkage at
least five times to purge all air from the
system.

(b) With the draft control lever fully forward,

the raise response lever at fast, move the
position control lever rearward to the maxi~
mum raise position.

(c) Measure the distance from the lift rod

pin centres on the lift arms to the top face of
Fig.62 the rear frame. This dimension should be

Revised 3/75
 GROUP 10
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
PAGE 30

404 in (15.93 in) except on early 454 tractors lift the implement using the position control
which should have a dimension of 397 mm lever.
(15.62 in).
(b) If the linkage hiccups, unscrew the
{d) If this dimension is not correct remove screw (3·47) unti I it stops. lt may be neces-
the linkage access cover from the lift sary to stop the engine to adjust the screw.
housing, slacken the locknut (4-47) then
screw the spool into the actuator (5-47) to (c) Lower the linkage then lift to its full
increase the dimension or screw the spool height and stop the engine.
out of the actuator to decrease the dimen-
(d) Position a dial indicator so that the
sion. Tighten the locknut. IOINering of the lift arms can be measured
(e) Check that the lower links can be lifted then slowly screw in the screw unti I the
at least a further 51 mm (2 in) at the link linkage starts to lower (up to 0.5 mm
ends by hand. (0.020 in) movement on the dial indicator is
permissible) then unscrew three·quarters of
(f) Move the position control lever slowly a turn.
toward the lower position until the lift
arms reach the fully lowered position.
5. TORQUE AMPLIFIER AND FORWARD/REVERSE
(g) Slacken the locknut (6-47) and adjust PUMP
the screw (7-47) until just contacting the
draft retarding arm then tighten the locknut. 5a. REMOVAL

(h) Move the position control lever rearward (a) Remove the drain plugs (1-64) and allow
then forward to just contact the offset. in the oil to drain into a suitable container.
the quadrant then, if necessary adjust the
length of the position control rod until the
adjusting screw (7-47) is just contacting
the draft retarding arm and tighten the lock-
nut.

B. DRAFT CONTROL LEVER

(a) With the engine running, the position

control lever against the offset in the quad-
rant, the raise response lever at fast and
the draft control lever fully forward, position
the sett I ing spacer (23-63) between the upper
link bracket and the draft control rod. Use
the 8 mm (0.312 in) end of the setting spacer
except on early 454 tractors on which the
6.35 mm (0.25 in) end should be used.
Fig.64
(b) Slacken the locknut then shorten the
draft control rod (2-42) unti I the I ift arms (b) Remove the bolts (2-64) securing the
just start to lift. Lengtllen the rod one to valve assembly (3-64) to the clutch housing
one and a half turns then tighten the locknut. then ease the valve assembly off the dowels
and clear of the tractor. Remove the pump
(c) Lift and lower the three-point linkage at
mounting gasket (22-66) and note its thick-
least five times then recheck the settings.
ness to aid installation.
C. DROP CHECK VALVE SCREW
(c) Remove the oil inlet tube (6-66). discard-
(a) With an implement on the linkage, the ing the '0' rings (7·66) then remove the pump
raise response lever at fast. the draft control retaining bolts (1-65) and lift off the pump,
lever fully forward, start the engine and Discard the three "0' rings (2 & 3-66).

Revised 3/75
GROUP 10
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
PAGE 31

(e) Position a new gasket (22·66) on the

pump plate then with new ·o·
rings on the
inlet pipe (6-66) install the pipe in the pump
boss. Position new ·o·
rings on the pressure
pipes (8-66) and insta.ll the pipes in the
clutch housing, ·o·
ring pressure will hold
the pipes in position,

i:\' I, . .-. L'

Fig.65

remove the two pressure pipes (8-66) and

discard the ·o·
rings on both ends of the
pipes.

(d) Remove the nut (2-65) and washer then

remove the gear (3-65) from the pump,

(e) Lift off the pump plate (20-66) and dis-

card the pump plate gasket (21-66).

(f) If inspection proves it necessary remove

the plug (17-66). ·o·
ring ( 18-66), spring
( 19-66) and regulator sleeve.

5b. INSTALLATION

(a) Install the regulator valve, spring

(19-66). ·o·
ring (18-66) and plug (17-66) in
the valve body, 514-1958

(b) Position the pump plate gasket (21-66)

and pump plate (20-66) on the valve body,
1. Pump 12. ·o· ring
2. ·o· ring 13. Regulator valve assembly
(c) Position the key in the· pump shaft then 3. ·o· ring 14. Valve body
install the gear. internal tooth lockwasher 4. Purllp gear 15. Plug
and nut. 5. Key 16. ·o· ring
6. Oil inlet tube 17. Plug
(d) Position three new ·o·
rings (2 & 3-66) 7. ·o· ring 18. ·o· ring
in the pump suction, pressure and delivery 8. Pump pressure tube 19. Spring
pons then secure the pump to the plate 9. ·o· ring 20. Pump plate
ensuring that the pump gear faces toward the 10. Dump tube 21. Pump plate gasket
regulator plug ( 17-66) on TA builds and 11. Elbow 22. Mounting gasket
away from the plug on F/R builds.
Fig.66

Revised 3/75
 GROUP 10
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
PAGE 32

(f) Lift the valve assembly up to the clutch

housing with the pump gear to the front on
F/R builds and to the rear on TA builds. As
the assembly is lifted into position ensure
the inlet tube (6-66) locates in the T!I or
F/R cage and the pump gear is correctly
meshed, then locate the valve dowels.

(g) Secure the valve assembly with the

bolts (2-64).

(h) Fill the transmission to the correct level,

referring to the Operator's Manual.

(i) Check the TA or F/R for correct function-

ing referring as necessary to the TEST
PROCEDURE at the end of the GROUP.
Fig.67

(h) Remove the socket headed setscrew and

socket headed pump retaining screw beneath
from the underside of the rear frame.

6. TRANSFER PUMP ( i) SI ide the pump (3-68) forward out of the

casting and remove through the multiple
6a. REMOVAL control valve mounting hole.

(a) Remove the transmission drain plug and 6b. INSTALLATION

allow the oil to drain into a suitable
container. (a) Carefully position the pump (3-68) in the
rear frame entering the pump body spigot into
(b) Remove the P.T.O. clutch cover plate the rear frame boss.
(3-7 GROUP 7).
(b) Install the socket headed pump retaining
(c) Remove the multiple control valve screw, from the underside of the rear frame,
referring to para.2. manipulating the pump as necessary to
(d) Release the circlip 11-67) on the rear of ensure that the screw enters the hole in the
the range compartment countershaft (3-67)
then slide the low range gear 12-67) rearward
along the countershaft.

(e) Remove the transmission lubricating

pump suction tube 11-68) by removing the
tube to pump attaching bolt 12-68) and dis-
card the '0' ring on the tube.

(f) Using a suitably modified gapped ring

spanner, disconnect the outlet pipe (6-67)
at the pump, then through the P. T.O. clutch
hole disconnect the upper end of the pipe
and remove the pipe.

(g) Remove the circlip (4-67), gear (5-67)

and key from the pump shaft.

Fig.68

Revised 3/75
GROUP 10
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
PAGE 33

pump body. Tighten the screw and lock with along the countershaft (3-67) and secure
the sac ket headed setscrew. with the circlip (1-67).

(c) Install the key, driven gear 15-67) and

circlip (4-67). (g) Install the multiple control valve refer-
ring to para.2.
(d) Position the outlet pipe (6-67)andtighten
the unions at both ends. (h) Secure the P.T.D. clutch cover plate
(3-7 GROUP 7).
(e) Position a new ·o· ring on the pump
suction tube then secure the tube to the
(i) Ensure the transmission drain plugs are
pump tightening the attaching bolt to a
in position then fill the transmission to the
torque of 0.829 kgm 16 lbft).
correct level referring to the Operators
(f) Slide the low range gear (2-67) forward Manual.

7. HYDRAULIC SYSTEM TROUBLE SHOOTING

7a. HYDRAULIC TEST KIT

TA514·541

Revised 3/75 Fig.69

 GROUP 10
HYDMULIC SYSTEM
PAGE 34

Ref. No. Required Part No. Description Suppliers

.No. Per Kit

1 3072 386 R91 Hose 3/8 x 3/8-B.S.P. I. H.

or
3063 987 R91
2 1 895119H Hose I. H.
3 705 584 R1 Dowty Coup Ii ng I. H.
4 3067 992 R91 Breakaway Coupling I. H.
5 752 474 R3 Exactor Coup Iing I. H.
6 I.H. 7672 0 to 4000 lb/in2 Pressure Gauge V.L.C.
7 2 I.H. 7954 Pressure and Leak Test Adaptor Kit V.L.C.
8 1 9410 281 Elbow I. H.
9 2 3060 799 R2 Adaptor 7/8 U.N.F. I. H.
10 I.H. 7673 0 to 400 lb/in2 Pressure Gauge V.L.C.
11 481 352 R1 Adaptor 7/8 x 3/4 U.N.F. I. H.
12 1 9402 787 Adaptor 3/4 x 3/4 U.N.F. I. H.
13 1 610 776 R1 Adaptor 3/8 B.S.P. x 9/16 U.N.F. I. H.
14 X 570 828 R1 ·o· rings: I. H.
15 X 3045 118R1 Dowty seals I. H.
16 X 364 885 R1 ·o· rings I. H.
17 9403 332 9/16 J.I.C. Plug I. H.
18 324 076 R1 Gauge Adaptor I. H.
19 I.H. 8051 Gauge Adaptor V.L.C.
20 401 738 R1 Tube P.T.O. Supply I. H.
21 I.H. 7846A Three Point Linkage Un-Loader Valve Wrench I. H.
22 Drawing (Group 1 ) Testing Spacer
23 DraiNing (Group 1) Setting Spacer
24 400 095 R91 Cushion Relief Valve I. H.
25 384 444 R92 Power Steering Safety Valve I. H.
26 399 858 R91 Pilot Relief Valve I. H.
27 I.H. 7954 Part of Kit No. 7 V.L.C.
28 530 131 R2 Power Steering Hose I. H.
29 707 425 R92 Oil Pump I. H.
30 9402 710 7/8 J.I.C. X 1/2 'J.P.T. I.H.
31 9403 372 3/4 J.I.C. Cap I. H.
32 9402 706 1/4 N.P.T. X 7/16 J.I.C. I. H.
33 9403 373 7/8 J.I.C. Cap I. H.
34 9403 529 7/8 J.I.C. Nut I. H.
35 561 989 R1 1/2 N.P.T. x 3/4 J.I.C. Adaptor I.H.
36 9403 333 3/4 J.I.C. Plug I.H.
37 9410 334 7/8 J.I.C. Swivel Tee I. H.
38 9403 334 7/8 J.I.C. Plug I. H.
39 9403 402 7/8 J.I.C. x 9/16 J.I.C. Reducer I. H.

Legend for Hydraulic Test Kit

Revised 3/75
GROUP 10
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
PAGE 35

7b. TEST PROCEDURES

Before any dismantling work is st;~rted first

check the fluid level and condition of the fluid
filter, if the filter is suspect it must be renewed.
While the filter is off, check the tightness of the
pump mounting bolts (3-9). Check the tightness
of the lift cylinder mounting bolts (1-47) and
the unloading and flow control valve bolts (5·30).
Carry out one of the following test procedures to
isolate the fault.
Some of the following tests have been
repeated using a flowmeter. This records the
pressure and the flow thus enabling an accurate
diagnosis to be made.
When carrying out the tests ensure the
transmission oil is at operating temperature.
approximately 38oc (1000F).
The identification numbers shown in the
following illustrations also correspond with the
reference numbers in the Hydraulic Test Kit Fig. 70
Fig. 69.

THREE POINT ll NKAGE (d) Move the auxiliary valve lever to lift.
Observe the pressure reading on the gauge
NO LIFT OR WEAK LIFT ON THREE POINT which should be 175 to 182 kg/cm2 (2500 to
LINKAGE 2600 I b/i n2).

TEST 1 (i) If the reading is correct proceed to

TEST 4.
(a) Connect the 0 to 4000 lb/in2 pressure
gauge (6-69), hose ( 1-69) and appropriate
(ii) If the pressure reading is low
self sealing coupling (3. 4 or 5·69) through
proceed to TEST 2 after stopping the
the adaptor (7 or 9-69) to the auxiliary valve engine.
I ift coup! ing. Refer to Fig. 70.

(b) On tractors not fitted with an auxiliary

valve, disconnect the return pipe (3-7) at TEST 2
the M.C. V. and blank the M. C. V. elbow
(a) Remove the pilot relief valve ( 1-26)
using the cap (33-69). Using the nut (34-69)
and install the test valve (26-69) to the
connect the reducer ( 39-69) to the adaptor
M.C.V. then retest as TEST 1.
(37-69) then connect the hose (28-69) to the
reducer. Screw the adaptor (13-69) onto the (i) If the pressure reading is now
0 to 4000 lb/in2 pressure gauge and connect correct, check the lift operation.
to the free end of the hose (28·69). Secure Stop the engine, remove the test
the tee adaptor to the return pipe (3-7) then relief valve (26-69) and insta:l a
using the plug (38-69) blank off the free end new relief valve or the old one
of the tee adaptor. serviced.

(c) With the draft control and position (ii) If the pressure reading is still low,
control levers in lower and the raise res- stop the engine, remove the test
ponse at fast start the engine and run at relief valve and install the original
low idle. then proceed to TEST 3.

Re vi sed 3/75
 GROUP 10
HYffiAUUC SYSTEM
PAGE 36

NOTE: The following test can also be carried out TEST 3A (Using a Flowmeter)
using a flow meter and equipment, refer to
(a) Disconnect the power steering supply
TEST 3A.
pipe (1·72) and three point linkage supply
TEST 3 pipe (4-72) at the M.C.V. then blank off the
pipes using the plugs (17 & 38-69).
(a) Disconnect the three point linkage
supply pipe (2·7) at the M.C.V. and remove (b) Connect the tee adaptor (37-69) to the
the adaptor. three point linkage supply port elbow (3·72)
(b) Connect the adaptor (9·69), hose (1·69) on the M.C.V. Secure the reducer (39-69) to
and 0 to 4000 lb/in2 pressure gauge (6-69) the tee adaptor using the nut (34-69) then
connect the hose (28-69) between the power
to the M.C. V. Refer to Fig, 71.
steering supply port elbow (2-72) and tee
(c) Start the engine and run at low idle. adaptor.

(d) Observe the pressure reading which (c) Connect the inlet hose (6-72) of the
should be 175 to 182 kg/cm2 (2500 to flowmeter to the tee adaptor and install the
(2600 lb/in2). outlet hose (5-72) of the flowmeter in the
rear frame filler plug hole.
(i) If the pressure reading is within
(d) With the engine running at rated speed
specifications stop the engine,
close the flow restrictor valve (7-72) to
remove the adaptor, hose and
obtain a reading of 87.8 kg/cm2 (1250 lb/in2)
pressure gauge. Install the correct
on the pressure gauge, record the oi I flow
adaptor and connect the supply pi~e
which should be 45 1/min (10 gal/min).
(2· 7) then proceed to TEST 4.
(i) A low reading indicates a faulty
(ii) If the pressure reading is still low,
pump, suction filter or suction line.
stop the engine and remove the
M.C.V. assembly referring to para.2a. (e) Close the flow restrictor valve while
Repair and replace parts as neces- observing the rate of flow, a drop in flow of
sary, renew a 11 gaskets amd '0' approximately 9 1/min (2 gal!min) will show
rings then install and retest. When when the steering safety valve blows. This
the correct pressure reading is should occur when a pressure gauge reading
obtained at the M.C.V., remove the of 106 to 112 kg/cm2 (1500 to 1600 lb/in2)
pressure gauge, hose and adaptor, is reached.
install the correct adaptor, connect
the supply pipe (2-7) and check
the three point linkage and auxiliary
valve for correct operation.

Fig. 71 Fig. 72

Revised 3/75
GROUP 10
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
PAGE 37

(i) A fall off in flow before or after position control lever to lower and
106 to 112 kg/cm2 (1500 to 1600 lb/ proceed to TEST 5.
in2) indicates steering safety valve
blowing off at too low or too high a (ii) If the linkage still will not lift
pressure. Service the safety valve
stop the engine and proceed to
or install a new one and recheck.
TEST 6.
(f) Close the flow restrictor valve further
while observing the rate of flow, a sharp fall
off in flow will occur when the pilot relief
valve blows; at this point the pressure TEST 5
gauge should read 175 to 182 kg/cm2 (2500 to
2600 lb/in2). (a) With the engine running and the position
control lever at lift, slacken the plug (Fig.73)
(i) A fall off in flow before or after holding the unloading valve piston and allow
125 to 182 kg/cm2 (2500 to 2600 lb/ any oi I to escape.
in2) indicates pilot relief valve
blowing off at too low or too high (i) If the linkage lifts. stop the engine.
a pressure. remove the unloading valve piston
referring to para.3 and clean the
(ii) If, after installing a new pilot orifices. Install the piston and
rei ief valve or servicing the old
check the I inkage operation.
one, the pressure is still low remove
the M.C.V. assembly, referring to (ii) If the linkage still will not lift,
para.2. Replace and repair parts as remove the unloading and· flow
necessary, renew all gaskets and control valve assembly referring
·o· rings then install and retest. to para.3 and check that all moving
parts are smooth and free in their
(g) When the correct pressure reading is bores. Repair as necessary then
obtained at the M.C.V. remove the flow- install the assembly and retest. If
meter and equipment then connect the three the implement still will not lift
point linkage and steering pipes. Install the proceed to TEST 6 after stopping the
rear frame filler plug. engine.
(i) If the linkage still will not lift NOTE: A weak flow control valve spring will be
proceed to TEST 4. indicated if the implement stops lifting when the
auxiliary valve is operated.

TEST 4

(a) Couple an implement to the three point

linkage.
(b) On tractors not fitted with an auxi I iary
valve disconnect the return pipe (3·7) at the
M.C.V. Blank off the M.C.V. elbow using the
cap (33-69) and the pipe using the plug (38-
69).

(c) Run the engine at half throttle with the

position control lever at lift, draft control
lever at lower and raise response lever at
fast, on tractors so equipped move the
auxiliary valve lever to lift.

(i) If the linkage lifts, move the auxi-

liary valve lever to neutral or the Fig. 73

Revised 3/75
 GROUP 10
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
PAGE 38

TEST6

(a) Remove the inspection plate on the top

of the lift housing and ensure that the
internal linkage moves the draft control
spool into I ift posit ion. Adjust or repair
as required then proceed to TEST 7 after
stopping the engine.

TEST 7

(a) Disconnect the three point linkage

supply pipe (2-7) at the M.C.V. and remove
the adaptor.
Fig. 75
I b) Connect the adaptor ( 11-69) and the
TEST 8
straight end of the hose (2-69) to the
M.C. V. Refer to Fig. 74 (a) Move the control I evers to I ower then
remove the cushion relief valve (Fig. 76) and
(c) Disconnect the flow control valve
install a new cushion relief valve (24-69).
pipe ( 3-30) and connect the elbow end
Start the engine and run at hat~ throttle then
of the hose (2-69) to the flow control valve.
move the position control lever to lift.
Refer to Fig. 75.
(i) If the linkage lifts, stop the engine,
(d) Move the position control lever to lift
remove the hose (2-69) and adaptor
then start the engine at ha If throttle.
( 11-69). Connect the pipes (2-7 &
NOTE: If the implement lifts, stop the engine (3-30), start the engine and retest
when full height is reached. the system for correct operation.

(i) If the linkage lifts stop the engine (ii) If the linkage still will not lift
and check the variable flow control move the pas it ion control lever to
valve for blockage and adjustment. lower, remove the new cushion
Repair as necessary then remove the valve and install the original one.
hose (2-69) and adaptor (11-69). Remove the I ift housing and pres-
connect the pipes (2-7 & 3-30) and sure test as detailed in para.4e.
retest the system. If no leak is present check the drop
check valve seat and repair as
(ii) If the linkage still will not lift stop required. Install the lift housing
the engine and proceed to TEST 8. and retest the system.

Fig. 74 Fig. 76

Revised 3/75
GROUP 10
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
PAGE 39

THREE POINT LINKAGE WILL NOT HOLD (i) If no obstruction or fouling proceed
IMPLEMENT (HICCUPING) to TEST 2.

TEST 1 (ii) Clear the obstruction or fouling

condition and recheck the operation.
(a) Lift the implement, leave the posttlon
control lever in the lift position and stop
the engine.

(b) If the linkage hiccups with the engine

running but holds the implement with the
engine stopped, adjust the drop check valve
TEST2
screw referring to para 4e.
(a) Remove the inspection plale on top of
the lift housing and check that the linkage
(c) If the implement tends to lower, move allows the draft control spool to retract.
the position control lever to lower, remove
the cushion relief valve (Fig. 76) and install (i) If correct proceed to TEST 3.
a new cushion relief valve (24-69) then
(ii) If incorrect, adjust and repair
retest.
linkage as required then test the
system for correct functioning.

(i) If the linkage now holds an imple-

ment check the system for correct
functioning.

( ii) If the implement still tends to

lower, move the position control TEST 3
lever to lower, remove the new
cushion relief valve and install the (a) Move the position control lever into the
original. Remove the lift housing and drop response range of the quadrant and
pressure test as detailed in para.4e. ensure that the action valve spool moves
If no oi I leak is present check the freely.
drop check valve seat and repair as
necessary. Install the lift housing (i) If the valve is seized. free if
and retest the system. possible through the inspection
hole.

(ii) If the valve moves freely or cannot

be freed proceed to TEST 4.

THREE POINT LINKAGE WILL NOT LOWER TEST 4

TEST 1 (a) Remove the lift housing and service the

action valve and draft control valve. Pres-
(a) Check the three point linkage and sure test the lift housing as detailed in
mounted implement for external obstruction para.4e then install the lift housing and
and fouling I inkage. retest the system.

Revised 3/75
 GROUP 10
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
PAGE 40

POWER STEERING (ii) If the pressure reading is still low

stop the engine, remove the test
HEAVY STEERING steering safety valve (25-69) and
TEST 1 install the original. Check the flow
divider (3-25) is free in its bore and
(a) Check the tyres for correct pressure and the spring (2-25) conforms to speci-
check the steering knuckles and linkages for fications. If there are no faults in
seizure. When satisfactory proceed to TEST 2. the flow divider check the suction
filter (2-8). Check the pressure of
NOTE: The following test can be carried out the pi lot relief valve (1-26) as
using a flowmeter, refer to TEST 2A.
detailed for NO LIFT OR WEAK LIFT
ON THREE POINT LINKAGE.

TEST 2
TEST 2A (Using a Flowmeter)
(a) Disconnect the power steering supply
pipe ( 1-7) at the M. C. V. and block the end of (a) Connect the flowmeter as detailed in
the pipe with the plug (17-69). NO LIFT OR WEAK LIFT ON THREE POINT
LINKAGE. TEST 3A and carry out ops.(d), (e)
(b) Attach the hose (28-69), adaptor (13-69) and (f).
and 0 to 400 0 lb/in2 pressure gau~18 (6-69) ( i) If after correcting the steering
to the M.C.V. outlet. Refer to Fig. 77. safety valve the pressure is sti 11
(c) Start the engine and run at low idle. low, check that the flow divider
The pressure reading on the gauge should be is still free in its bore and the
106 to 112 kg/cm2 (1500 to 1600 lb/in2). spring (2-25) conforms to specifi-
cations .
(d) If the gauge reading is correct proceed
to TEST 3. (ii) If the flowmeter reading is low, a
faulty pump, suction fi Iter or suction
(e) If the gauge reading is low, stop the line is indicated.
engine, remove the steering safety valve
(2-23) and install the test valve (25-69). (b) If the readings are correct remove the
flowmeter, connect all pipes and proceed to
I i) If the pressure reading is now TEST 3.
correct remove the test steering
safety valve and install a new one. NOTE: The following test can also be carried out
Disconnect the pressure gauge and using a flowmeter, refer to TEST 3a.
hose and connect the steering
supply pipe then re test. TEST 3

{a) Disconnect a steering hose at the

steering cylinder end. Connect adaptor
(13-69) and 0 to 4000 lb/in2 pressure gauge
(6-69) to the hose. Refer to Fig. 78.

(b) With the engine stopped turn the steering

wheel until the manual pump slips. The
reading on the gauge shou Id be 30 to
50 kg/cm2 (500 to 700 lb/in2).

(i) If the reading is correct proceed to

TEST 4.
(ii) If the pressure reading is low,
service the integral steering valve
referring to GROUP 9 then proceed
Fig. 77 to TEST 4.

Revised 3/75

-----------------
GROUP 10
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
PAGE 41

slips. The pressure reading should be safety

valve pressure plus manua I pressure recorded
in TEST 3, approximately 140 to 160 kg/cm2
(2000 to 2300 lb/in2). ·

(b) If the pressure reading is low check that

the recirculating check ball in the integral
steering valve is seating correctly.

TEST 4A (Using a Flowmeter)

fig. 78 (a) With the flowmeter sti 11 in place from

TEST3A start the engine and turn the steering
wheel until the manual pump slips. Record
the reading on the pressure gauge which
TEST 3A (Using a Flowmeter) should be steering safety valve pressure
(a) Disconnect the steering hose (2-79) plus manual pressure recorded in TEST 3,
at the steering cylinder end. Screw the tee approximately 140 to 160 kg/cm2 (2000 to
adaptor (37-69) onto the flowmeter inlet hose 2300 lb/in2). "
(1·79), blank off one end of the tee adaptor (i) If the reading is low check that the
with the plug (38·69). Secure the reducer recirculating check ball in the
(39·69) and nut (34·69) to the tee adaptor then integral steering valve is seating
connect the adaptor to the steering hose. correctly.
Blank off the outlet hose using the cap (33-69).
(b) Remove the flowmeter and connect the
(b) With the engine stopped turn the steering steering pipe.
wheel until the manual pump slips. Record
the reading on the pressure gauge which
s hou Id be 30 to 50 kg/cm2 (500 to 700
lb/in2).

(i) If the reading is correct proceed to-

TEST 4.

(ii) If the pressure reading is low

service the integral steering valve
referring to GROUP 9 then proceed
to TEST 4.

NOTE: The following test can also be carried

out using a flowmeter. refer to TEST 4A.

TEST 4

(a) With the adaptor and gauge still in

place from TEST 3 start the engine and turn
the steering wheel until the manual pump Fig. 79

Revised 3/75
 GROUP 10
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
PAGE 42

INDEPENDENT POWER TAKE-OFF TEST 2

First ensure that the power steering is (a) Disconnect the supply pipe at the M. C. V.
working correctly. union (4·7) and connect the tube (20-69),
adaptor ( 18-69) and 0 to 400 lb/in2 pressure
gauge ( 10-69) at the union, Refer to Fig. 81.

(b) Start the engine and check the pressure

CLUTCH SLIPPAGE as in TEST 1. At this point the full engage-
ment pressure should be 15.5 to 17.6 kg/cm2
TEST 1 (220 to 250 lb/in2).
(a) Connect the tube (20.69), adaptor (18- (i) If the pressure readings are correct,
69) and 0 to 400 lb/in2 pressure gauge stop the engine and remove the
( 10-69) to the test point provided at the tee I.P.T.O. clutch pack referring to
junction on the rear frame to the rear of the GROUP 11. Repair as necessary.
M. C. V. Refer to Fig. 80. Check sealing rings on the rear
P.T.O. shaft and the sealing face on
(b) Disengage the I.P.T.O. and start the the rear frame sleeve. Install and
engine. There should be no pressure reading retest.
on the gauge.
(ii) If the full engagement pressure is
(c) Move the control lever to the initial low check and adjust the I inkage
engagement position. A pressure reading of setting referring to GROUP 11, then
2.9 to 3.2 kg/cm2 (41 to 46 lb/in2) should be retest. If the pressure is still low
recorded. proceed to (iii ).
(d) Move the control lever to full engagement (iii) Remove the I.P.T.O. regulator valve
and ' pressure reading of 15.12 to 17.22 kg/ (3-21) and check for freedom of
cm2 (215 to 245 lb/in2) should be recorded. movement in the bore. Check the
spring to specifications. If these are
( i) If the correct pressure readings
correct, consult the shim chart in
are recorded, drain the transmission
GROUP11 and add shims as required.
and remove the I.P.T.O. clutch pack
Install the regulator valve and
referring to GROUP 11. Repair as
retest. If the pressure is now
necessary and retest.
correct check the I.P.T.O. for
(ii) If the full eng~gement pressure is correct operation. If the pressure is
low, proceed to TEST 2 after stopping sti 11 low proceed to ( iv) after
the engine. stopping the engine.

Fig. 80 Fig. 81

Aev1sed 3/75
GROUP10
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
PAGE 43

(iv) Disconnect the power steering TORQUE AMPLIFIER OR FORWARD/REVERSE

return (5-7) at the M.C.V. Remove the
adaptor (1-24). check valve and seat. Before making any checks on the TA or F/R
Repair as required, install and ensure that the power steering and I.P.T.O. are
retest. If the pressure is now cor- operating correctly.
rect check the I.P.T.O. for co!Tect
operation. If the pressure is still
low proceed to (v) after stopping
the engine. NO DRIVE OR SLIPPING IN DIRECT DRIVE

(v) Remove the I.P.T.O. spool valve NOTE: The following test can also be carried out
(4·19) and inspect the springs. using a flowmeter, refer to TEST lA.
Check that the spool moves freely
in its bore. Repair as required and TEST 1
retest.
(a) Disconnect the RETURN pipe from the
transmission oil cooler at the base of the
NOTE: The correct pressure reading must be steering support. Connect the adaptor ( 12-69)
obtained before reconnecting the I.P.T.O. supply and hose (2-69) with the other end of the
pipe between the M.C.V. union and the tee hose in a clean container. Refer to Fig. 82.
junction on the rear frame.
(b) Start the engine and run at half throttle.
Oi I flowing from the hose should be free of
air.

(c) Measure the flow from the hose. This

should be 9.2 to 11.4 1/min (2 to 2.5 gall
min).
I.P.T.O. SHAFT TURNS WITH THE LEVER IN
DISENGAGED POSITION (i) If the oil flow is satisfactory,
proceed to TEST 5.
TEST 1
(ii) If the oil flow is not correct, proceed
(a) Connect the tube (2D-69), adaptor (18- to TEST 2.
69) and 0 to 400 lb/in2 pressure gauge
(10.69) to the test point provided at the tee
junction on the rear frame to the rear of the
M.C.V. Refer to Fig. 80.

(b) Start the engine with I.P.T.O. lever in

the disengaged position. There should be no
pressure reading on the gauge.

(i) If a pressure reading is recorded,

stop the engine and check the
linkage adjustment referring to
GROUP 11. If the adjus1Jnent is
correct remove and chl.ck the
spool valve for freedom of movement
and springs for correct tension.
Repair as required and retest.

( ii) If no pressure reading is recorded

stop the engine and remove the
I.P.T.O. clutch pack referring to
GROUP 11. Repair as necessary
then retest. Fig. 82

Revised 3/75
 GROUP 10
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
PAGE 44

TEST 1A (Using Flowmeter) (i) If the flow cannot be obtained pro-

ceed to TEST 2.
(a) Remove the lower side panel on the
right side and remove the pipe clamp (2-83) (ii) If the pressure cannot be obtained
to disconnect the oil cooler RETURN pipe proceed to TEST 3.
at the base of the steering support.
(iii) If correct disconnect the flowmeter,
(b) Screw the adaptors (30 & 35-69) onto the connect the return pipe and proceed
flowmeter inlet hose then connect up to the to TEST 5.
oil cooler return pipe (1-83). Blank off the
oil cooler to M.C. V. pipe with the cap (31-
69) and install the outlet hose of the flow-
meter in the rear frame filler plug hole,
fC..H 2
NOTE: If the tractor is equipped with I.P. T.O.
(a) Check the I.P.T.O. lever adjustment.
ensure it is in the disengaged position.
Ensure that the spool is pulled out to its
(c) With the flow restrictor valve fully open full extent with the control in the disengaged
run the engine at half throttle. Close the position.
flow restrictor until a pressure gauge reading
(i) If correct proceed to TEST 3.
of 4.2 kg/cm2 (60 lb/in2) is recorded, the
flow must not drop below 7 1/min ( 1.5 gal/ ( ii) If incorrect adjust as necessary.
min). then recheck the oi I flow. If the oil
flow is now satisfactory connect
(d) Close the flow restrictor further and
the oi I cooler return pipe and
record the pressure reading which must be
re check the TA or F/R operation. If
5.27 to 8.7 kg/cm2 (75 to 125 lb/in2) at
the oil flow is still low proceed to
which time there will not be any flow.
TEST 3.

TEST3

(a) Check the oil cooler by-pass valve

spring (1-221 and check the valve (2-22) for
freedom of movement.

(i I If correct proceed to TEST 4.

(ii) If spring is broken, renew; if valve

is seized repair as required. Re-
check the oi I flow. If the oi 1 flow
is now satisfactory connect the
oil cooler return pipe and recheck
the TA or F/R operation. If the oil
flow is still low proceed to TEST 4.

NOTE: The following test can also be carried out

using a flowmeter, refer to TEST 4A.

TEST 4

(a) Disconnect the oil cooler SUPPLY pipe at

the base of the steering support and connect
the hose (2-69) to the pipe from the M.C.V.
Fig. 83 Check the oi I 11 ow as described in TEST 1.

Revised 3/75
GROUP10
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
PAGE 45

(i) If the oil flow is still low there must

also be weak steering power, no
drive at the I.P.T.O. or a fault has
been overlooked during TESTS 1 to 3.

TEST 4A (Using a Flowmeter)

(a) Disconnect the oil cooler SUPPLY pipe

at the base of the steering support.

(b) Screw the adaptors (3u & 35-69) onto the

flowmeter inlet hose then connect to the
supply pipe (1-84) from the M.C.V. Blank
the pipe to the oil cooler with the cap (31-69)
TA514-599
and position the flowmeter outlet hose in the
rear frame filler plug hole.

(c) Check the oil flow as described in Fig. 85

TEST 1A.
in the TA or FIR pump mounting plate under
(i) If the oil flow is still low there must the centre of the tractor. Refer to Fig. 85.
also be weak steering power, no
drive at the P. T.O. or a fault has (b) Run the engine and check the pressure
been overlooked during TEST 1. which should be 16.8 to 19 kglcm2 (240 to
270 lblin2).
(d) Remove the flowmeter and equipment
then connect the oi I cooler supply pipe. ( i) If the pressure reading is correct
proceed to TEST 8.

(ii) If the pressure reading is low

remove the regulator valve (1-85),
TEST 5
check the spring and check the
(a) Check the operating pressure by instal- valve for freedom in its bore. Repair
ling the adaptor (18-69) and 0 to 400 lblin2 as necessary and recheck the pres-
pressure gauge (10-69) in place of the plug sure and TA or FIR operation. If no
fault is found proceed to TEST 6 after
installing the regulator valve.

TEST 6

{a) Drain the transmission and remove the TA

or FIR pump and regulator valve assembly.
Check that the control spool is moving in
its bore and the operating linkage allows
full and free movement.

(b) If the control spool is correct, check

the ·o· rings on both ends of the feed and
return pipes between the pump and the TA
or FIR unit.

(i) If satisfactory proceed to TEST 7.

lii) If faulty, repair as necessary,

install the pump and regulator
valve assembly, fill the transmis-
Fig, 84 sion and re test.

Revised 3/75
 GROUP 10
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
PAGE 46

TEST 7 (ii) If the pressure is below the pres-

sure switch setting proceed to
(a) Check the pump for wear and damage. TEST 4.
( i) If ccrrect proceed to TEST 8. NOTE: The following test can also be carried out
( i i) If worn or damaged, repair as using a flowmeter, refer to TEST 2A (Early
required, insiall the pump and Machines).
regulator valve assembly, fi 11 the
TEST 2 (Early Machines)
transmission and retest.
(a) Remove the clutch housing cover and
remove the warning light pressure switch
TEST 8 from the lubrication regulator valve.

(a) Remove the TA or F/R unit referring to (b) Adapt a suitable oi I pressure gauge into
GROUP 7. Inspect and repair as required. the lubrication regulator valve, start the
engine and test the pressure. At no time
(b) Assemble and install referring to GROUP should the pressure drop below 1.75 kg/cm2
7 then retes t. (25 lb/in2) when the engine is running.

NO TA DRIVE ( i) If the pressure is satisfactory,

remove the pressure gauge. install
(a) The TA drive requires no hydraulic a new pressure switch and re-check
assistance therefore if clutch pack slippage the warning light operation.
is experienced in TA drive the fault must be
mechanical. (ii) If the pressure is low proceed to
TEST 3.

TRANSMISSION LUBRICATION TEST 2A (Using a Flowmeter, Early Mach1nes)

If the transmission oil pressure warning light (a) Remove the clutch housing cover and
is on when the engihe is running the following disconnect the pipes from each side of the
tests should be carried out to isolate the fault. lubrication regulator valve assembly (1-86),
Blank off the oil cooler return pipes. Slacken
TEST 1
the hose clips, remove the hose (2-86),
Check the transmission oil level by install a wood plug in the hose then install
running the engine at 1600 rev/min fcr the hose on the regulator valve tube and
3 minutes then stop the engine and check tighten the hose clips.
the level on the dipstick.

( i) If the level is low, top up and re-

check the warning light operation.

(ii) If the level is satisfactory proceed

to TEST 2.

TEST 2 (Later Machines)

(a) Remove the warning light pressure switch

and adapt a suitable oi I pressure gauge in
its place. Start the engine and test the
pressure.

1i) If the pressure recorded is above the

pressure switch setting install a
new pressure switch and recheck
the warning light operation. Fig. 86

Revised 3/75
 GROUP 10
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
PAGE 47

(b) Unscrew the pressure switch and adapt regulator valve or a valve that
the pressure gauge ( 10-69) in its place. is known to be serviceable and
re-check the pressure.
(c) Adapt the hose (2-69) into one of the If a replacement regulator valve is
regulator valve ports and blank the opposite not available remove the plug from
port. the rear of the old valve and remqve
the spring and piston from the bore.
(d) Adapt the free end of the hose (2-69) Inspect the bore and piston for
into the flowmeter inlet hose and position damage or scoring and dirt. Chamfer
the outlet hose in the rear frame filler plug any sharp edges ·on the piston to
hole. prevent pick-up then wash all parts
NOTE: Ensure the restrictor valve is fully open and ensure that the piston is com-
while carrying out this test. pletely free in its bore.
Check the spring:
(e) With the restrictor valve open run the
engine at high i.dle and check that the pump Free length 40.36 mm (1.589 in)
flow is 15 to 18 1/min (3.3 to 4 gal/min), Test length 18.16mm (0.715 in)
and the pressure on the gauge reads Test load 4.45 kg (9.8 lb)
2.8 kg/cm2 (40 lb/in2).
(i) If the pressure reading is satis- Assemble and install the valve
factory, remove the flowmeter and
then re-check the pressure.
equipment, remake all connections, (ii) If the fault still exists proceed to
install a new pressure s_witch and TEST 4.
recheck the warning light operation.

(ii) If the pressure is low proceed to

TEST 3. TEST 4

(iii) if the flow is low proceed to TEST 4. (a) Drain the transmission oil.

(b) Remove the P.T.O. clutch cover plate

(3-7 GROUP 7).

(c) Remove the multiple control valve refer-

ring to para.2a.

(d) Release the circlip (1-67) and slide the

low range gear (2-67) rearward along the
counters haft.

(e) Remove the transmission lubrication

pump suction tube by removing the attaching
bolt.

(f) Using a suitably modified gapped ring

TEST 3 (Early Machines) spanner disconnect the outlet pipe at the
pump.
(a) Remove the pressure gauge from the
regulator valve then insert a soft rcx:t into (g) Through the P.T.O. clutch hole disconnect
the valve through the pressure switch hole the upper end of the out let pipe (6-67) and
remove the pipe.
to check if the piston is free.
Inspect the pipe for splits or cracks and
(i) If the piston is stuck or not seat- the pipe ends for damage. Ensure that the
ing, remove the regulator valve union nuts are undamaged and provide an
from the tractor, install a new adeq11ate seal.

Revised 3/75
 GROUP 10
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
PAGE 48

(i) If the pipe is damaged install a new TEST 6

one, assemble the tractor and
Remove the hydraulic lift housing,
re-check the lubrication pressure.
referring to para.4a, and inspect the teflon
( i i) If the pipe is undamaged proceed to sea I at the front of the top face of the rear
TEST 5. frame. Remove the elbow and check a 11
sealing surfaces for damage.

TEST 5 ( i) Change all faulty components,

assemble the tractor and re-check
(a) Remove the circlip (4-67), gear (5-67) the pressure.
and key from the pump shaft.
(ii) If there is no fault proceed to
(b) Remove the socket headed setscrew and
TEST 7.
socket headed pump retaining screw beneath
from the underside of the rear frame.

(c) Slide the pump forward out of the casting

and remove through the multiple control
valve mounting hole.

(d) Remove the remaining two bolts in the

TEST 7
pump end plate and remove the end and port
plates. Inspect the port plate for damage. Split the tractor referring to para.2a,
GROUP 7 and inspect the cup plug at the top
(e) Remove the circlip from the drive shaft
centre of the front face of the rear frame.
and withdraw the shaft and rotor. Inspect
for damage and scores and ensure that the
rotor is firmly located on the shaft. ( i) If the plug is loose, damaged or
there is evidence of leaking, renew
( i) If the pump is faulty install a new the plug, assemble the tractor and
one, assemble the tractor and re-check the pressure.
re-check the pressure.
(ii) If no fault is found then the fault
(ii) If the pump is satisfactory, assemble has been overlooked in the previous
and install then proceed to TEST 6. tests.

Revised 3/75
 GROUP 10
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
PAGE 49 FAULT FlreOING SYMPTOMS AND CAUSES

COMPLETE HYDRAULIC FAILURE 1. Low oi I level

2. Blocked suction filter element and by-pass strainer
No Lift 3. Loose pump mounting bolts
No Auxiliaries 4. Excessive leakage at pump and/or MCV seals
No Power Steering 5. No drive to pump
No I.P.T.O. 6. Failed pump

SLOW OR NO LIFT 1. Low oil level

SLOW OR NO AUXILIARIES 2. Blocked filter element
3. Pi lot relief valve faulty
Power Steering O.K. 4. Jammed priority flow divider spool
5. Excessive leakage at pump and/or MCV seals
6. Low pump delivery
7. Mounting bolts for unloading and flow control valve to hyd-
raulic housing, loose and/or excessive leakage from seals.
8. Leaking pipe connoctions
9. System aerated
10. Low oil level in final drive compartment due to failed
transfer pump

SLOW OR NO LIFT 1. Unloading valve sticking open

2. Unloading piston orifices blockeq
Auxiliaries and 3. Unloading valve seat unscrewed or faulty
Power Steering O.K. 4. Broken flow control valve SJ:Ying
(A weak or broken flow control valve s~'ing may cause a
An Auxiliary Valve where fitted may jerky lift. If hitch stops lifting when auxiliary valve is
be used to advantage in isolating operated this indicates a weak or broken flow control valve
source of trouble. spring).
5. Blocked or faulty variable flow control valve
Check hitch rei ief valve pressure at 6. Loose draft control cylinder mounting studs and/or excessive
self-sealing coupling. Pressure O.K. leakage at cylinder to housing seals
hitch does not raise:- move position 7. Excessive leakage at cylinder piston sea Is
control to lift and auxiliary valve to 8. Faulty draft control valve
lift. 9. Disconnected, broken or jammed hitch control linkage
10. Broken or disconnected sensing beam spring (no lift when in
If hitch then raises unload and flow draft control)
control valve is faulty 11. Faulty hitch cushion relief valve or seal
12. Excessive leakage at draft control valve to cylinder seals
If hitch does not raise then fault is
on internal components of hydraulic
housing.

HITCH WILL NOT DROP 1. Fouling, binding or seizure of hitch

2. Seizure of piston and cylinder
3. Disconnected, broken or jammed control linkage
4. Faulty draft control valve
5. Action control valve faulty
6. Lubrication tube blocked,

HITCH LOWERS TOO FAST 1. Incorrectly set or sticking action valve

2. Excessive leakage at draft control to action control valve
seals
3. Action valve drop flow control spool Jammed

Revised 3/75
 GROUP 10
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
FAULT FINDING SYNiPTOMS AND CAUSES PAGE 50

HITCH LOWERS TOO SLOWLY 1. Incorrectly set or faulty action control valve
2. Restricted lubrication tube
3. Faulty draft control valve
4. Incorrectly set or binding control linkage

HITCH WILL NOT HOLD EQUIPMENT 1. Faulty cushion relief valve or seal
2. Maladjusted draft control valve drop poppet (.020 setting)
3. Excessive leakage at cylinder piston seals
4. Faulty linkage not returning draft control valve spool to
neutral
5. Draft control drop check valve seat leaking
6. Excessive leakage at draft control valve to cylinder seals

HITCH REMAINS ON PRESSURE 1. Jammed unloading valve piston

2. Binding control linkage
3. Draft control valve not adjusted for correct lift height
4. Safety shut-otf switch out of position
5. Insufficient clearance between internal bellcrank lever and
draft control housing

WEAK OR NO POWER STEERING 1. Faulty priority flow divider

2. Leaking pipe connections
Hitch and Auxiliaries O.K. 3. Faulty power steering safety valve or seal
4. Excessive leakage at steering cylinder piston seals
5. Faulty integral steering valve

WEAK OR NO AUXILIARIES 1. Faulty auxiliary valve- (low pressure at self-sealing coupling)

2. Faulty auxiliary equipment. (correct pressure at self-sealing
Power Steering and Hitch O.K. coupling)

INADEQUATE LUBRICATION PRESSURE 1. Faulty lubrication regulator valve (Early Machines)

2. Leaking pipe connections
3. Restrictor not fitted
4. Blocked transfer pump suction
5. Failed transfer pump or no drive
6. Aerated system

I.P.T.O. WILL NOT DRIVE OR SLIPPING 1. Incorrectly set I inkage

2. Faulty pressure regulating valve
3. Excessive leakage past I.P.T.O. spool
4. Weak or broken spool springs
5. Steering return check valve jammed open or leaking
6. Excessive leakage at I.P.T.O. shaft or piston seals
7. Faulty clutch pack
8. MCV body gasket damaged
9. Loose or missing ball in end of rear P.T.O. shaft

I.P.T.O. WILL NOT STOP 1. Incorrectly set I inkage

2. Hand brake bracket fitted upside down and fouling spool
operating yoke
3. Piston seals extruded
4. Faulty clutch pack

Revised 3/75
GROUP 10
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
PAGE 51 FAULT FINDING SYMPTOMS AND CAUSES

OVERHEATING 1. Oi I cooler blocked

2. Oil cooler by-pass valve jammed open or spring broken
3. Power steering return check valve leaking or jammed open
41 Excessive leakage at I.P.T.O. spool -incorrectly set linkage
5. Hitch remaining on pressure
6. low oil level
7. Inefficient pump
B. Excessive system leakage
9. Aerated s ys tern

NOISY SYSTEM 1. Aerated system

2. Cavitation due to partially blocked suction filter

TORQUE AMPLIFIER OR FORWARD/ 1. Incorrectly set, binding or disconnected linkage

REVERSE SLIPPING OR INOPERATIVE 2. Blocked suction
3. Faulty regulator valve or seal
4. Leaking pipe connections
5. Failed pump or no drive
6. Excessive leakage at clutch piston sea Is
7. Faulty clutch pack

Revised 3/75
 GROJP 10
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
FAULT FINDING SYNiPTOMS AND CAUSES
PAGE 52

HITCH LOWERS TOO SLOWLY 1. Incorrectly set or faulty action control valve
2. Restricted lubrication tube
3. Faulty draft control valve
4 .. Incorrectly set or binding control linkage

HITCH WILL NOT HOLD EQUIPMENT 1. Faulty cushion relief valve or seal
2. Maladjusted draft control valve drop poppet (.020 setting)
3. Excessive leakage at cylinder piston seals.
4. Faulty linkage not returning draft control valve spool to
neutra I
5. Draft control drop check valve seat leaking
6. Excessive leakage at draft control valve to cylinder seals

HITCH REMAINS ON PRESSURE 1. Jammed unloa<iing valve piston

2. Binding control linkage
3. Draft control valve not adjusted for correct lift height
4. Safety shut-Off switch out of position
5. Insufficient clearance between internal bellcrank lever and
draft control housing

WEAK OR NO POWER STEERING 1. Faulty priority flow divider

2. Leaking pipe connections
Hitch and Auxiliaries O.K. 3. Faulty power steering safety valve or seal
4. Excessive leakage at steering cylinder piston seals
5. Faulty integral steering valve

WEAK OR NO AUXILIARIES 1. Faulty auxiliary valve ·(low pressure at self-sealing coupling)

2. Faulty auxiliary equipment- {correct pressure at self-sealing
Power Steering and Hitch O.K. coupling)

INADEOUA TE LUBRICATION PRESSURE 1. Faulty lubrication regulator valve (Early Machines)

2. Lea king pipe connect ions
3. Restrictor not fitted
4. Blocked transfer pump suction
5. Failed transfer pump or no drive
6. Aerated system

I.P.T.O. WILL NOT DRIVE OR SLIPPING 1. Incorrectly set I inkage

2. Faulty pressure regulating valve
3. Excessive leakage past I.P.T.O. spool
4. Weak or broken spool springs
5. Steering return check valve jammed open or leaking
6. Excessive leakage at I.P.T.O. shaft or piston seals
7. Faulty clutch pack
8. MCV body gasket damaged
9. Loose or missing ball in end of rear P.T.O. shaft

I.P.T.O. WILL NOT STOP 1. Incorrectly set linkage

2. Hand brake bracket fitted upside down and fouling spool
operating yoke
3. Piston seals extruded
4. Faulty clutch pack
GROUP10
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
FAULT FINDING SYMPTOMS AND CAUSES
PAGE 53

OVERHEATING 1. Oil cooler blocked

2. Oil cooler by-pass valve jam"\ed open or spring broken
3. Power steering return check v~lve leaking or jammed open
41 Excessive leakage at I.P.T.O. Spool- incorrectly set linkage
5. Hitch remaining on pressure
6. Low oil level
7. Inefficient pump
8. Excessive system leakage
9. Aerated s ys tern

NOISY SYSTEM 1. Aerated system

2. Cavitation due to partially blocked suction filter

TORQUE AMPLIFIER OR FORWARD/ 1. Incorrectly set, binding or disconnected linkage

REVERSE SLIPPING OR INOPERATIVE 2. Blocked suction
3. Faulty regulator valve or seal
4. Leaking pipe connections
5. Failed pump or no drive
6. Excessive leakage at clutch piston seals
7. Faulty clutch pack
 SERVICE BULLETIN REFERENCE

Number Date SubJeCt Changes

 Page Numbers
GROUP 11
P.T.O. & (!} z 0~
z 0
:::; >--
zz
<{W

BELT PULLEY
...J
<{
>
0
z
<{
::;;
>-
...J

"'
::;;
w
<{
--'
--'
<{
(!}~
zoo
-::J
::;; >-- >----,
!!! <J) <J) ooo
w
-z
<J)
er: 0 <{ ~<{
CONTENTS

P.T.O. SHAFTS 2 3 3 3 -

I.P.T.O. CLUTCH 4 4 5 5 6
SIDE DRIVE P.T.O. 7 8 8 8 -
BELT PULLEY 9 9 10 11 -
GROUP 11
P.T.O. & BELT PUL .EY
PAGE 1

1. DESCRIPTION

1a. INDEPENDENT POWER TAKE-OFF

The independent power take-off takes its

drive from the engine clutch cover via a qui 11
shaft. A gear machined integral with the quill
shaft meshes with a gear on the front P.T.O.
shaft. The front P.T.O. shaft passes through the
hollow speed and range section countershafts
and at the rear splines into the P.T.O.clutch gear.
The hydraulically actuated wet multi-plate clutch
splines into the clutch hub. Except on some early
models. the P.T.O. clutch cup has an integral
gear to provide the drive for a side drive P.T.O.
The upper P.T.O. shaft. when fitted, is
driven from a gear at the rear of the lower shaft
through an idler gear.
These tractors can be supplied with either
a single speed lower shaft P.T .0 .. a single speed
upper shaft P.T.O. or a dual speed P.T.O.

1b. SIDE DRIVE P.T.O.

A side drive P.T.O. is available and is Fig.1

driven from the gear formed integral with I.P.T.O.
clutch cup so that this P.T.O. is also driven 1d. HYDRAULiC CIRCUIT
through the I.P.T .0. clutch. A selector lever on
the side drive housing enables this P.T.O. to A. DISENGAGED
be locked out of engagement when not required
With the control lever in the disengaged
for use.
position return fluid from the power steeri n9
circuit 11·1) flows past the spool valve 12~11
and oil cooler by-pass valve 13-1) to the
transmission oil cooler then returns to the
1c. I.P.T.O. CLUTCH OPERATION rear compartment of the rear frame.
Fluid from the rear of the piston 18-1) is
Hydraulic pressure to the rear of the piston pushed out past the regulator valve 17-1)
18-1) pushes the piston forward against the force through port 16·1) and open valve ( 1 0-1 ) to
of the springs 112·1) to compress the plates 19·1 ). return to the reservoir at the port (5-1).
Drive is then transmitted to the lower (rear)
B. INITIAL ENGAGEMENT
P.T.O. shaft and to the side drive P.T.O., if
fitted. When the control lever is moved forward
The clutch assembly rotates within a brake and held at the offset in the quadrant the
r~ng 116-1) which is held stationary by the pro-
spool valve 12-1) is moved down and directs
jection contacting a boss in the rear frame. When the flow of fluid from the power steering
the hydraulic pressure to the rear of the piston is return 11-1) to the port 16-1). This flow
relieved, the springs push the piston return continues past the regulator valve 17-1) to
plate 115·1) and piston rearward to allow the the clutch piston 18·1) and partially com-
plates to separate. When the piston return presses the clutch plates 19-1 1 so that the
plate meets the brake ring the clutch assembly P.T.O. starts to turn. When the pressure on
will be arrested so that the P.T.O. is quickly the piston reaches 2.9 to 3.2 kg/cm2 141 to
stopped. 46 lb/in2) the valve 110-1) will lift off its
 GROUP 11
P.T.O. & BELT PULLEY
PAGE 2

seat and allow unused fluid to return to

the reservoir at the port (5-1).

C. FULL ENGAGEMENT

When the control lever is moved fully

forward the linkage will click over centre
and the lever will stay in the fully engaged
position. The spring (11-l)will be compressed
which holds the valve (10-1) on its seat.
When the pressure to the piston (8-1) reaches
15.5 to 17.6 kg;cm2 (220 to 250 lb/in2) the
regulator valve (7-1) will open to allow
unused fluid to flow via the by-pass valve
(3-1) and oil cooler (4-1) to return, to the
rear compartment of the rear frame.
Fig.3
2. P.T.O. SHAFTS

2a. REMOVAL (b) Remove the bolts 'from the cap (3-4)
and remove the cap.
1. LOWER SHAFT
(c) Release the circlip (8-4) then withdraw
{a) Drain the transmission then remove the
the shaft and bearing lifting out the circlip
cover plate (3-7 GROUP 7) or side drive
(8-4) and gear (7-4) as they become free to
P.T.O.
do so.
(b) Drive out the roll pin (1-2), remove the
(d) If inspection proves it necessary press
out the bearing (9-4).

3. IDLER GEAR I If fitted)

(a) Remove the lift housing referring to

GROUP 10.

(b) Remove the bolts (1-3) and remove the

lower shaft cap.

(c) Push out the idler shaft (16-4) lifting out

the idler gear (17-4) as it becomes free to
do so.

Fig.2

bolts (1-3) and carefully withdraw the lower

shaft (2-3).

(c) If inspection proves it necessary press

out the bearing (13-4) and bush (12-4).
16 ,,

2. UPPER SHAFT (If fitted)

(a) Remove the lift housing referring to

GROUP 10. Fig.4
GROUP 11
P.T.O. & BELT PULLEY
PAGE 3

2b. DISMANTliNG Ensure that the jomts are locked and that
the rings are concentric with the shaft.
1. LOWER SHAFT
(e) Press a new seal, if fitted, into the end
(a) Slide off the end cap. cap, if this was removed, and position the
(b) Remove the seal rings (15-4). cap on the shaft.

(c) Remove the circlip (11-4) and press off 2d. INSTALLATION
the gear (1Q-4) if fitted.
If the bearings (9 & 13-4) or bush (12-4) were
(d) Remove the circlip (2-4) and press off removed press in new ones to the dimensions
the bearing (1-4). shown in Fig.5 before installing any of the gears
or shafts in the rear frame.
(e) If inspection proves it necessary remove
the seal, if fitted, from the end cap.

2. UPPER SHAFT (If fitted)

(a) Remove the circlip (5-4) and press off

the bearing (6-4).

(b) If inspection proves it necessary remove

the seal (4-4) from the end cap (3-4).

3. IDLER GEAR (If fitted)

If inspection proves it necessary press

the bearing ( 18-4) from the id Ier gear.

2c. ASSEMBLY
A - 76 mm (3.00 in(
1. IDLER GEAR (If fitted) B - 407.035 "t 0.381 mm (16.026 "t 0.015 in)
C- 431.8 "t 0.381 mm (17.000 "t 0.015 in)
Press a new bearing (18-4) into the Fig.5 Bearing lnstaffation
idler gear, if this was removed, until equally 1. IDLER GEAR (If fitted)
recessed on either side.
(a) Position the idler gear (17-4) in the
2. UPPER SHAFT (If fitted) rear frame and thread in the idler shaft(16-4).
(a) Press the bearing (6-4) onto the shaft (b) Install the lower shaft cap and secure
and secure with the circlip (5-4). with the bolts (1-3).
(b) Press a new seal (4-4) into the end cap (c) lnsta 11 the lift housing referring to
(3-4), if this was removed. and position the GROUP 10.
cap on the shaft.
2. UPPERSHAFT (If fitted)
3. LOWER SHAFT
(a) Enter the upper shaft into the rear frame
(a) Before assembling the shaft ensure that threading on the gear (7-4) and circlip (8-4).
the sealing ball (14-4) is in position and not Locate the shaft in the front bearing (9-4)
loose. and ensure that the rear bearing (6-4) is
fully home.
(b) Press the gear (10-4). if fitted, onto the
shaft and secure with the circlip (11-4). (b) Position the end cap (3-4) and secure
with the bolts.
(c) Press the bearing (1-4) onto the shaft
and secure with the c~rclip (2-4). (c) Locate the circlip (8-4) in its groove.

(d) Fill the seal ring grooves with petroleum (d) Install the lift housing referring to
1elly then install the seal rings (15-4). GROUP 10.
 GROUP 11
P.T.O. & BELT PULLEY
PAGE 4

3. LOWER SHAFT

(a) Carefully feed the lower shaft into posi-

tion locating the forward end in the P.T.O.
clutch cup, the seal rings in the bush (12-4)
and the rear bearing in the rear frame.

(b) Align the roll pin holes and drive in the

roll pin (1-2).

(c) Secure the end cap with the bolts (1-3).

(d) Install the cover plate (3-7 GROUP 7) or

Fig.7
side drive P.T.O. and fill the transmission
to level.
3b. DISMANTLING
(e) Test the operation of the P.T.O. referring
(a) Remove the circlip (1·6) and lift out the
as necessary to the TEST PROCEDURES at the
clutch backing plate (1·7) and springs.
end of GROUP 10.
(b) Lift out the clutch plates (1-8).

3. I.P.T.O. CLUTCH

3a. REMOVAL

(a) Drain the transmission and remove the

cover plate (3-7 GROUP 7) or side drive
P.T.O.

(b) Drive out the roll pin (1-2). remove thE

bolts (1-3) and withdraw the lower P.T.O.
shaft (2-3) far enough to allow the P.T.O.
clutch (2-2) to be lifted out. TA515·73

Fig.S

(c) Lift out the piston return plate (1·9)

TA515 N

Fig.6 Fig.9
GROUP 11
P.T.O. & BELT PULLEY
PAGE 5

TA515·7·5

Fig.lO Fig.13

and brake ring (1-10). (e) Lift out the piston (1-13) and remove the
inner and outer ·o· rings (2 & 3-13).
(d) Remove the circlip (2-10) and thrust
3c. ASSEMBLY

(a) New clutch plates must be pre-soaked

in IH HY-TRAN fluid for a minimum of three
minutes.

(b) Smear petroleum jelly in the grooves and

on the ·o· rings then install new ·o· rings
(2 & 3-13) on the piston and position the
piston in the clutch cup (4-13) with \he
recess in the piston toward the open end of
the clutch cup.

(c) Install the clutch hub (1-12) with the

recess toward the open end of the clutch
cup then install the thrust washer (1-11) and
Fig.11
secure wiih the circlip (2-1 0).

(d) Position the brake ring (1-10) in the

clutch cup then install the piston return
washer (1-11) then lift out the clutch hub
plate (1-9).
(1-12 ).
(e) Install the clutch plates (1-8) starting
and finishing with a friction disc and with
two driving plates between each pair of
discs.

(f) Install the clutch backing plate (1-7)

with a spring on each pin then secure with

•••I
the circlip (1-6).

3d. INSTALLATION

1/ff (a) Position the P.T.O. clutch (2-2) on the

gear (2·14) and push in the lower P.T.O.
TA515-77 shaft (2-3) aligning the roll pm holes at the
same time.

(b) Dnve in the roll pin (1·2) then tighten

Fig.12 the bolts (1·31.
 GROUP 11
P.T.O. & BELT PULLEY
PAGE 6

Fig.14

(c) Install the cover plate (3-7 GROUP 7) or

side drive P.T.O. and fill the transmission to
correct level with IH HY-TRAN fluid.

(d) Test the P.T.O. for correct functioning

referring as necessary to the TEST PRO-
CEDURE at the end of GROUP 10.

Fig.15

3e. ADJUSTMENTS

1. CONTROL LEVER
2. PRESSURE TESTS & ADJUSTMENTS
(a) Slacken the locknut (2-15) then dis-
connect the clevis (3-15) so that the length (a) Connect a 0 to 400 lb/in2 pressure gauge
of the rod can be adjusted to allow the spool (27-69 GROUP 10) to the Tee junction to the
valve a. movement (4·15) of 29 to 30 mm (1.15 rear of the MCV (Fig.81 GROUP 10).
to 1.20 in) from the disengaged to the fully
(b) Start the engine and run at rated rev/min.
engaged position.
(c) There should be no pressure reading with
(b) Slacken the bolt (1-15), connect the
the control lever in the disengaged position.
clevis (3-15) and tighten the locknut (2-15).
(d) Move the control lever to the first notch
(c) Ensure that the spool is in the dis-
in the quadrant, the initial engagement
engaged position, set the hand lever in the
position. and hold there. The pressure
centre of the disengaged position notch on
reading at this point should be 2.9 to
the quadrant then tighten the bolt (1-15).
3.2 kg/cm2 (41 to 46 lb/in2).
(d) Move the hand lever to the initial (e) If the pressure r_eading is less than
engagement position. When released the 2.9 kg/cm2 (41 lb/in2) stop the engine and
lever should freely return to the disengaged remove the I.P.T.O. spool from the MCV
position. referring to GROUP 10.
GROUP 11
P.T.O. & BELT PULLEY
PAGE 7

(f) Slide the horseshoe shims (13-1) between ( i) To adjust the pressure remove the
the valve spring and guide according to the regulating valve plug (5-19 GROUP 10)and
following table: add shims according to the following table:

Pressure Gauge Readin.g Number of Shims Pressure Gauge Reading Number of Shims
kg/cm2 lb/in2 Required kg/cm2 lb/in2 Required
2.2 to 2.4 32 to 34 .......... . 3 9.9 to 10.8 140 to 154 4
2.5 to 2.6 35 to 37 .......... . 2 10.9 to 12.4 155 to 177 3
2.7 to 2.8 38 to 40 ......... .. 1 12.5 to 14.0 178 to 200 2
2.9 to 3.2 41 to 46 ......... .. 0 14.1 to 15.4 201 to 219 1
15.5to17.6 220to250 0
Ensure that the shims are flush with
the shoulder and with each other if more (j) Install the plug and retest.
than one.

(g) Install the spool and recheck the initial

engagement pressure.
4. SIDE DRIVE P.T.O.
(h) Move the lever to the fully engaged
position and check the pressure reading. 4a. REMOVAL
The table in op.(i) gives the pressures when
(a) Drain the transmission.
checked at the MCV port. When checking at
the Tee junction, as in this case, pressures (b) Remove the mounting bolts securing the
up to 0.35 kg/cm2 (5 lb/in2) less can be housing (1-16) to the rear frame.
experienced due to normal clutch seepage.
If in doubt check the pressure at the MCV (c) Ease the assembly from the dowels and
referring to the TEST PROCEDURES at the clear of the tractor. Remove and discard the
end of ffiOUP 10. gasket (3·16).

4 5
3

~
1. Housing

~~
2. Bearing
3. Gasket
4. Idler shaft
5. Idler gear
6. Bearing
7. Output shaft
s. Snap ring
9. Bearing
10. Oil seal
11. Bearing retainer
12. Gasket
13. Snap ring
14. Spring
15. Ball
16. Driven gear
.,..,., 1 7. Selector fork
18- Block
19. Selector shaft
20- ·o· ring

Fig.16 SIDE DRIVE P.T.O.

 GROUP 11
P.T.O. & BELT PULLEY
PAGE 8

4b. DISMANTLING (d) Enter the output shaft into the gear
until the through hole for the poppet ba lis
(a) Drive out the roll pin and push the idler and spring (14 & 15-16) is nearly at the
shaft (4-16) rearward to free the idler gear. gear. Insert a ball, the spring and the second
ball then compress them while entering the
(b) Remove the plug from the top of the shaft further into the gear unti I the balls are
housing, lock the selector in the disengaged inside the gear.
position, then through the pluy hole drive
the roll pin from the fork (17-16).
(e) Ensure that the output shaft enters the
(c) Remove the bearing retainer (11-16) rear bearing as the front bearing is located
and gasket (12-16). in the housing then secure the front bearing
with the gasket (12-16) and bearing retainer
(11-16).
(d) Ease out the shaft (7-16) complete with
bearing (9-16) taking care as the poppet
balls (15-16) and springs (14-16) leave the
(f) Move the gear and selector to the dis-
gear.
engaged position, align the roll pin holes
(e) Unlock the selector shaft (19-16) and then drive in the roll pin_ to secure the
withdraw this shaft from the housing and selector fork to the selector shaft.
fork. Remove the ·o·
ring (20-16) from the
shaft and discard.
(g) Move the selector back and forth to
check that the poppet balls spring into the
(f) Remove the gear (16-16) and fork from the
grooves in both the engaged and disengaged
housing taking care not to lose the selector
positions.
blocks (18·16) on the fork ends.

(g) If inspection proves it necessary press (h) Position the idler gear against the boss
the bearing (6-16) trom the idler gear (5-16), and push in the idler gear shaft aligning the
the end bearing (2-16) from the housing, the roll pin holes. Drive in the roll pin.
oil seal ( 10-16) from the bearing retainer and
remove the snap ring (13-16) to press the (i) Install the plug in the top of the housing.
bearing (9-16) from the output shaft.

(b) If removed press the bearing (9-16) onto

the output shah and secure with the snap
ring (13-16). Ensure that the snap ring (8-16) 4d. INSTALLATION
is in position on the output shaft.
(a) Position a new gasket (3-16) then locate
the assembly on the dowels ensuring that
4c. ASSEMBLY
the idler gear mesh~s with the I.P.T.O.
(a) If removed press a new end bearing clutch gear.
(2-16)into the housing, a new oil seal (10-16)
into the bearing retainer and a new bearing
(5-16) into the idler gear (6-16). (b) Secure the housing with the mounting
bolts.
(c) Position the tork (17-16) in the housing,
insert the gear locating the fork in the
selector groove taking care not to dislodge (c) Fill the transmission to correct level with
the blocks (18-16) then with a new ·o· IH HY-TRAN fluid and check for correct
ring (20-16) on the selector fork shaft insert functioning referring as necessary to the
this shaft to hold the fork in position. TEST PROCEDURES at the end of GROUP 10.
GROUP 11
P.T.O. & BELT PULLEY
PAGE 9

5. BELT PULLEY pinion shaft (10-17) and bearings from the

pulley housing. Press the shaft from the
5a. REMOVAL outer bearing (16-17), spacer (13-17) and
Dr11in the fluid from the belt pulley then inner bearing (12-17).
remove the mounting bolts and withdraw the belt (f) Remove the spacer (14-17) and.shims
pulley from the P.T.O. shaft. [15-17) from the housing.

(g) Remove the bolts retaining the end cover

5b. DISMANTLING (8-17) then draw off the end cover using two
of the bolts in the extractor holes (1-18).
(a) Remove the safety shield bracket (26-17)
and safety shield (27-17) from the cover (h) Remove the bevel gear assembly from the
(8-17). housing.

(b) Remove the cbtter pin, nut (23-17) and ( i) Remove the shim (9-17) and outer bearing
retaining washer (22-17) then remove the (5-17) from the end cover.
pulley (20·17) from the shaft.
(j) Remove the inner bearing (3-17) and oil
(c) Remove the key (11-17) from the shaft. seal (2-17) from the housing.

(d) Remove the bolts and lift off the retainer (k) Remove the bolts and separate the bevel
assembly (18·17) complete with oil seal gear (6-17) and shims (7-17) from the clutch
( 19-17). Remove the gasket and shims. Press shaft (4-17).
the oil· seal from the retainer.
(I) If inspection proves it necessary, remove
(e) Using a suitable puller withdraw the the bush (21-17) from the pulley.

1. ·Drive housing 5. Outer bearing

2. Oil seal 6. Bevel gear
3, Inner bearing 7. Shim
4. Clutch assembly a. Ori ve housing cover
9. Drive housing shim
10. Pinion shaft
tl. Key
12. Inner roller bearing
13. Bearing spacer
14. Spacer
15. Shim
16. Outer bearing
17. Ga::;ket
18. Retainer assembly
19. Oil seal
20. Belt pulley assembly
21. Bushing
22. Washer
23. Nut
24. Top cover plate
25. Gasket
26. Bracket assembly
27. Shield assembly
28. Backing plate

Fig.17 BELT PULLEY

 GROUP 11
P. T.O. & BELT PULLEY
PAGE 10

(g) Press the inner bearing (12-17), spacer

5c. ASSEMBLY
( 13-17) and outer bearing (16-17) onto the
(a) Press the inner bearing (3-17) onto the pinion shaft (10-17). In place of the pulley,
clutch shaft (4-17). position a suitable spacer on the shaft then
secure with the retaining washer (22-17) and
(b) Assemble the bevel gear (6-17) to the
nut (23-17).
shaft and/tighten the bolts. Measure from the
back face of the bearing to the front face of (h) Install the spacer (14-17) and FIVE
the gear. Select shims (7-17) to bring this shims (15-17) into the housing then install
dimension between 80.56 to 80.32 mm the pinion shaft assembly. lnsta 11 the gasket
(3,172 to 3.162 in). Install the selected shim (17-17) and the retainer (18-17) without its
between the clutch flange and bevel gear oil seal. Check that a gap exists between
and tighten the bolts. the retainer and the housing, if necessary
adding more shims (15-17) on top of the outer
(c) Press the bevel gear assembly into the
bearing (16-17) to ensure this.
housing.
(i) Remove the inspection cover (24-17) and
(d) Press the outer bearing (5-17) into the
gasket (25-17) then mount a dial indicator to
cover (8-17) then install the assembly onto
the housing with the stylus bearing on the
the clutch shaft until the bearing touches
top of a bevel gear tooth. Take a backlash
the shoulder on the shaft. Measure the gap
reading at four points of the bevel gear.
between the cover (8-17) and housing (1-17)
and select sufficient shims (9-17) to give a
total thickness greater than the gap measured. (j) The five shims (15-17) that were fitted
At least one shim will be required. under the outer bearing should give a back-
(e) Withdraw the bevel gear assembly then lash figure greater than the 0.13 to 0.18 mm
press the oil seal (2-17) 1nto the hous1ng (0.005 to 0.007 in) that is finally required.
with the lips inward until the back face of The removal of one shim will reduce the
the seal is 71 mm (2.82 in) from the mounting backlash by approximately 0.04 mm
flange. (0.0016 in). Select shims to bring the back-
lash nearer the higher required figure.
(f) Press the bevel gear assembly into the At the same time measure the gap between
housing 'taking care not to damage the oil the housing and the retainer (18-17). This
seal (2-17). assemble the selected shims must be a minimum of 0.05 mm (0.002 in)
(9-17) to the cover (8-17) then position the on final assembly and must be allowed for
cover so that the extraction holes are at the when adjusting the shimming underneath the
5 and 11 o'clock positions (1-18). Tighten
bearing.
the retaining bolts. As an example, supposing the gap
measures 0.10 mm ( 0.004 in) and the backlash
is 0.28 mm (0.011 in). To bring the backlash
within limits three shims need to be removed
from under the bearing which wi 11 then make
the backlash 0.16 mm (0.0062 in). However.
as each shim is 0.05 mm (0.002 in) thick
at least two of these shims will have to be
positioned above the bearing to ensure a gap
between the retainer and housing.

(k) Withdraw the pinion assembly and

position the selected shim pack ·In the
housing.

(I) Remove the nut (23-17). retaining washer

F1g.18 (22-17) and setting spacer from the pinion
GROUP 11
P.T.O. & BELT PULLEY
PAGE 11

shaft then install the pinion assembly in the (o) Install the inspection cover and gasket
housing and insta 11 the selected shim pack (24 & 25-17).
and gasket (17-17) on top of the outer
bearing. (p) Attach the safety shield (27-17) and
bracket (26-17) to the cover (8-17).
(m) Press a new oil seal into the retainer
with the lips facing inward then position the 5d. INSTALLATION
retainer on the housing and secure with the
(a) Mount the belt pulley to the lower P.T.O.
retaining bolts. Check that there is an
shaft with the inspection cover to the top.
acceptable gap between the retain er and
housing. (b) Remove the inspection cover (24-17) and
level plug then fill the housing to the level
(n) Press a new bush (21-17) into the pulley plug with IH HY-TRAN fluid. Install the plug
if this was removed then insta 11 the key and cover.
(11-17), pulley (20-17), retaining washer
(22-17) and nut (2~·17). Tighten the nut and (c) Adjust the safety shiel<i as detailed in
lock with the cotter pin. the Operator's Manual.
 SERVICE BULLETIN REFERENCE
Number Date Changes
 Page Numbers

GROUP 12
(:J z
z 0
~
CAB -'
<(
>
-'
>--
z<(
>-
-'
cc
:::!'
<(
-'
-'
<(
0 :::!' w >--
:::!' V)
-
V) V)
w
0:: 0
V)
<( z

CONTENTS

CAB 1 - - 3

ROOF PANEL 5 - - 5

DOORS 5 5 5 6

REAR WINDOW 6 6 6 7

SLIDING (SIDE) WINDOW 7 7 8 8

FRONT WINDOW 8 8 9 10

SAFETY FRAME 11 11 11 11

FENDERS 12 12 12 12

MOUNTINGS 14 - - 14

STEERING SUPPORT INSULATION 16 - - 16

GRILLE SUPPORT 17 - - 17

Issued 1/76
GROUP 12
CAB
PAGE 1

1. DESCRIPTION
The ISO-MOUNT Safety Cab is made of heavy
gauge metal with a built in safety frame and
toughened safety glass all round. The complete
cab. including floor plates, seat platform and
transmission cover plates, plus the steering and
instrument support are mounted on four rubber
mountings.

A sound absorbant trim of heavy padding

lines the cab interior. Also included in the cab
is a detachable roof. double hinged rear window.
sliding side windows, lift off doors. side lights.
direction indicators and electric windscrPPn
wiper.
Fig. 2

(c) Pull off the knob ( 1-3) and remove the range
lever handle (2-3) by removing the socket headed
screw. Remove the bolts (3-3) and lift the left
control housing clear. Disconnect the left fender
harness at the connector.

(d) Remove the seat rai Is ( 4-3) and insulator

retainer (5-3) then remove the seat deck insulator
( 12-11 ). Lift the insulator from the floor plates
and transmission tunnel. Remove the bolts ( 1-4)
and lift the left and right channel plates clear.
Remove the two bolts (2-4) securing the trans-
mission top cover to the seat deck.

Fig. 1

2_ CAB
2a. REMOVAL
(a) Lift the cab doors off the hinge pins.

(b) Slide out the seat. Pull off the control

knobs ( 1-2) then remove the bolts (2-2) and lift
the right control housing clear. Disconnect the
right fender harness at the connector. Fig. 3

Issued 1/76
 GROUP 12
CAB
PAGE 2

Fig. 4 Fig. 6

(e) Remove the parking brake (3-4) from the (h) Disconnect the windscreen wiper cables at
I eft lender. the connectors (2-7) and remove the bolts secur-
ing the floor plates to the lenders.
(I) Close the fuel shut-oft valves then discon-
nect the spill pipe (1-5), cross feed pipe (2·5) ( i) Suitably sling the cab and remove the front
and fuel supply pipe (3-5) at the fuel tank. Dis- mounting centre bolt ( 1-8). Remove the rear
connect the fuel transmitter cable. mounting plate nuts (1-9) and lower mounting
plate (2-9) then carefully lilt the cab, Fig. 10.
(g) Remove the screws (1-6) securing the front complete with fuel tank clear of the tractor.
three insulator retaining plates, then remove the
retaining plates (2·6), insulator strips (1-7) and
peel back the insulator shroud (3-6).

Fig. 5 Fig. 7

Issued 1/76
GROUP 12
CAB
PAGE 3

Fig. 9

Fig. 8

(f) Lay the seat deck insulator in position ther

install the retainer (5-3) and seat rails (4-3).
2b. INSTALLATION
(g) Secure the left fender harness at the connec-
(a) With the cab suitably supported, carefully
tor, then install and secure the left control
lower the cab onto the tractor taking care not to
housing with the bolts (3-3). Push-on the knob
foul the control levers. Ensure the cone washers
( 1-3) and secure the range lever handle (2-3)
(7·34) and centralising washers (5-34) are correc-
with the socket headed screw.
tly located on the front mountings. With the
6.35 mm (0.25 in) thick washer (4-34) on the bolt (h) Connect the right fender harness, then install
and the centralising washer located in the mount~ the right control housing and secure with the
ing install the bolt, from the bottom, and tighten bolts (2-2). Push-on the control lever knobs
the nut finger tight. Ensure the rear mountings are (1-2).
correctly located on the rear axles then install
( i) I nsta 11 the seat and I ocate the cab doors on
the lower mounting plates (2·9) and nuts (1-9).
the hinge pins.
Tighten the rear mounting support retaining nuts
to 10 kgm (70 lbft) and the front mounting centre
bolt to 15 kgm ( 110 lbft).

(b) Secure the floor plates to the fenders and

connect the windscreen wiper motor cables at the
connection (2·7).

(c) Secure the instrument support insulator

shroud and insulator strips ( 1·7) with the retain-
ing plates (2-6) and screws ( 1·6).

(d) Connect the fuel supply pipe (3·5), cross

feed pipe (2-5) and spill pipe (1-5) at the fuel
tank, then open the fuel shut-off valves and
connect the fuel transmitter cable.
(e) Secure the parking brake (3-4) to the left
fender then install the left and right channel
plates and secure with the bolts (1-4). Install
the two bolts (2-4) securing the transmission
top cover to the seat deck. Position the insula-
tor over the transmission tunnel and on the floor
plates. Fig. 10

Issued 1176
 GROUP 12
CAB
PAGE 4

1. Floor insulation 9. Seat deck insulator

2. Tunnel insulator retainer
3. Stud 10. Insulator moulding
4. Floor insulation 11· Fender insulator
5. Fender insulator retainer
6· Door insulator 12. Seat deck insulator
1· Fender insulator 13. fender insulator
retainer retainer
B· Fender insulator 14. Door insulator
retainer 15. ClooT insula tor

Fig. 11 Cab Insulation

Issued 1/76
GROUP 12
CAB
PAGE 5

Fig. 12

3. ROOF PANEL
3a. REMOVAL
(a) Release the catches (1-12) and lift the roof
panel clear of the tractor.

3b. I NST ALLA Tl ON 1. Fillerstrip 5. Door

2. Glass 6. Shim
(a) Install the roof panel on the safety frame and 3. Handle (outer) 7. Hinge
secure with the catches (1-12). 4. Seal a. Seal

Fig. 13 Door Assembly

4. DOORS
4a. REMOVAL

(a) Lift the doors off the hinge pins.

4b. DISMANTLING
{a) Remove the screws and nuts to remove the
outer door handle (3-13).

(b) Remove the four self tapping screws (1·14)

to remove the inner handle and latch (2-14).
(c) Remove the nuts (3-7). washers (1-15). hinge
(2-15) and shims (3-15).

4c. ASSEMBLY

(a) Secure the inner door handle and latch (2-14)

with the self tapping screws (1-14), and the
outer door handle (3-13) with the screws and
nuts.

(b) Position two shims (3-15). and the hinge

(2-15) on the door then secure the assembly
using one flat washer and nut on each stud. Fig. 14

Issued 1/76
 GROUP 12
CAB
PAGE 6

5b. DISMANTLING
(a) Remove the nuts (13·17), washers, shoulder
bolts and washers then lift the lower rear window
l' =-:;
assembly clear of the upper rear window. Remove

n ~ --.!
the rubber seal (16-17) from the window hinge
and the rubber grommets from the window glass.

(b) Slacken the nut (9-17) to remove the rubber

damper (11-17) and grommet from the lower win-
dow glass.
(C) To remove the latch handle. remove the

u ~=, cap (3-17), slacken the nut and withdraw the

bolt, washer, friction pad and handle from the
=- oll
;.: f;
J /' r-1-"' bracket.
~

5C. ASSEMBLY

I (a) Position the flat washer, friction pad (5-17)

3 and latch handle (6-17) on the bolt (4·17) then

locate the bolt in the bracket and install the nut
514·350
2 finger tight.

(b) Tighten the latch handle retammg nut until

Fig. 15 a pull of 4.5 to 5.4 kg (10 to 12 lb), applied at a
point along the handle 211 mm (8.3 in) from the
4d. INSTALLATION nut, is required to move the handle. Install the
cap (3-17).
(a) Hang the doors on the hinge pins. With
the doors shut ensure the seal a If round the door (c) locate the rubber grommets (14-17) in the
is just touching the cab. Add or remove shims lower window glass. Position the sealing strip
(3-15) as necessary until the door is sealing ( 16-17) on the upper window hinge and lay the
correctly. window glass on the sealing strip. Install the
If two shims are used install one washer
shoulder bolts ( 15·17), with flat washers fitted,
under each nut. through the window and secure with the nuts and
If one shim is used install two washers
under each nut.
If no shims are required use three washers
under each nut.

5. REAR WINDOW
5a. REMOVAL
(a) Raise the lower rear window and secure with
the latch handle ( 1·16).
(b) Disconnect the spring cylinders (2-16) at the
rear window by removing the circl·ip, washer and
clevis pin.

(c) Support the rear window then remove the

bolts (3·16) and lift the rear window assembly
clear. Fig. 16

lssuea 1/76
GROUP 12
CAB
PAGE 7

Fig. 18

(c) Unlatch and close the rear window then

check it correctly engages the lower seals loca-
ted on the side of the fender. If necessary slack-
en the bolts and adjust the seals, with the
window in the closed position, to give correct
1. Glass (upper) 10. Grommet engagement between the seals.
2. Seal 11. Damper
3. Cover 12. Glass (lower)
4. Bolt 13. Nut 6. SLIDING (SIDE) WINDOW
5. Friction pad 14. Gromnet 6a. REMOVAL
6. Latch handle 15. Shoulder bolt
7. Handle grip 16. Seal (a) Remove the four self tapping screws ( 1·18)
s. Seal 17. Cylinder and lift the sliding window assembly (2·18) from
9. Nut and cap 18. WindO\OV panel the safety frame.
Fig. 17 Rear Window 6b. DISMANTLING
(a) Remove the screws ( 1·19) at the front corners
washers on the hinge side of the window. Tight· of the window frame then remove the front section
en the nuts to a torque of 345 to 450 gm (30 to of the frame and withdraw the si iding glass. If
40 !bin). required, remove the finger pull from the glass
using a rubber hammer.
(d) Position the grommet, for the rubber damper,
in the lower window glass. Locate the damper,
( 11·17) through the grommet and secure with flat
washer and nut, tightened to a torque of 115 to
172 gm ( 10 to 15 !bin). then install the plastic
cap.

5d. INSTALLATION

(a) Latch the lower and upper windows together

then secure the rear window assembly to the
safety frame with the bolts (3-16).

(b) Connect the spring cylinders (2·16) to the

rear window with the clevis pin, washer and
circlip.
NOTE: If the spring cylinders were removed,
ensure they are installed with the cylinder upper-
most to lubricate the seals.

Issued 1/76
 GROUP 12
CAB
PAGE 8

6c. ASSEMBLY
(a) Slide the glass into the window frame then
install the front section of the frame and secure
with the screws (1-19). Install the finger pull.
6d. INSTALLATION
(a) Ensure the window frame seal is intact then
install the window frame (2-18) and secure with
the screws ( 1-18).

7. FRONT WINDOW

7a. REMOVAL
TA514·616
(a) Lift off the cab doors.

(b) Disconnect the windscreen wiper cables at

Fig. 21
the connection (2·7).

(c) Remove the screws (1-20) securing the front

three insulator retaining plates, then remove the
retaining plates (2-20) and insulator strips (1-7).

(d) Remove the bolts (3-20) securing the top of

the window to the safety frame and the four bolts
securing the bottom of the window to the fenders
then lift the window clear of the tractor.
7b. DISMANTLING

(a) Disconnect the windscreen wiper connections

at the motor.

(b) Slacken the grub screw and remove the wiper

arm, unscrew the knurled, dirt seal from the wiper
motor driving shaft then remove the motor retain-
ing nuts, jam nuts and cup washers. Lift the
motor clear of the glass and remove the two
rubber grommets.

(c) Remove the fillerstrips ( 1-21) from inside

the weatherstrip then ease the windscreen,'
outwards, out of the weatherstrip. Peel the
weatherstrip from around the window panel.

Fig. 20 (d) Remove the lower glass. referring to op. (c).

Issued 1/76
GROUP 12
CAB
PAGE 9

'
'
\
"

Fig. 22 Fig. 23

7c. ASSEMBLY (c) Start inserting the fillerstrip (1·23) well into
the corner. Insert the Tool Eye (2·23) into the
(a) install the weatherstrip (1·22) around the
groove of the weatherstrip then feed the filler-
frame ensuring it is firmly pressed into the
strip in from the front of the tool eye. Ensure that
corners.
the fillerstrip is NOT STRETCHED especially
around the bends. When the circuit has been corn·
pleted remove the tool. If a new length of filler·
strip, off a bulk length, has been used cut off the
(b) Without using undue force insert as much of excess fillerstrip leaving a 12 mm (0.5 in) over-
the windscreen as possible on the lower edge lap. Using the rounded nose of the fillerstrip
of the panel. The remainder can then be fitted tool, push the end or overlap into the weather·
using the Hook Tool. refer to Fig. 22. This tool strip groove to form a tight joint. Starting from
I ifts the lip of the weatherstrip allowing the the opposite corner feed the fillerstrip into the
glass to be pushed in position. remaining section of weatherstrip.

Tool Ready for Tool Ready for Fitting

Assembling Fillerstrips Glass

Fig. 24 Tools For Installing Glass

Issued 1/76
 GROUP 12
CAB
PAGE 10

(d) Install the front window lower glass in a 7d. INSTALLATION

similar manner as detailed inops. (a) to (c). (a) Position the front window assembly on the
(e) Locate the two rubber grommets, for the tractor and bolt the bottom of the window to the
windscreen wiper motor, in the windscreen. fenders and the top to the safety frame.
Install the wiper motor, with the driving shaft
through the right grommet. Position the cup
washer with the recess toward the grommet on (b) Secure the insulator strips (1-7), steering
the driving shaft. Install and tighten the retain- support insulator and insulator retaining plates
ing nuts then lock them in position using the jam (2-20) to the windscreen with the screws (1-20).
nuts. Tighten the knurled sealing nut on the wiper
motor driving shaft.

{f) Install and secure the wiper arm then connect (c) Connect the windscreen wiper cables at the
the electrical cables at the motor. connection (2-7) and install the cab doors.

6
1. Front window
2. Seal
3. Bracket
4. Seal
5. Fi I Jerstrip
6. Rubber guard
7. Wiper motor
8. Upper glass 1
9. Grommet
10. Lower glass
11. Seal
12. Fillerstrip
13. Wiper blade
14. Wiper arm

( ,,

1V~
514-356

Fig. 25 Frcnt Window Assembly

Issued 1/76
GROUP 12
CAB
PAGE 11

8. SAFETY FRA\.4E TOP Se. ASSEMBLY

Sa. REMOVAL (a) Install the sliding windows, referring to
(a) Remove the three bolts (3·20) securing the para. 6.
front window assembly to the safety frame top (b) Install the rear window, referring to para. 5.
(5·26).
(c) Install the roof panel, referring 'to para. 3.
(b) Remove the nuts and bolts (3·18) securing
the safety frame top to the fenders.
8d. INSTALLATION
(c) With the rear window in the raised position,
(a) With the rear window in the raised position,
lift the safety frame top clear of the fenders,
install the safety frame top on the fenders ensur-
taking care not to lose the inserts (6·26) and
ing the inserts (6·26) and fender seals (7·26) are
fender seals (7·26).
in position. If new fendei seals are used, remove
the rounded edge from the seal where it locates
8b. DISMANTLING
under the front vertical of the safety frame top.
(a) Remove the roof panel, referring to para. 3.
(b) Install and tighten the nuts and bolts (3·18)
(b) Remove the rear window, referring to para. 5. securing the safety frame top to the fenders.
(c) Renove the sliding windows, referring to (C) Install and tighten the three bolts securing
para. 6. the front window assembly to the safety frame top.

1. Left floor plate 4. Fender 7. Seal

2. Right floor plate 5. Safety Fra-ne 8. Fender
3. Grornmet 6. Insert 9. Step

Fig. 26 Safety Frame

Issued 1/76
 GROUP 12
CAB
PAGE 12

9. FENDERS 9b. DISMANTLING

9a. REMOVAL
(a) Remove the screws (2-28), retaining strips
(a) Lift the cab doors off the hinge pins. (3·28) and remaining retaininy studs (1·28) then
lift the insulator from the fender.
(b) Remove the safety frame top referring to para.
8. (b) Remove the lights. referring to ELECTRICAL
SYSTEM, GROUP 3.
(c) Remove the front window, referring to para. 7.

(d) Remove the nuts and bolts (1-271 securing (c) Remove the nuts and bolts securing the step
the fuel tank to the fenders. (9-26) to the fender.
(e) Peel back the lower window seal (2-27) to
free the fender trim (3-27), then remove the three gc. ASSEMBLY
screws (4-27) securing the seal support to the
(a) Secure the step (9-26) to the fender.
fender.
(b) Install the lights, referring to ELECTRICAL
(f) Remove the three trim studs (1-28) then
remove the nuts and bolts ( 1-29) securing the rear SYSTEM, GROUP 3.
of the seat platform to the fender. From under-
neath the tractor remove the nuts and bolts
securing the front of the seat platform (2-29) to gd. I NST ALLA T1 ON
the fender then disconnect the fender wiring
(a) Ensure the cone washer is in position on the
harness at the connector.
front and rear mountings, refer to Fig. 34, then
(g) Remove the nuts and bolts securing the chan- locate the fender on the mountings. Install the
nel plates (2 & 11-30) and floor plates ( 1 & 2-26) mounting bolts, with the 6.35 mm (0.25 in) thick
to the fender. washer fitted, from the bottom then install and
tighten the nuts to a torque of 15 kgm (110 lbft).
(h) Remove the nuts and bolts securing the
parking brake to the left fender. (b) Secure the channel plates ( 2 & 11·30) and
floor plates ( 1 & 2·26) to the fenders then secure
{ i) Remove the front mounting to fender retain-
the parking brake to the left fender.
ing bolt (1-32) and rear mounting to fender nut
( 1·31), then carefully lift the fender clear of (c) Secure the front and rear of the seat plat-
the tractor. form to the fenders with the bolts ( 1-29) then
connect the wiring harness at the connectors.

Fig. 27 Fig. 28

Issued 1/76
GROUP 12
CAB
PAGE 13

(d) Install the nuts and bolts (1-27) securing

the fuel tank to the fenders.

(e) Position the insulator (3-27) on the fenders.

if this was removed, and install the retaining
studs ( 1-28). retaining strips (3-28) and screws
(2-28).

NOTE: Install the insulator studs on the first

notch unti I insulator is secured under retaining
strips then press the studs to full depth.

(f) Install the seal supports (6 & 8-30) with the

screws (4-27) finger tight then wrap the excess
fender trim over the seal support and trap it with Fig. 29
the lower window seal (2-27).

(g) Install the front window. referring to para. 7. ( i) Position the cab doors on the hinge pins.
Check the lower rear window closes correctly.
(h) Install the safety frame top. referring to para. refer to para. 5 •• then tighten the seal support
8. screws ( 4-27).

1. Transmission side plate

/1
2. Right charmef
3, Seat platform
4, Hitch control housing
5. Seal
6. Seal support 6 7
7. Seal

a. Seal support
9. Control housing
10. Rear channel {outer)
11. Rear channe I
51.ol ·llO
12. Cover pf ate
13. Transmission cover plate
14. Transmission side plate

Fig. 30 Cab Panels

Issued 1/76
 GROUP 12
CAB
PAGE 14

10. MOUNTINGS lOb. INSTALLATION

lOa. REMOVAL The front and rear mountings are identical
The front and rear rubber mountings are iden· in shape and size but differ in rubber harness.
ticle in shape and size but differ in rubber hard· The rear, hard, mounting is identified by a red
ness. If the mountings are to be removed from paint spot and the front, soft, mounting is identi-
their supports and used again, ensure that they are fied by a yellow paint spot.
identified and installed in their original position.

1. REAR MOUNTING 1. REAR MOUNTING

(a) Remove the nut ( 1·31) securing the fender (a) Position the mounting bolt (5-33) with the
to the mounting centre bolt then the nuts (6-31 ). flat washer (4·33) and centralising washer (3-33)
plate (5·31) and bolts (4·31) securing the mount· in the rear support. lnsta 11 the rear mounting
ing support to the axle. (2·33), identified by a RED spot, short side
(b) With the fender suitably supported, lift the uppermost in the support and secure with the
rear mounting support (3-31) and cone washer nuts and bolts (1·33) torqued to 6 kgm (45 lbft).
(2-31) clear of the tractor. Locate the upper centralising washer (10-34) in
the mounting.
(c) Remove the nuts and bolts (1-33) to remove
the rear mounting (2·33), bolt (5·33), flat washer (b) Position the rear mounting support (3-31) on
(4-33) and centralising washers (3·33). the axle 518 mm (20.4 in) from the tractor centre
line, ensuring the large offset (3·9) in the top
2. FRONT MOUNTING plate is facing inwards, toward the fender, Install
the cone shaped washer (2·31), flat face upper-
(a) Remove the nut and bolt ( 1·32) securing the
most, on the mounting then with the assembly
fender to the front mounting.
aligned with the fender locate the bolt (5·33)
(b) With the fender suitably supported, remove through the fender and secure with the nut (1·31).
the two bolts (2-32) and lift the front mamting
support (6-33), cone washer (3-32) and spacer le) Secure the support to the axle with the
( 1-34) clear of the tractor. retammg bolts 14-31). lower mounting plate
(5-31 ), washers and nuts (6·31 ).
(c) Remove the nuts and bolts ( 1·33) and lift
the mounting (7·33) out of the support. Remove id) Tighten the centre bolt (5-33) to 15 kgm
the bolt centralising washers (3 & 8-33) from 1110 lbft) and the mounting support retaining
the mounting. nuts (6·31) to 10 kgm 170 lbft).

Fig. 31 Fig. 32
GROUP 12
CAB
PAGE 15

2. FRONT MOUNTING
(a) Install the front mounting (7-33), identified
by a YaLOW spot, short side uppermost in the
support and secure with the nuts and bolts (1-33)
torqued to 6 kgm ( 45 lbft). Locate the upper cent-
ralising washer (8-33) in the mounting.

(b) Position the front mounting support (2-34)

and spacer ( 1·341 on the clutch housing and
install the bolts (2-32). Set the mounting support
parallel with the tractor centre line then tighten
the support retaining bolts (2-32) to a torque
of 33 to 38 kgm (240 to 280 lbft).
(c) Install the cone shaped washer (3-32). flat
face uppermost, on the mounting. then with
Fig. 33
the mounting aligned with the fender install the
centralising washer (5-34), flat washer (4-34)
and bolt (3-34) through the mounting and fender.
Secure with the nut (8-34) and torque the bolt
to 15 kgm ( 110 lbft).

1. Spacer
2. Front support
®·-q
@) 10
3. Bolt

~-11
4. Washer
5. Centralising washer
6. Front mounting ~--8
7. Cone washer /~ ~-
/ .;; ',
8. Nut - _-:_ -_:._ '
-_~

9. Cone washer
10. Centralising washer
11. Rear mounting
12. Washer
~-7
13. Bolt
14. Rear support
15. Mounting plate

@ )

0-4

514-323

Fig. 34 Front and Rear Mountings

Issued 1n6
 GROUP 12
CAB
PAGE16

Fig. 36

Fig. 35

11. STEERING SUPPORT INSULATION (c) Install the escutcheon (3-37) over the fuel
11a. REMOVAL control lever and secure it to the steering support
with the screws (2-37). Install the knob (1-37),
(a) Remove the screws ( 1-35), insulator retaining
on the fuel control lever.
plates (2-35) and insulator strips.
Id) Install the steering wheel and retaining nut,
(b) Remo•;e the four bolts (1-36) from each side
tighten the nut and install the cap 14-37).
of the steering support.
IC) Remove the knob 11-37) from the fuel control
I ever then remove the screws 12-37) and I ift off
the escutcheon 13-37).

id) Ease the cap 14-37) out of the steering wheel,

remove the steering wheel retaining nut and lift
off the steering wheel.

le) Lift the insulator (5-37! off the steering

support.

11b. INSTALLATION

(a) Position the insulator {5-37) on the instru-

ment support and install the bolts 11-36} ensur-
ing a countersunk insulator washer (2-36) is
fitted to the upper bolts.

(b) Secure the insulator and insulator strips

( 1-7) to the front window with the retaining
plates (2-35) and screws ( 1-35). Fig. 37

Issued 1/76
GROUP 12
CAB
PAGE17

12. GRILLE SUPPORT

12a. REMOVAL
2
(a) Remove the hoodsheet.

(b) Turn the grille latches inward, ease the

grille out of the housing and disconnect the
headlights at the connectors to remove the grille.

(c) Remove the front side panels on each side

1-
OJ-4 of the tractor.
(d) Remove the bolts (6·39), bushes (3·39),
spring and flat washers (5·39) securing the grille
support bracket to the bolster (7·39) then lift the
front support from the tractor.
-b
12b. INSTALLATION
(a) Install the grille support on the tractor.
(b) Position the radiator baffle ( 1·39) on the
bolster. Secure the grille support bracket (4·39)
to the bolster with the washer (2·39). rubber bush
514-332 13·39). flat washer (5·39), spring washer and bolt
(6·39).
(c) Secure the front side panels with the nuts
1. Right insulator 4. Escutcheon and screws finger tight. Install the hoodsheet
2. Top insulator retainer 5. Insulator then tighten the side panel nuts and screws.
3. Insulator 6. Left insulator retainer
(d) Connect the wiring harness to the back of
Fig. 38 Steering Support Insulation the headlights then install and secure the grille.

4 5 6

r r Tl
( ;; )
\." ---
tl _l "' .= =- =
-7
514-352

Fig. 39 Griffe Support

Issued 1/76
 GROUP 12
CAB
PAGE 18

I'>

27
28
29
~
"-Jo
)I

'>2

SJ 4-326

1. Seal 14. Latch handle 27. Seal 40. Filler strip

2. Door 15. Latch grip 28. Filler strip 41. Guard
3. Glass 16. Seal 29. Glass 42. Wiper motor
4. Seal 17. Seal 30. Handle 43. Glass
5. Seal 18. Bolt 31. Seal 44. Grommet
6. Window 19. Grommet 32. Door 45. Plate
7. Glass 20. Nut 33. Shim 46. Door I atch
a. Spring cylinder 21. Glass 34. Support 47, Plate
9. Rear window frame 22. OarTVJer 35. Seal 48. Glass
10. Glass 2 3. G rOO)met 36. Front windscreen 49. Seal
11. Seal 24. Nut and cap 37. Seal 50. Filler strip
12. Bolt 25. Window 38. Bracket 51. Wiper blade
13. Friction pad 26. Glass (sliding) 39. Seal 52. Wiper arm.

Fig. 40 Cab Components

Issued 1/76